Bachelor Degree Science: Vikram Deb Autonomous College

1
VIKRAM DEB AUTONOMOUS COLLEGE

JEYPORE, KORAPUT, ODISHA - 764001
COURSE OF STUDIES
OF
BACHELOR DEGREE SCIENCE

CBCS
ADMISSION BATCH 2015 ONWARD
Published by
VIKRAM DEB AUTONOMOUS COLLEGE
JEYPORE, KORAPUT, ODISHA
www.vikramdebcollege.org
2
3
Three Year Degree Course

Bachelor of Science Coures Structure
2015 Onwards
1st Year 1st Semester
C.C. I 100
C.C. II 100
AECC 50
G.E I (Paper)1 100
Total 350
2nd Semester
C.C. III 100
C.C. IV 100
AECC EVS 50
G.E. II (Paper)1 100
Total 350
2nd Year 3rd Semester

C.C. V 100
C.C. VI 100
C.C. VII 100
SEC I 50
G.E. I (Paper 2) 100
Total 450
4th Semester
C.C. VIII 100
C.C. IX 100
C.C. X 100
SEC II 50
G.E. II (Paper 2) 100
Total 450
3rd Year 5th Semester

C.C. XI 100
C.C. XII 100
DSE - I 100
DSE - II 100
Total 400
6th Semester
C.C. XIII 100
C.C. XIV 100
DSE - III 100
DSE - II 100
Total 400
4
Information to the students regarding Choice Based Credit System (C.B.C.S)

Few important provisions of Regulations under C.B.C.S
1. A student who has registered for the first End semester Examination shall be allowed to continue in to
the second semester and a student who has registered for the second End semester Examination shall be allowed
to continue into third semester (second year) and so on up to the sixth semester.
2. A student must register for both the End Semester examinations in one Academic year and must appear
in at least one End Semester examination in that year to be promoted to the next year, failing which he/she shall
be deemed to have discontinued studies for that year.
For a student who discontinues studies in the first year shall seek fresh Admission in to the First year, if
he/she wishes to pursue the course.
Rules of Examinations:
3.1 (i) A candidate has to appear a Mid Semester and an End Semester Examination for each paper. The
marks obtained in the Mid Semester Examination shall be added to the marks of End Semester
Examination obtained in that paper to obtain the total mark in the paper. Then the total mark is
converted into Letter Grade.
(ii) There shall be no Mid Semester Examination in the Practical / Project papers.
(iii) There shall be no back paper clearance for Mid Semester Examination.
3.2 For a candidate who represents the College /University in Sports /N.C.C/N.S.S/Cultural activities
during a Mid Semester Examination, a special Mid Semester Examination may be conducted in the
subjects / papers in which he/she remained absent for such purpose /participation.
However the candidate in aforesaid cases is required to obtain prior permission from the
Principal for such participation.
Grade Point:
It is a numerical weight allotted to each letter grade on an average 10-point scale.
The allocation of letter Grade and Grade points corresponding to marks secured is shown in the table
below:
Mark Secured
Letter Grade Grade Points
from 100
100-90 Outstanding O 10
89-80 Excellent E 9
79-70 Very Good A 8
69-60 Good B 7
59-45 Fair C 6
44-33 Pass D 5
Below - 33 Fail / Abs F 0
4. Pass criteria:
i) A Candidate, to pass in each paper, has to secure a minimum of 33% of marks or Grade D or higher.
ii) A candidate appearing in a paper, not having practical component, to pass must secure -
a minimum of 20% of marks in each paper in the End-Semester examination and
a minimum of 33% of marks in End-Semester examination and Mid Semester examination
taken together.
iii) A Candidate appearing in a paper, having a practical component, to pass must secure -
a minimum of 20% of marks in End-Semester examination and
a minimum of 33% of marks in Mid Semester and End-Semester theory paper taken
together.
a minimum of 40% of marks in the practical examination.
5. Repeat Examination (Back Paper Clearance):

(i) A student obtaining Grade F in a paper shall be considered Fail in that paper and has to clear the
paper by appearing as back paper at subsequent corresponding (Odd or Even) Semester
Examinations. However he/she has to clear the Degree examination within Six Academic Years from
the date of Admission.
(ii) A candidate who fails in a paper containing theory and practical components but has secured 40% or
more in the practical examination, shall retain the marks in that practical examination till he/she
completes the course. He/she can only appear the theory part of the paper as back paper.
5
6. Award of Bachelors Degree:

A Student is deemed to have passed the Bachelors Degree Examination if he/she secures Grade-
D or higher in each of all the papers of the Degree Course.
Absence or failure of a student in any paper/s shall render the student concerned ineligible for
award of Degree.
7. Award of Honours and Distinction:
(i) A student who has passed the Degree Examination securing Grade C or higher in each of the core
papers in all the semester examinations shall be awarded the Degree with Pass with Honours in
that core subject.
(ii) A student who has passed the Degree Examination securing Grade C or higher in all the papers in
all the semester examinations in the first appearance shall be awarded a Degree Pass with
Honours and Distinction
(iii) A student who has passed the Degree Examination but fails to secure Grade-C in one or more core
papers shall be awarded Degree Pass without Honours.
8. Improvement:
A candidate who desires to improve his/her Grade in one or more core paper/s, is allowed to avail only
one chance in the immediate subsequent year by appearing in a papers of his/her choice in the
corresponding End-semester examination. However, the Degree Course should be completed within 6
Academic years from the date of 1st admission.
There shall be no improvement examination for practical paper or practical component of a paper having
theory and practical components.
The chance for improvement cannot be extended beyond the sixth academic year.
The higher of the two marks i.e the mark secured in a paper before the improvement examination
and mark secured in the same paper in the improvement examination shall be retained for
computation of result.
Students are required to take a careful note of the above provisions while preparing to persue
the Bachelors Degree
6
VIKRAM DEB AUTONOMOUS COLLEGE, JEYPORE

Three Years Degree Course
Bachelor of Science C.B.C.S. Course Structure
1st Total End
Year 1St emester Credit Marks Mid Sem Sem
Core - 1 4 75 15 60
Core - 1 Practical 2 25 - 25
Core - 2 (Except Mathematics) 4 75 15 60
Core - 2 Mathematics 6 100 20 80
AECC - MIL/Eng 2 50 10 40
Generic Elective - 1 Paper - 1 4 75 15 60
Generic Elective - 1 Paper - 1 Practical 2 25 - 25
20 350
Total End
2nd emester Credit Marks Mid Sem Sem
Core - 4 4 75 15 60
EVS 2 50 10 40
Generic Elective - 2 Paper - 1 4 75 15 60
Generic Elective - 2 Paper - 1 Practical 2 50 10 40
20 350
2nd Total End
Year 3rd Semister Credit Marks Mid Sem Sem
Core - 7 4 75 15 60
SEC - I Subject Specific Skills 2 50 10 40
Generic Elective - 1 Paper - 2 (Except Mathematics) 4 75 15 60
Generic Elective - 1 Paper - 2 Mathematics 6 100 20 80
26 450
Total End
4th Semister Credit Marks Mid Sem Sem
Core - 8 4 75 15 60
7

SEC - 2 Subject Specific Skills 2 50 10 40
Generic Elective - 2 Paper - 2 (Except Mathematics) 4 75 15 60
Generic Elective - 2 Paper - 2 Mathematics 6 100 20 80
26 450
3RD Total End
Year 5th Semister Credit Marks Mid Sem Sem
Coere - 11 Mathematics 6 100 20 80
Core - 12 4 75 15 60
DSE - 1 4 75 15 60
DSE - 1 Practical 2 25 - 25
DSE - 2 (Except Mathematics) 4 75 15 60
DSE - Mathematics 6 100 20 80
24 400
Total End
6th Semister Credit Marks Mid Sem Sem
Core - 14 4 75 15 60
DSE - 3 4 75 15 60
DSE - 3 Mathematics 6 100 20 80
Viva-20
Presentation-
20
Disserteation
DSE - 4 (Project) 6 100 60
24 400
Total Credit = 140

Total Marks = 2400
* AECC - Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course
SEC - Skill Enhancement Courses
DSE - Discipline Specific Elective
GE - Generic Elective
8
Three Year Degree Course

Bachelor of Science - Course Structure
+3 1st Year (1st & 2nd Semester)
2015-16
Page No.
Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course (AECC) :
MIL/English (Communication) 10
Environmental Studies 13
AECC Skill Based (SEC)

Skill Enhancement Courses :
Botany 29
Chemistry 57
Computer Science 80
Mathematics 101
Physics 131
Zoology 152
Core Course : Botany 14

Chemistry 34
Computer Science 63
Mathematics 86
Physics 106
Zoology 137
Discipline Specific Elective (DSE)

Botany 31
Chemistry 59
Computer Science 82
Mathematics 102
Physics 133
Zoology 154
Generic Elective (GE) :
G.E. Botany 158

Chemistry 162
Mathematics 164
Physics 166
Zoology 169
Note : A Student has to choose two generic elective papers other than the core (Hons) paper.
9
Combination for Honours

PHYSICAL SCIENCE
1) Physics 2) Chemistry 3) Mathematics 4) Computer Science (Self-Financing) with a course fee of Rs. 30,000/-
(Thirty Thousand) only @ Rs. 10,000/- per year. Students alloted computer science hons. shall have to pay Rs.
10,000/- every year along with admission fees. if a student discontinues in mid course, he/she shall forfeit the
amount already depositied and in addition shall have to deposit the balance amout of the course fee Rs. 30,000/-
before taking C.L.C.
The Candidate has to select one of the following combination.
Core AECC Compulsory AECC Skill Based DSE GE
Physics Physics Chemistry

Mathematics
Chemistry Chemistry Physics
Mathematics
MIL/Alt. English
Mathematics Subject Specific Mathematics Physics Chemistry
EVS
Computer Computer Physics
Science Science Chemistry
Mathematics
Combination for Honours

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
Core AECC Compulsory AECC Skill Based DSE GE
Botany Botany Zoology

MIL/Alt. English Chemistry
Subject Specific
Zoology EVS Zoology Botany
Chemistry
10
1st Semester
AECC MIL (Odia)
Full Marks 50
`W : jc], bi J jk[
1c HLL - jc]e èbi, èje J `Le
2 HLL - jc] jNke `w[, `[, èaiZ
3 HLL - jc]e bi, jc] J jk[
jkL Nx :
1 - jc] J jc]L[ - QthMe ck`[, JXA `W`L `Lh_ J `Z_ jy, ba_he
2 - jej[ jl[Le - aS_t jk, a]è, LVL
3 - jdN @_a^ / aakeL JXA bi J `N[L aLeZ - j"i [`W, _ft, LVL
4 - mM_Lf J `NL aLeZ - @S Lce ch, LmZ àhj, LVL
11
1st Semester
Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course for Science
ENGLISH
Full Marks - 50
This course aims at enhancing the English language proficiency of undergraduate students in humanity, science
and commerce streams to prepare them for the academic, social and professional expectations during and after the
course. The course will help develop academic and social English competencies in speaking, listening,
pronunciation, reading and writing, grammar and usage, vocabulary, syntax, and rhetorical patterns.
Students, at the end of the course, should be able to use English appropriately and effectively for further studies or
for work where English is used as the language of communication.
Unit I
Reading Comprehension [15]
" Locate and remember the most important points in the reading
" Interpret and evaluate events, ideas, and information
" Read "between the lines" to understand underlying meanings
" Connect information to what they already know
Unit II
Writing [15]
1. Expanding an Idea
2. Writing a Memo
3. Report Writing
4. Creative Writing
5. News Story
6. Setting in Creative Writing
7. Writing a Business Letter
8. Letters to the Editor
9. Prcis Writing
10. CV & Resume Writing
11. Dialog writing
12. Covering Letter
13. Writing Formal Email
14. Elements of Story Writing
15. Note Making
16. Information Transfer
17. Interviewing for news papers
Unit III
Language functions in listening and conversation [06]
1. Discussion on a given topic in pairs
2. Speaking on a given topic individually
(Practice to be given using speaking activities from the prescribed textbooks)
Grammar and Usage [14]
1. Simple and Compound Sentences
2. Complex Sentences
3. Noun Clause
4. Adjective Clause
5. Adverb Clause
6. The Conditionals in English
7. The Second Conditional
8. The Third Conditional
9. Words and their features
10. Phrasal Verbs
11. Collocation
12. Using Modals
13. Use of Passives
14. Use of Prepositions
15. Subject-verb Agreement
16. Sentence as a system
17. Common Errors in English Usage
12
Book Prescribed
Vistas and Visions: An Anthology of Prose and Poetry. (Ed.)Kalyani Samantray, Himansu S. Mohapatra, Jatindra
K. Nayak, Gopa Ranjan Mishra, Arun Kumar Mohanty. OBS
Texts to be studied
(For Science)
Prose
" Pleasures of Ignorance
" Ecology and Society
" Lifestyle English
" Playing the English gentleman
Poetry
" Lover's Infiniteness
" Last Sonnet
" The Felling of the Banyan Tree
All grammar and writing activities in the textbook
13
2nd Semester
Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course (AECC)
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
Full Marks - 50
Unit - I Basic Concepts of Environment
Ecological Factors; Air, Water, Soil, Light, Temperature, Biotic factors Ecosystem: Concepts, Structure and
Function, Food Chain, Food Web, Ecological Pyramid, Energy Flow, Biogeochemical Cycle (Carbon Cycle,
Nitrogen Cycle)
Unit - II Environmental Pollution
Air Pollution; Water Pollution, Industrial Pollution, Noise Pollution, Types of Pllutants, Sources and fate of
Pollutants in the environment. Sewage treatment, Greenhouse Effect, Global Warming, Acid Rain.
Unit - III Conservation of Natural Resourses
Renewal and Non-Renewable resourcs, soil erosion and conservation, Forest Conservation, Wildlife Conservation,
Pollution control Board and its function, Environmental education and awarness.
Suggested Readings :
1. Fundamental of Ecology by E.P. Odum
2. Fundamental of Ecology by M.C. Dash
3. Ecology and Environment by P.D. Sharma
4. Concepts of Ecology by E.J. Kormondy
5. Fundamentals of Enviromental studies by N.K. Tripathy
6. Environmental studies by Dr. A.K. Panigrahi and Alaka Sahu
7. Parivesh Bigyana : Dr. Ranganath Mishra
14
BOTANY COURSE STRUCTURE

Semester Paper Subject Marks Duration of
Exam
1st Year
1st sem. C.C. I PHYCOLOGY AND MICROBIOLOGY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. II BIMOLECULAR AND CELL BIOLOGY 75 3
PRACTICAL 75 3
2nd Sem. C.C. III MYCOLOGY AND PHYTOPATHOLOGY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. IV ARCHEGONIATE 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
2nd Year
3rd Sem. C.C. V ANATOMY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. VI ECONOMIC BOTANY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. VII GENETICS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
4th Sem. C.C. VIII MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. IX PLANT ECOLOGY AND 75 3
PHYTOGEOGRAPHY
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. X PALNT SYSTEMATICS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
3rd Year
5th Sem. C.C. XI REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY OF 75 3
ANGIOSPERMS
PRACTIVAL 25 3
C.C. XII PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
6th Sem. C.C. XIII PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. XIV PLANT METABOLISM 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSE
2nd Year
3rd Sem. SEC I MUSHROOM CULTURE TECHNOLOGY 50 3
4th Sem. SEC II BIOFERTILIZERS 50 3
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE
3rd Year
5th Sem. DSE I ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES IN PLANT 75 3
SCIENCES
PRACTICAL 25 3
DSE II BIOSTATISTICS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
6th Sem. DSE III INDUSTRIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 75 3
MICROBIOLOGY
PRACTICAL 25 3
DSE IV PROJECT 100 3
15
1st Year
Semester - I
Core Course : BOTANY
Core Course (C.C.) - I
PHYCOLOGY AND MICROBIOLOGY
Unit-I: Viruses:-Discovery, physiochemical and biological characteristics; Classification (Baltimore), general
structure with special reference to viroids and prions; replication (general account), DNA virus (T-phage), lytic and
lysogenic cycle; RNA virus (TMV). Economic importance of viruses with reference to vaccine production, role in
research, medicine and diagnostics,as causal organisms of plant diseases.
Unit-II: Bacteria: - Discovery, general characteristics, types-archaebacteria, eubacteria, wall-less forms
(mycoplasma and spheroplasts), cell structure,nutritional types, reproduction-vegetative, asexual and
recombination (conjugation, transformation and transduction). Economic importance of bacteria with reference to
their role in agriculture and industry (fermentation and medicine).
Unit - III : Algae:- General characteristics; Ecology and distribution; range of thallus organization; Cell structure
and components; cell wall, pigment system, reserve food (of only groups represented in the syllabus), flagella; and
methods of reproduction, classification; criteria, system of Fritsch, and evolutionary classification of Lee (only
upto groups); significant contributions of important phycologists (F.E. Fritsch, G.M. Smith, R.N. Singh, T.V.
Desikachary, H.D. Kumar, M.O.P. Iyengar). Role of algae in the environment, agriculture, biotechnology and
industry.Ecology and occurrence, range of thallus organization, cell structure, heterocyst, reproduction. economic
importance; role in biotechnology. Morphology and life-cycle of Nostoc and Rivularia.
Unit - IV: General characteristics, occurrence, range of thallus organization, cell structure; reproduction.
Morphology and life-cycles of Chlamydomonas, Volvox, Oedogonium, Coleochaete, Chara voucheria
Evolutionary significance of Prochloron.Characteristics, occurrence, range of thallus organization, cell structure;
reproduction. Morphology and life-cycles of Ectocarpus, Fucus and Polysiphonia..
Practical Microbiology
1. Electron micrographs/Models of viruses - T-Phage and TMV, Line drawings/ Photographs of Lytic and
Lysogenic Cycle.
2. Types of Bacteria to be observed from temporary/permanent slides/photographs.
Electron micrographs of bacteria, binary fission, endospore, conjugation, root nodule.
3. Gram staining.
4. Study of soil bacteria.
Phycology
Study of vegetative and reproductive structures of Nostoc, Chlamydomonas (electron micrographs), Volvox,
Oedogonium, Coleochaete, Chara, Vaucheria, Ectocarpus, Fucus and Polysiphonia, Procholoron through electron
micrographs, temporary preparations and permanent slides.
1. Lee, R.E. (2008). Phycology, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. 4th edition.
2. Prescott, L.M., Harley J.P., Klein D. A. (2005). Microbiology, McGraw Hill, India. 6th edition.
3. Kumar, H.D. (1999). Introductory Phycology. Affiliated East-West Press, Delhi.
4. Sahoo, D. (2000). Farming the ocean: seaweeds cultivation and utilization. Aravali International, New
Delhi.
5. Campbell, N.A., Reece J.B., Urry L.A., Cain M.L., Wasserman S.A. Minorsky P.V., Jackson R.B. (2008).
Biology, Pearson Benjamin Cummings, USA. 8th edition.
6. Pelczar, M.J. (2001) Microbiology, 5th edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Co, New Delhi.
16
Semester - I
Core Course (C.C.) - II
BIOCHEMISTRY AND CELL BIOLOGY
Unit I : Biochemistry-I : Bioenergetics: Laws of thermodynamics, concept of free energy, endergonic and
exergonic reactions, ATP: structure, its role as an energy currency molecule.
Types and significance of chemical bonds; structure and properties of water; pH and buffers.
Carbohydrates: Nomenclature and classification; Role of monosaccharides (glucose, fructose, sugar alcohols -
mannitol and sorbitol); Disaccharides (sucrose, maltose, lactose), Oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Lipids: Definition and major classes of storage and structural lipids. fatty acids. Triacyl glycerols. structure,
functions and properties; Phosphoglycerides.
Nucleic acids: Structure of nitrogenous bases; Structure and function of nucleotides; Types of nucleic acids;
Structure of A, B, Z types of DNA; Types of RNA; Structure of tRNA.
Unit II : Biochemistry-II : Proteins: Structure of amino acids; Peptide bonds; Levels of protein structure-
primary, secondary, tertiary and quarternary; Isoelectric point; Protein denaturation and biological roles of
proteins.
Structure of enzyme: holoenzyme, apoenzyme, cofactors, coenzymes and prosthetic group; Classification of
enzymes; Features of active site, substrate specificity, mechanism of action (activation energy, lock and key
hypothesis, induced - fit theroy), Michaelis - Menten equation, enzyme inhibition and factors affecting enzyme
activity.
Unit III : Cytology-I : Cell as a unit of structure and function; Characteristics of prokaryotic and eukaryotic
cells; Origin of eukaryotic cell (Endosymbiotic theory).
Chemistry, structure and function of Plant Cell Wall. Overview of membrane function; fluid mosaic model;
Chemical composition of membranes; Membrane transport - Passive, active and facilitated transport, endocytosis
and exocytosis.
Nucleus; Structure-nuclear envelope, nuclear pore complex, nuclear lamina, molecular organization of chromatin;
nucleolus.
Unit IV : Cytology-II : Cytoskeleton: Role and structure of microtubules, microfilaments and intermediary
filament.
Chloroplast, mitochondria and peroxisomes: Structural organization; Function; Semiautonomous nature of
mitochondria and chloroplast.
Endomembrane system: Endoplasmic Reticulum - structure, taereting and insertion of proteins in the ER, protein
folding, processing ; Smooth ER and lipid synthesis, export of proteins and lipids; Golgi Apparatus - organization,
protein glycosylation, protein sorting and export from Golgi Apparatus; Lysosomes
Cell division: Phases of eukaryotic cell cycle, different stages of mitosis and meiosis.
Regulation of cell cycle- check points, role of protein kinases.
PRACTICAL
1. Qualitative tests for carbohydrates, reducing sugars, non-reducing sugars, lipids and proteins.
2. Study of plant cell structure with the help of epidermal peel mount of Onion/Rhoeo/Crinum.
3. Demonstration of the phenomenon of protoplasmic streaming in Hydrilla leaf.
4. Measurement of cell size by the technique of micrometry.
5. Counting the cells per unit volume with the help of haemocytometer. (Yeast/pollen grains).
6. Study of cell and its organelles with the help of electron micrographs.
7. Study of the phenomenon of plasmolysis and deplasmolysis.
8. Study of different stages of mitosis and meiosis using aceto carmine and aceto orcine method.
1. Campbell, MK (2012) Biochemistry, 7th ed., Published by Cengage Learning
2. Campbell, PN and Smith AD (2011) Biochemistry Illustrated, 4th ed., Published by Churchill Livingstone.
3. Berg JM, Tymoczko JL and Stryer L (2011) Biochemistry, W.H.Freeman and Company
4. Nelson DL and Cox MM (2008) Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 5th Edition., W.H. Freeman and
Company.
5. Karp, G. (2010). Cell Biology, John Wiley & Sons, U.S.A. 6th edition.
6. Hardin, J., Becker, G., Skliensmith, L.J. (2012). Becker's World of the Cell, Pearson Education Inc. U.S.A. 8th
edition.
7. Cooper, G.M. and Hausman, R.E. 2009 The Cell: A Molecular Approach. 5th edition. ASM Press &
Sunderland, Washington, D.C.; Sinauer Associates, MA.
8. Becker, W.M., Kleinsmith, L.J., Hardin. J. and Bertoni, G. P. 2009 The World of the Cell. 7th edition. Pearson
Benjamin Cummings Publishing, San Francisco
17
Semester II
Core Course (C.C.) - III
MYCOLOGY AND PHYTOPATHOLOGY
Unit - I
Introduction; Lower Fungi : General characteristics; Affinities with plants and animals; Thallus organization;
Cellwall composition; Nutrition; Classification.
General characteristics; status of slime molds, Classification; Occurrence; types of plasmodia; Types of fruiting
bodies.
Charactctristics features; Ecologies and significance; Thallus organisation; Reproduction; Life cycle with reference
to Synchytrium, Rhizopus
General characteristics; Ecology; Life cycle and Classification with reference to Phytophthora, Albugo.
Unit - II
Higher Fungi : Ascomycetes: General characteristics (asexual and sexual fruiting bodies); Ecology; Life cycle,
Heterokaryosis and parasexuality; life cycle and classification with reference to Saccharomyces, Aspergillus,
Penicillium, Alternaria and Neurospora, Peziza.
Basidiomycetes: General characteristics; Ecology; Life cycle and Classification with reference to black stem rust
on wheat Puccinia (Physiological Specialization), loose and covered smut (symptoms only), Agaricus;
Bioluminescence, Fairy Rings and Mushroom Cultivation.
Unit - III
Lichens and Economic importance of Fungi :Lichen - Occurrence; General characteristics; Growth forms and
range of thallus organization; Nature of associations of algal and fungal partners; Reproduction. Mycorrhiza.
Role of fungi in biotechnology; Application of fungi in food industry (Flavour & texture, Fermentation, Baking,
Organic acids, Enzymes, Mycoproteins); Secondary metabolites (Pharmaceutical preparations); Agriculture
(Biofertilizers); Mycotoxins; Biological control
(Mycofungicides, Mycoherbicides, Mycoinsecticides, Myconematicides);
Medical mycology.
Unit - IV
Phyto-pathology : Terms and concepts; General symptoms; Geographical distribution of diseases; etiology;
symptomology; Host- Pathogen relationships; Disease cycle and environmental relation; prevention and control of
plant diseases, and role of quarantine.
Bacterial diseases - Citrus canker and Angular leaf spot of Cotton
Viral diseases - Tobacco Mosaic viruses, Vein clearing.
Fungal diseases - Early blight of potato, Black stem rust of wheat, White rust of crucifers.
PRACTICAL
1. Introduction to the world of fungi (Unicellular, coenocytic/septate mycelium, asocarps & basidiocarps).
2. Rhizopus: study of asexual stage from temporary mounts and sexual structures through permanent slides.
3. Aspergillus and Penicillium: study of asexual stage from temporary mounts. Study of Sexual stage from
permanent slides/photographs.
4. Alternaria: Specimens/photographs and temporary mounts.
5. Puccinia: Herbarium specimens of Black Stem Rust of Wheat and infected Barberry leaves; sections/
mounts of spores on wheat and permanent slides of both the hosts.
6. Agaricus: Specimens of button stage and full grown mushroom; sectioning of gills of Agaricus, fairy rings
and bioluminescent mushrooms to be shown. Albugo: Study of symptoms of plants infected with Albugo; asexual
phase study through section/ temporary mounts and sexual structures through permanent slides.
7. Lichens: Study of growth forms of lichens (crustose, foliose and fruticose) on different substrates. Study of
thallus and reproductive structures (soredia and apothecium) through permanent slides. Mycorrhizae:
ectomycorrhiza and endo mycorrhiza (Photographs)
8. Phytopathology: Herbarium specimens of bacterial diseases; Citrus Canker; Viral diseases: TMV, Fungal
diseases: Early blight of potato, and White rust of crucifers.
1. Agrios, G.N. 1997 Plant Pathology, 4th edition, Academic Press, U.K.
2. Alexopoulos, C.J., Mims, C.W., Blackwell, M. (1996). Introductory Mycology, John Wiley & Sons (Asia)
Singapore. 4th edition.
3. Webster, J. and Weber, R. (2007). Introduction to Fungi, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. 3rd
edition.
4. Sethi, I.K. and Walia, S.K. (2011). Text book of Fungi and Their Allies, Macmillan Publishers India Ltd.
5. Sharma, P.D. (2011). Plant Pathology, Rastogi Publication, Meerut, India.
18
Semester - II
Core Course (C.C.) - IV
ARCHEGONIATES
Unit - I
General Characteristics : Unifying features of archegoniates; Transition to land habit; Alternation of generations.
General characteristics; Adaptations to land habit;
Classification; Range of thallus organization of Bryophytes
General characteristics and Classification of Pteridophytes; Early land plants (Cooksonia and Rhynia)
Unit - II
Bryophytes : Types of studies- Classification (up to family).Riccia, Marchantia, Pellia, Porella, Anthoceros,
Sphagnum and Funaria; Reproduction and evolutionary trends in Riccia, Marchantia , Anthoceros and Funaria
(developmental stages not included). Ecological and economic importance of bryophytes with special reference to
Sphagnum.
Unit - III
Pteridophytes : Types of studies- Classification (up to family), morphology, anatomy and reproduction of
Psilotum, Selaginella, Equisetum and Pteris.(Developmental details not to be included).Apogamy, and apospory,
heterospory and seed habit, telome theory, stelar evolution.Ecological and economic importance.
Unit - IV
Gymnosperms : General characteristics, classification (up to family), morphology, anatomy and reproduction of
Cycas, Pinus, Ginkgo and Gnetum. (Developmental details not to be included). Ecological and economic
importance.
PRACTICAL
1. Riccia - Morphology of thallus.
2. Marchantia- Morphology of thallus, whole mount of rhizoids & Scales, vertical sectionof thallus through
Gemma cup, whole mount of Gemmae (all temporary slides), vertical section of Antheridiophore,
Archegoniophore, longitudinal section of Sporophyte (all permanent slides).
3. Anthoceros- Morphology of thallus, dissection of sporophyte (to show stomata, spores,pseudoelaters, columella)
(temporary slide), vertical section of thallus (permanent slide).
4. Pellia, Porella- Permanent slides.
5. Sphagnum- Morphology of plant, whole mount of leaf (permanent slide only).
6. Funaria- Morphology, whole mount of leaf, rhizoids, operculum, peristome, annulus,spores (temporary slides);
permanent slides showing antheridial and archegonial heads, longitudinal section of capsule and protonema.
7. Psilotum- Study of specimen, transverse section of synangium (permanent slide).
8. Selaginella- Morphology, whole mount of leaf with ligule, transverse section of stem,whole mount of strobilus,
whole mount of microsporophyll and megasporophyll (temporary slides), longitudinal section of strobilus
(permanent slide).
9. Equisetum- Morphology, transverse section of internode, longitudinal section ofstrobilus, transverse section of
strobilus, whole mount of sporangiophore, whole mount of spores (wet and dry) (temporary slide), transverse
section of rhizome (permanent slide).
10. Pteris- Morphology, transverse section of rachis, vertical section of sporophyll, wholemount of sporangium,
whole mount of spores (temporary slides), transverse section of rhizome, whole mount of prothallus with sex
organs and young sporophyte (permanent slide).
11. Cycas- Morphology (coralloid roots, bulbil, leaf), whole mount of microsporophyll,transverse section of
coralloid root, transverse section of rachis, vertical section of leaflet, vertical section of microsporophyll, whole
mount of spores (temporary slides), longitudinal section of ovule, transverse section of root (permanent slide).
12. Pinus- Morphology (long and dwarf shoots, whole mount of dwarf shoot, male and female cones), transverse
section of needle, transverse section of stem, longitudinal section and transverse section of male cone, whole
mount of microsporophyll, whole mount of Microspores (temporary slides), longitudinal section of female cone,
tangential longitudinal section & radial longitudinal sections stem (permanent slide).
13. Gnetum- Morphology (stem, male & female cones), transverse section of stem, vertical section of ovule
(permanent slide), Botanical excursion.
19
2nd Year
Semester - III
Core Course -V
PLANT ANATOMY
Unit - I
Tissue
Internal organization of plant body: The three tissue systems, types of cells and tissues. Development of plant
body: Polarity, Cytodifferentiation and organogenesis during embryogenic development.
Classification of tissues; Simple and complex tissues (no phylogeny); cytodifferentiation of tracheary elements and
sieve elements; Pits and plasmodesmata; Wall ingrowths and transfer cells, adcrustation and incrustation, Ergastic
substances. Hydathodes, cavities, lithocysts and laticifers
Unit - II
Apical meristems
Evolution of concept of organization of shoot apex (Apical cell theory, Histogen theory, Tunica Corpus theory,
continuing meristematic residue, cytohistological zonation); Types of vascular bundles; Structure of dicot and
monocot stem. Origin, development, arrangement and diversity in size and shape of leaves; Structure of dicot and
monocot leaf, Kranz anatomy. Organization of root apex (Apical cell theory, Histogen theory, Korper-Kappe
theory); Quiescent centre; Root cap; Structure of dicot and monocot root; Endodermis, exodermis and origin of
lateral root.
Unit - III
Vascular Cambium and wood
Structure, function and seasonal activity of cambium; Secondary growth in root and stem. Axially and radially
oriented elements; Types of rays and axial parenchyma; Cyclic aspects and reaction wood; Sapwood and
heartwood; Ring and diffuse porous wood; Early and late wood, tyloses; Dendrochronology. Development and
composition of periderm, rhytidome and lenticels.
Unit - IV
Adaptive and Protective Systems
Epidermal tissue system, cuticle, epicuticular waxes, trichomes(uni-and multicellular, glandular and nonglandular,
two examples of each), stomata (classification); Adcrustation and incrustation; Anatomical adaptations of
xerophytes and hydrophytes.
PRACTICAL
Study of anatomical details through permanent slides/temporary stain mounts/ macerations/museum specimens
with the help of suitable examples.
1. Apical meristem of root, shoot and vascular cambium.
2. Distribution and types of parenchyma, collenchyma and sclerenchyma.
3. Xylem: Tracheary elements-tracheids, vessel elements; thickenings; perforation plates; xylem fibres.
4. Wood: ring porous; diffuse porous; tyloses; heart- and sapwood.
5. Phloem: Sieve tubes-sieve plates; companion cells; phloem fibres.
6. Epidermal system: cell types, stomata types; trichomes: non-glandular and glandular.
7. Root: monocot, dicot, secondary growth.
8. Stem: monocot, dicot - primary and secondary growth; periderm; lenticels.
9. Leaf: isobilateral, dorsiventral, C4 leaves (Kranz anatomy).
10. Adaptive Anatomy: xerophytes, hydrophytes.
11. Secretory tissues: cavities, lithocysts and laticifers.
1. Dickison, W.C. (2000). Integrative Plant Anatomy. Harcourt Academic Press, USA.
2. Fahn, A. (1974). Plant Anatomy. Pergmon Press, USA.
3. Mauseth, J.D. (1988). Plant Anatomy. The Benjammin/Cummings Publisher, USA.
1- Evert, R.F. (2006) Esaus Plant Anatomy: Meristems, Cells, and Tissues of the Plant Body:Their Structure,
Function and Development. John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
20
Semester - III
Core Course - VI
ECONOMIC BOTANY
Unit - I
Introduction, Cereals and starch sources
Concept of Centres of Origin, their importance with reference to Vavilovs work. Examples of major plant
introductions; Crop domestication and loss of genetic diversity; evolution of new crops/varieties, importance of
germplasm diversity.
Wheat and Rice (origin, morphology, processing & uses); Brief account of millets.
Morphology and processing of sugarcane, products and by-products of sugarcane industry. Potato morphology,
propagation & uses.
Unit - II
Legumes, Spices and Beverages
Origin, morphology and uses of Chick pea, Pigeon pea and fodder legumes. Importance to man and ecosystem.
Listing of important spices, their family and part used. Economic importance with special reference to fennel,
saffron, clove and black pepper
Tea, Coffee (morphology, processing & uses)
Unit - III
Oil yielding plants , Natural Rubber
General description, classification, extraction, their uses and health implications groundnut, coconut, linseed,
soybean, mustard and coconut (Botanical name, family & uses). Essential Oils: General account, extraction
methods, comparison with fatty oils & their uses.
Para-rubber: tapping, processing and uses.
Unit - IV
Drug, Timber, Fibre plants
Therapeutic and habit-forming drugs with special reference to Cinchona, Digitalis, Papaver and Cannabis; Tobacco
(Morphology, processing, uses and health hazards).
Timber plants: General account with special reference to teak and pine.
Fibers Classification based on the origin of fibers; Cotton, Coir and Jute (morphology, extraction and uses)
PRACTICAL
1. Cereals: Wheat (habit sketch, L. S/T.S. grain, starch grains, micro-chemical tests)Rice (habit sketch, study of
paddy and grain, starch grains, micro-chemical tests).
2. Legumes: Soybean, Groundnut, (habit, fruit, seed structure, micro-chemical tests).
3. Sources of sugars and starches: Sugarcane (habit sketch; cane juice- micro-chemical tests),Potato(habit sketch,
tuber morphology, T.S. tuber to show localization of starch grains, w.m. starch grains, micro-chemical tests).
4. Spices: Black pepper, Fennel and Clove (habit and sections).
5. Beverages: Tea (plant specimen, tea leaves), Coffee (plant specimen, beans).
4. Sources of oils and fats: Coconut- T.S. nut, Mustardplant specimen, seeds; tests for fats in crushed seeds.
5. Essential oil-yielding plants: Habit sketch of Rosa, Vetiveria, Santalum and Eucalyptus (specimens/photographs).
6. Drug-yielding plants: Specimens of Digitalis, Papaver and Cannabis.
7. Tobacco: specimen and products of Tobacco.
8. Woods: Tectona, Pinus: Specimen, Section of young stem.
9. Fiber-yielding plants: Cotton (specimen, whole mount of seed to show lint and fuzz; whole mount of fiber and test
for cellulose), Jute (specimen, transverse section of stem, test for lignin on transverse section of stem and fiber).
1. Kochhar, S.L. (2012). Economic Botany in Tropics, MacMillan & Co. New Delhi, India.
2. Wickens, G.E. (2001). Economic Botany: Principles & Practices. Kluwer Academic Publishers, The Netherlands.
Chrispeels, M.J. and Sadava, D.E. 1994 Plants, Genes and Agriculture. Jones & Bartlett Publishers.
Rubber: specimen, photograph/model of tapping, samples of rubber products
21
Semester - III
Core Course - VII
GENETICS
Unit - I
Mendelian genetics and its extension
Mendelism: History; Principles of inheritance; Chromosome theory of inheritance; Autosomes and sex
chromosomes; Probability and pedigree analysis; Incomplete dominance and codominance; Multiple alleles, Lethal
alleles, Epistasis, Pleiotropy, Recessive and Dominant traits, Penetrance and Expressivity, Numericals; Polygenic
inheritance.
Unit - II
Extrachromosomal Inheritance, Chromosomal Abberations
Extrachromosomal Inheritance: Chloroplast mutation: Variegation in Four oclock plant; Mitochondrial mutations
in yeast;Maternal effects-shell coiling in snail; Infective heredity- Kappa particles in Paramecium.
Variation in chromosome number and structure: Deletion, Duplication, Inversion, Translocation, Position effect,
Euploidy and Aneuploidy
Unit - III
Cytogenetics and Fine structure of gene.
Linkage, crossing over and chromosome mapping (12 lectures) Linkage and crossing over-Cytological basis of
crossing over; Recombination frequency, two factor and three factor crosses; Interference and coincidence;
Numericals based on gene mapping; Sex Linkage.
Classical vs molecular concepts of gene; Cis-Trans complementation test for functional allelism; Structure of
Phage T4, rII Locus.
Unit - IV
Mutaions, Population and Evolutionary genetics
Types of mutations; Molecular basis of Mutations; Mutagens physical and chemical (Base analogs, deaminating,
alkylating and intercalating agents); Detection of mutations: ClB method, Attached X chromosome method, Ames
Test. Role of Transposons in mutation. DNA repair mechanisms.
Population and Evolutionary Genetics: Allele frequencies, Genotype frequencies, Hardy-Weinberg Law, role of
natural selection, mutation, genetic drift. Genetic variation and Speciation.
PRACTICAL
1. Meiosis through temporary squash preparation.

2. Mendels laws through seed ratios. Laboratory exercises in probability and chi-square.
3. Chromosome mapping using point test cross data.
4. Pedigree analysis for dominant and recessive autosomal and sex linked traits.
5. Incomplete dominance and gene interaction through seed ratios (9:7, 9:6:1, 13:3, 15:1, 12:3:1, 9:3:4).
6. Blood Typing: ABO groups & Rh factor.
7. Study of aneuploidy: Downs, Klinefelters and Turners syndromes.
8. Photographs/Permanent Slides showing Translocation Ring, Laggards and Inversion Bridge.
9. Study of human genetic traits: Sickle cell anemia, Xeroderma pigmentosum, Albinism, red-green Colour blindness,
Widows peak, Rolling of tongue, Hitchhikers thumb and Attached ear lobe.
1. Gardner, E.J., Simmons, M.J., Snustad, D.P. (1991). Principles of Genetics, John Wiley & sons,India. 8th edition.
2. Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J. (2010). Principles of Genetics, John Wiley & Sons Inc., India.5th edition.
3. Klug, W.S., Cummings, M.R., Spencer, C.A. (2009). Concepts of Genetics. Benjamin Cummings, U.S.A. 9th
edition.
4. Griffiths, A.J.F., Wessler, S.R., Carroll, S.B., Doebley, J. (2010). Introduction to Genetic Analysis. W. H. Freeman
and Co., U.S.A. 10th edition.
22
Semester - IV
Core Course VIII
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
I: Nucleic acids
Unit - I
Carriers of genetic information: Historical perspective; DNA as the carrier of genetic information (Griffiths,
Hershey & Chase, Avery, McLeod & McCarty, Fraenkel-Conrats experiment.
DNA Structure: Miescher to Watson and Crick- historic perspective, DNA structure, Salient features of double
helix, Types of DNA, Types of genetic material, denaturation and renaturation, cot curves; Organization of DNA-
Prokaryotes, Viruses, Eukaryotes.RNA Structure, Organelle DNA -- mitochondria and chloroplast DNA. The
NucleosomeChromatin structure- Euchromatin, Heterochromatin- Constitutive and Facultative heterochromatin.
Unit - II
Central Dogma, DNA Metabolism
Key experiments establishing-The Central Dogma (Adaptor hypothesis and discovery of mRNA template),
Chemistry of DNA synthesis (Kornbergs discovery); General principles bidirectional, semiconservative and
semi discontinuous replication, RNA priming; Various models of DNA replication, including rolling circle,
(theta) mode of replication, replication of linear ds-DNA, replication of the 5end of linear chromosome; Enzymes
involved in DNA replication.
Unit - III
RNA Metabolism
Transcription: Transcription in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Principles of transcriptional regulation; Prokaryotes:
Regulation of lactose metabolism and tryptophan synthesis in E.coli. Eukaryotes: transcription factors, heat shock
proteins, steroids and peptide hormones; Gene silencing.
Processing and modification of RNA (8 lectures) Split genes-concept of introns and exons, removal of introns,
spliceosome machinery, splicing pathways, group I and group II intron splicing, alternative splicing eukaryotic
mRNA processing(5 cap, 3 polyA tail); Ribozymes; RNA editing and mRNA transport.
Unit - IV
Protein Synthesis
Genetic code (deciphering & salient features)
Ribosome structure and assembly, mRNA; Charging of tRNA, aminoacyl tRNA synthetases; Various steps in
protein synthesis, proteins involved in initiation, elongation and termination of polypeptides; Fidelity of
translation; Inhibitors of protein synthesis; Post-translational modifications of proteins.
PRACTICAL
1. Preparation of LB medium and raising E.Coli.
2. Isolation of genomic DNA from E.Coli.
3. DNA isolation from cauliflower head.
4. DNA estimation by diphenylamine reagent/UV Spectrophotometry.
5. Study of DNA replication mechanisms through photographs (Rolling circle, Theta replication and semi-
discontinuous replication).
6. Study of structures of prokaryotic RNA polymerase and eukaryotic RNA polymerase II through photographs.
7. Photographs establishing nucleic acid as genetic material (Messelson and Stahls, Avery et al,
Griffiths, Hershey & Chases and Fraenkel & Conrats experiments)
8. Study of the following through photographs: Assembly of Spliceosome machinery; Splicing
mechanism in group I & group II introns; Ribozyme and Alternative splicing.
1. Watson J.D., Baker, T.A., Bell, S.P., Gann, A., Levine, M., Losick, R. (2007). Molecular Biology of the Gene,
Pearson Benjamin Cummings, CSHL Press, New York, U.S.A. 6th edition.
2. Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J. (2010). Principles of Genetics. John Wiley and Sons Inc.,U.S.A. 5th edition.
3. Klug, W.S., Cummings, M.R., Spencer, C.A. (2009). Concepts of Genetics. Benjamin Cummings. U.S.A. 9th
edition.
4. Russell, P. J. (2010). i-Genetics- A Molecular Approach. Benjamin Cummings, U.S.A. 3rdedition
5. Griffiths, A.J.F., Wessler, S.R., Carroll, S.B., Doebley, J. (2010). Introduction to Genetic Analysis. W. H. Freeman
and Co., U.S.A. 10th edition.
23
Semester - IV
Core Course IX
PLANT ECOLOGY AND PHYTOGEOGRAPHY
Unit I: Structure and Function of Ecosystem
Basic concepts; Levels of organization. Inter-relationships between the living world and the environment, the
components and dynamism, homeostasis. Quantitative analysis of herbaceous vegetation in the college campus for
frequency and comparison with Raunkiaers frequency distribution law.
Structure; Processes; Trophic organisation; Food chains and Food webs; Ecological pyramids.
Principles and models of energy flow; Production and productivity; Ecological efficiencies; Biogeochemical
cycles; Cycling of Carbon, Nitrogen and Phosphorus.
Unit II- Abiotic Factors
Importance; Origin; Formation; Composition; Physical; Chemical and Biological components; Soil profile; Role of
climate in soil development.
Importance: States of water in the environment; Atmospheric moisture; Precipitation types (rain, fog, snow, hail,
dew); Hydrological Cycle; Water in soil; Water table.
Variations; adaptations of plants to their variation.
Unit III- Biotic Factors
Trophic organization, basic source of energy, autotrophy, heterotrophy; symbiosis, commensalism, parasitism;
food chains and webs; ecological pyramids; biomass, standing crop.
Characteristics and Dynamics .Ecological Speciation
Concept of ecological amplitude; Habitat and niche; Characters: analytical and synthetic; Ecotone and edge effect;
Dynamics: succession processes, types; climax concepts.
Unit IV- Phytogeography
Principles; Continental drift; Theory of tolerance; Endemism; Brief description of major terrestrial biomes (one
each from tropical, temperate & tundra); Phytogeographical division of India; Local Vegetation.
PRACTICAL
1. Study of instruments used to measure microclimatic variables: Soil thermometer, maximum and minimum
thermometer, anemometer, psychrometer/hygrometer, rain gauge and lux meter.
2. Determination of pH of various soil and water samples (pH meter, universal indicator/Lovibond comparator and
pH paper)
3. Analysis for carbonates, chlorides, nitrates, sulphates, organic matter and base deficiency from two soil samples by
rapid field tests.
4. Determination of organic matter of different soil samples by Walkley & Black rapid titration method.
6. Comparison of bulk density, porosity and rate of infiltration of water in soils of three habitats.
7. Determination of dissolved oxygen of water samples from polluted and unpolluted sources.
(a)Study of morphological adaptations of hydrophytes and xerophytes (four each).
(b)Study of biotic interactions of the following: Stem parasite (Cuscuta), Root parasite (Orobanche) Epiphytes,
Predation (Insectivorous plants).
8. Determination of minimal quadrat size for the study of herbaceous vegetation in the college campus, by species
area curve method (species to be listed).
9. Quantitative analysis of herbaceous vegetation for density and abundance in the college campus.
10. Field visit to familiarize students with ecology of different sites.
1. Odum, E.P. (2005). Fundamentals of ecology. Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 5thedition.
2. Singh, J.S., Singh, S.P., Gupta, S. (2006). Ecology Environment and Resource Conservation. Anamaya
Publications, New Delhi, India.
3. Sharma, P.D. (2010). Ecology and Environment. Rastogi Publications, Meerut, India. 8th edition.
4. Wilkinson, D.M. (2007). Fundamental Processes in Ecology: An Earth Systems Approach. Oxford University
Press. U.S.A. 5. Kormondy, E.J. (1996). Concepts of ecology. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, India. 4th edition
24
Semester - IV
Core Course X
PLANT SYSTEMATICS
Unit I: Taxonomy I
Introduction to systematics; Plant identification, Classification, Nomenclature. Evidences from palynology,
cytology, phytochemistry and molecular data. Field inventory; Functions of Herbarium; Important herbaria and
botanical gardens of the world and India; Virtual herbarium; E-flora; Documentation: Flora, Monographs,
Journals; Keys: Single access and Multi-access.
Unit II: Taxonomy 2
Concept of taxa (family, genus, species); Categories and taxonomic hierarchy; Species concept (taxonomic,
biological, evolutionary).
Principles and rules (ICN); Ranks and names; Typification, author citation, valid publication, rejection of names,
principle of priority and its limitations; Names of hybrids.
Unit III: Classification systems
Major contributions of Theophrastus, Bauhin, Tournefort, Linnaeus, Adanson, de Candolle, Bessey, Hutchinson,
Takhtajan and Cronquist; Classification systems of Bentham and Hooker (upto series) and Engler and Prantl (upto
series); Brief reference of Angiosperm Phylogeny Group (APG III) classification.
Unit IV: Numerical Taxonomy
Characters; Variations; OTUs, character weighting and coding; Cluster analysis; Phenograms, cladograms
(definitions and differences).
Terms and concepts (primitive and advanced, homology and analogy, parallelism and convergence, monophyly,
Paraphyly, polyphyly and clades). Origin and evolution of angiosperms; Co-evolution of angiosperms and animals;
Methods of illustrating evolutionary relationship (phylogenetic tree, cladogram)
PRACTICAL
1. Study of vegetative and floral characters of the following families (Description, V.S. flower, section of ovary,
floral diagram/s, floral formula/e and systematic position according to Bentham & Hookers system of
classification):
a) Ranunculaceae - Ranunculus, Delphinium
b) Brassicaceae - Brassica, Alyssum / Iberis
c) Myrtaceae - Eucalyptus, Callistemon
d) Umbelliferae - Coriandrum /Anethum / Foeniculum
e) Asteraceae - Sonchus/Launaea, Vernonia/Ageratum, Eclipta/Tridax
f) Solanaceae - Solanum nigrum/Withania
g) Lamiaceae - Salvia/Ocimum
h) Euphorbiaceae - Euphorbia hirta/E.milii, Jatropha
i) Liliaceae - Asphodelus/Lilium/Allium
j) Poaceae - Triticum/Hordeum/Avena
2. Field visit (local) Subject to grant of funds from the university.
3. Mounting of a properly dried and pressed specimen of any wild plant with herbarium label (to be submitted in the
record book).
1. Singh, (2012). Plant Systematics: Theory and Practice Oxford & IBH Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.3rdedition.2. Jeffrey, C.
(1982). An Introduction to Plant Taxonomy. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
2. Judd, W.S., Campbell, C.S., Kellogg, E.A., Stevens, P.F. (2002). Plant Systematics-A Phylogenetic Approach.
Sinauer Associates Inc., U.S.A. 2nd edition.
3. Maheshwari, J.K. (1963). Flora of Delhi. CSIR, New Delhi.
4. Radford, A.E. (1986). Fundamentals of Plant Systematics. Harper and Row, New York.
25
3rd Year
Semester - V
Core Course XI
REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY OF ANGIOSPERMS
Unit I: Flower and Anther
History (contributions of G.B. Amici, W. Hofmeister, E. Strasburger, S.G. Nawaschin, P. Maheshwari, B.M. Johri,
W.A. Jensen, J. Heslop-Harrison) and scope.
Induction of flowering; flower as a modified determinate shoot. Flower development: genetic and molecular
aspects.
Anther wall: Structure and functions, microsporogenesis, callose deposition and its significance.
Microgametogenesis; Pollen wall structure, MGU (male germ unit) structure, NPC system; Palynology and scope
(a brief account); Pollen wall proteins; Pollen viability, storage and germination; Abnormal features:
Pseudomonads, polyads, massulae, pollinia.
Unit II: Ovule and Pollination
Structure; Types; Special structuresendothelium, obturator, aril, caruncle and hypostase; Female gametophyte
megasporogenesis (monosporic, bisporic and tetrasporic) and megagametogenesis (details of Polygonum type);
Organization and ultrastructure of mature embryo sac.
Pollination types and significance; adaptations;
Unit III: Fertilization and Self Incompatibility
Structure of stigma and style; path of pollen tube in pistil; double fertilization.
Basic concepts (interspecific, intraspecific, homomorphic, heteromorphic, GSI and SSI); Methods to overcome
self- incompatibility: mixed pollination, bud pollination, stub pollination; Intra-ovarian and in vitro pollination;
Modification of stigma surface, parasexual hybridization; Cybrids, in vitro fertilization.
Unit IV: Embryo, Polyembryony and seeds
Structure and types; General pattern of development of dicot and monocot embryo and endosperm; Suspensor:
structure and functions; Embryo-endosperm relationship; Nutrition of embryo; Unusual features; Embryo
development in Paeonia. Seed structure, importance and dispersal mechanisms
Introduction; Classification; Causes and applications.
PRACTICAL
1. Anther: Wall and its ontogeny; Tapetum (amoeboid and glandular); MMC, spore tetrads, uninucleate, bicelled and
dehisced anther stages through slides/micrographs, male germ unit(MGU) through photographs and schematic
representation.
2. Pollen grains: Fresh and acetolyzed showing ornamentation and aperture, psuedomonads,polyads, pollinia
(slides/photographs,fresh material), ultrastructure of pollen wall(micrograph);Pollen viability: Tetrazolium
test.germination: Calculation of percentage germination in different media using hanging drop method.
3. Ovule: Types-anatropous, orthotropous, amphitropous/campylotropous, circinotropous, unitegmic, bitegmic;
Tenuinucellate and crassinucellate; Special structures: Endothelium, obturator, hypostase, caruncle and aril
(permanent slides/specimens/photographs).
1. Female gametophyte through permanent slides/ photographs: Types, ultrastructure of mature egg apparatus.
4. Intra-ovarian pollination; Test tube pollination through photographs.
5. Endosperm: Dissections of developing seeds for endosperm with free-nuclear haustoria.
2. Embryogenesis: Study of development of dicot embryo through permanent slides; dissection of developing seeds
for embryos at various developmental stages; Study of suspensor through electron micrographs.
1. Bhojwani, S.S. and Bhatnagar, S.P. (2011). The Embryology of Angiosperms, Vikas PublishingHouse. Delhi. 5th
edition.
2. Shivanna, K.R. (2003). Pollen Biology and Biotechnology. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt.Ltd. Delhi.
3. Raghavan, V. (2000). Developmental Biology of Flowering plants, Springer, Netherlands.
4. Johri, B.M. l (1984). Embryology of Angiosperms, Springer-Verlag, Netherlands.
26
Semester - V
Core Course XII
PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
Unit I :Water Relation and Mineral Nutrition
Water Potential and its components, water absorption by roots, aquaporins, pathway of water movement, symplast,
apoplast, transmembrane pathways, root pressure, guttation. Ascent of sap cohesion-tension theory.Transpiration
and factors affecting transpiration, antitranspirants, mechanism of stomatal movement.
Mineral nutrition : Essential and beneficial elements, macro and micronutrients, methods of study and use of
nutrient solutions, criteria for essentiality, mineral deficiency symptoms, roles of essential elements, chelating
agents.
Unit II: Mineral Transport and Translocation of sugars
Soil as a nutrient reservoir, transport of ions across cell membrane, passive absorption, electrochemical gradient,
facilitated diffusion, active absorption, role of ATP, carrier systems, proton ATPase pump and ion flux, uniport,
co-transport, symport, antiport.
Translocation in the phloem : Experimental evidence in support of phloem as the site of sugar translocation.
PressureFlow Model; Phloem loading and unloading; Sourcesink relationship.
Unit III: Plant Hormones:
Discovery, chemical nature (basic structure), bioassay and physiological roles of Auxin, Gibberellins, Cytokinin,
Abscisic acid, Ethylene, Brassinosteroids and Jasmonic acid. IV:
Unit IV: Physiology of Flowering
Photoperiodism, flowering stimulus, florigen concept, vernalization, seed dormancy.
Phytochrome , crytochromes and phototropins, Discovery, chemical nature, role in photomorphogenesis, low
energy responses (LER) and high irradiance responses (HIR), mode of action.
Practical and Demonstration experiments
1. Determination of osmotic potential of plant cell sap by plasmolytic method.

2. Determination of water potential of given tissue (potato tuber) by weight method.
3. Study of the effect of wind velocity and light on the rate of transpiration in excised twig/leaf.
4. Calculation of stomatal index and stomatal frequency from the two surfaces of leaves of a mesophyte and
xerophyte.
5. To calculate the area of an open stoma and percentage of leaf area open through stomata in a mesophyte and
xerophyte (both surfaces).
6. To study the phenomenon of seed germination (effect of light).
7. To study the effect of different concentrations of IAA on Avena coleoptile elongation (IAA Bioassay).
8. To study the induction of amylase activity in germinating barley grains.
1. To demonstrate suction due to transpiration.
2. Fruit ripening/Rooting from cuttings (Demonstration).
3. Bolting experiment/Avena coleptile bioassay (demonstration).
1. Hopkins, W.G. and Huner, A. (2008). Introduction to Plant Physiology. John Wiley and Sons.
U.S.A. 4th edition.
2. Taiz, L., Zeiger, E., Mller, I.M. and Murphy, A (2015). Plant Physiology and Development. Sinauer Associates
Inc. USA. 6th edition.
3. Bajracharya D. (1999). Experiments in Plant Physiology-A Laboratory Manual. Narosa Publishing House, New
Delhi.
27
Semester - VI
Core Course XIII
PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY
Unit I: Tissue Culture:
Historical perspective; Composition of media; Nutrient and hormone requirements (role of vitamins and
hormones); Totipotency; Organogenesis; Embryogenesis (somatic and zygotic); Protoplast isolation, culture and
fusion; Tissue culture applications (micropropagation, androgenesis, virus elimination, secondary metabolite
production, haploids, triploids and hybrids; Cryopreservation; Germplasm Conservation).
Unit II: Genetic engineering

Restriction Endonucleases (History, Types I-IV, biological role and application); Restriction Mapping (Linear and
Circular); Cloning Vectors: Prokaryotic (pUC 18 and pUC19, pBR322, Ti plasmid, BAC); Lambda phage, M13
phagemid, Cosmid, Shuttle vector; Eukaryotic Vectors (YAC).
Recombinant DNA, Bacterial Transformation and selection of recombinant clones, PCR mediated gene cloning;
Gene Construct; construction of genomic and c-DNA libraries, screening DNA libraries to obtain gene of interest
by genetic selection; complementation, colony hybridization; PCR
Unit III :Plant Biotechnology
Agrobacterium-mediated, Direct gene transfer by Electroporation, Microinjection, Microprojectile bombardment;
Selection of transgenics selectable marker and reporter genes (Luciferase, GUS, GFP).
Unit IV: Transgenic Plants
Pest resistant (Bt-cotton); herbicide resistant plants (RoundUp Ready soybean); Transgenic crops with improved
quality traits (Flavr Savr tomato, Golden rice); Improved horticultural varieties (Moondust carnations); Role of
transgenics in bioremediation (Superbug); edible vaccines; Industrial enzymes (Aspergillase, Protease, Lipase);
Genetically Engineered ProductsHuman Growth Hormone; Humulin; Biosafety concerns.
PRACTICAL
1. (a) Preparation of MS medium. (b) Demonstration of in vitro sterilization and inoculation methods using
leaf and nodal explants of Tobacco, Datura, Brassica etc.
2. Study of anther, embryo and endosperm culture, micropropagation, somatic embryogenesis & artificial seeds
through photographs.
3. Isolation of protoplasts.
4. Construction of restriction map of circular and linear DNA from the data provided.
5. Study of methods of gene transfer through photographs: Agrobacterium-mediated, direct gene transfer by
electroporation, microinjection, microprojectile bombardment.
6. Study of steps of genetic engineering for production of Bt cotton, Golden rice, Flavr Savr tomato through
photographs.
7. Isolation of plasmid DNA.
8. Restriction digestion and gel electrophoresis of plasmid DNA.
1. Bhojwani, S.S. and Razdan, M.K., (1996). Plant Tissue Culture: Theory and Practice. Elsevier Science
Amsterdam. The Netherlands.
2. Glick, B.R., Pasternak, J.J. (2003). Molecular Biotechnology- Principles and Applications of recombinant DNA.
ASM Press, Washington.
3. Bhojwani, S.S. and Bhatnagar, S.P. (2011). The Embryology of Angiosperms. Vikas Publication House Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi. 5th edition.
4. Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J. (2010). Principles of Genetics. John Wiley and Sons, U.K. 5th edition.
5. Stewart, C.N. Jr. (2008). Plant Biotechnology & Genetics: Principles, Techniques and Applications. John Wiley &
Sons Inc. U.S.A.
28
Semester - VI
Core Course XIV
PLANT METABOLISM
Unit I : Photosynthesis
Introduction, anabolic and catabolic pathways, regulation of metabolism, role of regulatory enzymes (allosteric,
covalent modulation and Isozymes).
Historical background, photosynthetic pigments, role of photosynthetic pigments (chlorophylls and accessory
pigments), antenna molecules and reaction centres, photochemical reactions, photosynthetic electron transport,
PSI, PSII, Q cycle, CO2 reduction, photorespiration, C4pathways; Crassulacean acid metabolism; Factors affecting
CO2 reduction.
Unit II: Carbohydrate catabolism and Respiration
Synthesis and catabolism of sucrose and starch.Carbon Oxidation Glycolysis, fate of pyruvate, regulation of
glycolysis, oxidative pentose phosphate pathway, oxidative decarboxylation of pyruvate, regulation of PDH,
NADH shuttle; TCA cycle,amphibolic role, anaplerotic reactions, regulation of the cycle, mitochondrial electron
transport, oxidative phosphorylation, cyanide-resistant respiration, factors affecting respiration.
Unit III: Lipid Metabolism and ATP Synthesis
Synthesis and breakdown of triglycerides, -oxidation, glyoxylate cycle, gluconeogenesis and its role in
mobilisation of lipids during seed germination, oxidation.Mechanism of ATP synthesis, substrate level
phosphorylation, chemiosmotic mechanism (oxidative and photophosphorylation), ATP synthase, Boyers
conformational model, Rackers experiment, Jagendorfs experiment; role of uncouplers.
Unit IV: Nitrogen Metabolism and Signal Transduction
Nitrate assimilation, biological nitrogen fixation (examples of legumes and non-legumes); Physiology and
biochemistry of nitrogen fixation; Ammonia assimilation and transamination. Receptor-ligand interactions; Second
messenger concept, Calcium calmodulin, MAP kinase cascade.
PRACTICAL
1. Chemical separation of photosynthetic pigments.

2. Experimental demonstration of Hills reaction.
3. To study the effect of light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis.
4. Effect of carbon dioxide on the rate of photosynthesis.
5. To compare the rate of respiration in different parts of a plant.
6. To demonstrate activity of Nitrate reductase in germinating leaves of different plant sources.
7. To study the activity of lipases in germinating oilseeds and demonstrate mobilization of lipids during germination.
8. Demonstration of fluorescence by isolated chlorophyll pigments.
9. Demonstration of absorption spectrum of photosynthetic pigments.
1. Hopkins, W.G. and Huner, A. (2008). Introduction to Plant Physiology. John Wiley and Sons.U.S.A. 4th edition.
2. Taiz, L., Zeiger, E., Mller, I.M. and Murphy, A (2015). Plant Physiology and Development.Sinauer Associates
3. Harborne, J.B. (1973). Phytochemical Methods. John Wiley & Sons. New York.
29
2nd Year
Semester - III
BOTANY
Skill Enhancement Course
SEC - I
MUSHROOM CULTURE TECHNOLOGY
Unit I: Introduction, history. Nutritional and medicinal value of edible mushrooms; Poisonous
mushrooms.Types of edible mushrooms available in India - Volvariella volvacea, Pleurotus citrinopileatus,
Agaricus bisporus
Unit II: Cultivation Technology : Infrastructure: substrates (locally available) Polythene bag, vessels,
Inoculation hook, inoculation loop, low cost stove, sieves, culture rack, mushroom unit (Thatched house)
water sprayer, tray, small polythene bag. Pure culture: Medium, sterilization, preparation of spawn,
multiplication. Mushroom bed preparation - paddy straw, sugarcane trash, maize straw, banana leaves. Factors
affecting the mushroom bed preparation
- Low cost technology, Composting technology in mushroom production
Unit III: Storage and nutrition : Short-term storage (Refrigeration - upto 24 hours) Long term Storage
(canning, pickels, papads), drying, storage in saltsolutions. Nutrition - Proteins - amino acids, mineral
elements nutrition - Carbohydrates, Crude fibre content - Vitamins.
Unit IV : Food Preparation: Types of foods prepared from mushroom.Research Centres National level and
Regional level. Cost benefit ratio - Marketing in India and abroad, Export Value
1. Marimuthu, T. Krishnamoorthy, A.S. Sivaprakasam, K. and Jayarajan. R (1991) Oyster Mushrooms,
Department of Plant Pathology, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore.
2. Swaminathan, M. (1990) Food and Nutrition. Bappco, The Bangalore Printing and Publishing Co. Ltd., No.
88, Mysore Road, Bangalore - 560018.
3. Tewari, Pankaj Kapoor, S.C., (1988). Mushroom cultivation, Mittal Publications, Delhi Nita Bahl (1984-
1988) Hand book of Mushrooms, II Edition, Vol. I & Vol. II
30
Semester - IV
BOTANY
SEC - II
Skill Enhancement Course
BIOFERTILIZERS
Unit I: General account about the microbes used as biofertilizer Rhizobium isolation, identification, mass
multiplication, carrier based inoculants, Actinorrhizal symbiosis.. Azospirillum: isolation and mass
multiplication carrier based inoculant, associative effect of different microorganisms.Azotobacter:
classification, characteristics crop response to Azotobacter inoculum, maintenance and mass multiplication.
Unit II:Cyanobacteria (blue green algae), Azolla and Anabaena azollae association, nitrogen fixation, factors
affecting growth, blue green algae and Azolla in rice cultivation.
Unit III: Mycorrhizal association, types of mycorrhizal association, taxonomy, occurrence and distribution,
phosphorus nutrition, growth and yield colonization of VAM isolation and inoculum production of VAM,
and its influence on growth and yield of crop plants.
Unit IV: Organic farming Green manuring and organic fertilizers, Recycling of biodegradable municipal,
agricultural and Industrial wastes biocompost making methods, types and method of vermicomposting
field Application
31
3rd Year
Semester - V
BOTANY
DSE I
ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES IN PLANT SCIENCES
THEORY
Unit I: Imaging and related techniques
Principles of microscopy; Light microscopy; Fluorescence microscopy; Confocal microscopy; Use of
fluorochromes: (a) Flow cytometry (FACS); (b) Applications of fluorescence microscopy: Chromosome banding,
FISH, chromosome painting; Transmission and Scanning Electron microscopy sample preparation for electron
microscopy, cryofixation, negative staining, shadow casting, freeze fracture, freeze etching.
Unit II: Cell fractionation, Chromatography
Centrifugation: Differential and density gradient centrifugation, sucrose density gradient, CsCl2gradient, analytical
centrifugation, ultracentrifugation, marker enzymes.
Principle; Paper chromatography; Column chromatography, TLC, GLC, HPLC, Ion-exchange chromatography;
Molecular sieve chromatography; Affinity chromatography.
Unit III: Radioisotopes,Spectro-photometry,Biostatistics
Use in biological research, auto-radiography, pulse chase experiment Principle and its application in biological
research.Statistics, data, population, samples, parameters; Representation of Data: Tabular, Graphical;Measures of
central tendency: Arithmetic mean, mode, median; Measures of dispersion: Range, mean deviation, variation,
standard deviation; Chi-square test for goodness of fit.
Unit IV: Characterization of proteins and nucleic acids
Mass spectrometry; X-ray diffraction; X-ray crystallography; Characterization of proteins and nucleic acids;
Electrophoresis: AGE, PAGE, SDS-PAGE
PRACTICAL
1. Study of Blotting techniques: Southern, Northern and Western, DNA fingerprinting, DNA sequencing, PCR
through photographs.
2. Demonstration of ELISA.
3. To separate nitrogenous bases by paper chromatography.
4. To separate sugars by thin layer chromatography.
5. Isolation of chloroplasts by differential centrifugation.
6. To separate chloroplast pigments by column chromatography.
7. To estimate protein concentration through Lowrys methods.
8. To separate proteins using PAGE.
9. To separation DNA (marker) using AGE.
10. Study of different microscopic techniques using photographs/micrographs (freeze fracture, freeze etching, negative
staining, positive staining, fluorescence and FISH).
11. Preparation of permanent slides (double staining).
Suggested Readings
1. Plummer, D.T. (1996). An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New
Delhi. 3rd edition.
1. Ruzin, S.E. (1999). Plant Microtechnique and Microscopy, Oxford UniversityPress, New York. U.S.A.
2. Ausubel, F., Brent, R., Kingston, R. E., Moore, D.D., Seidman, J.G., Smith, J.A., Struhl, K. (1995). Short Protocols
in Molecular Biology. John Wiley & Sons. 3rd edition.
3. Zar, J.H. (2012). Biostatistical Analysis. Pearson Publication. U.S.A. 4th edition.
32
Semester - V
BOTANY
DSE II
Discipline Specific Elective
BIOSTATISTICS
Unit I:Biostatistics
Definition - statistical methods - basic principles. Variables - measurements, functions, limitations and
uses of statistics. Types and methods of data collection procedures - merits and demerits. Classification -
tabulation and presentation of data - sampling methods.
Unit II: Measures of central tendency
Mean, median, mode, geometric mean - merits & demerits. Measures of dispersion - range, standard
deviation, mean deviation, quartile deviation - merits and demerits; Co- efficient of variations.
Unit III: Correlation
Types and methods of correlation, regression, simple regression equation, fitting prediction, similarities
and dissimilarities of correlation and regression
Unit IV: Statistical inference
Hypothesis - simple hypothesis student 't' test - chi square test.
PRACTICAL
1) Calculation of mean, standard deviation and standard error

2) Calculation of correlation coefficient values and finding out the probability
3) Calculation of F value and finding out the probability value for the F value.
1. Biostatistic, Danniel, W.W., 1987.New York, John Wiley Sons.
2. An introduction to Biostatistics, 3rd edition, Sundarrao, P.S.S and Richards, J. Christian Medical College,
Vellore
3. Statistical Analysis of epidemiological data, Selvin, S., 1991. New York University Press.
4. Statistics for Biology, Boston, Bishop, O.N. Houghton, Mifflin.
5. The Principles of scientific research, Freedman, P. New York, Pergamon Press.
6. Statistics for Biologists, Campbell, R.C., 1998.Cambridge University Press.
33
3rd Year
Semester - VI
BOTANY
DSE III
Discipline Specific Elective
INDUSTRIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY
Unit I: Bioreactors/Fermenters and fermentation processes
Scope of microbes in industry and environment
Solid-state and liquid-state (stationary and submerged) fermentations; Batch and continuous fermentations.
Components of a typical bioreactor, Types of bioreactors-laboratory, pilot scale and production fermenters;
Constantly stirred tank fermenter, tower fermenter, fixed bed and fluidized bed bioreactors and air-lift fermenter.
Unit II: Microbial production of industrial products
Microorganisms involved, media, fermentation conditions, downstream processing and uses; Filtration,
centrifugation, cell disruption, solvent extraction, precipitation and ultrafiltration, lyophilization, spray drying;
Hands on microbial fermentations for the production and estimation (qualitative and quantitative) of Enzyme:
amylase or lipase activity, Organic acid (citric acid or glutamic acid), alcohol (Ethanol) and antibiotic (Penicillin)
Unit III: Microbial enzymes of industrial interest and enzyme immobilization
Microorganisms for industrial applications and hands on screening microorganisms for casein hydrolysis; starch
hydrolysis; cellulose hydrolysis. Methods of immobilization, advantages and applications of immobilization, large
scale applications of immobilized enzymes (glucose isomerase and penicillin acylase).
Unit IV: Environmental and Agricultural Microbiology
Distribution of microbes in air; Isolation of microorganisms from soil, air and water. Water pollution, role of
microbes in sewage and domestic waste water treatment systems. Determination of BOD, COD, TDS and TOC of
water samples; Microorganisms as indicators of water quality, check coli form and fecal coli form in water
samples.
Biological fixation; Mycorrhizae; Bioremediation of contaminated soils. Isolation of root nodulating bacteria,
arbuscular mycorrhizal colonization in plant roots.
PRACTICAL
1. Principles and functioning of instruments in microbiology laboratory

2. Hands on sterilization techniques and preparation of culture media.
1. Pelzar, M.J. Jr., Chen E.C. S., Krieg, N.R. (2010). Microbiology: An application based approach. Tata McGraw
Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., Delhi.
2. Tortora, G.J., Funke, B.R., Case. C.L. (2007). Microbiology. Pearson Benjamin Cummings, San Francisco, U.S.A.
9th edition.
3rd Year
Semester - VI
BOTANY
DSE- IV
Disserteation 60 Marks
Presentation 20 Marks
Viva 20 Marks
34
CHEMISTRY COURSE STRUCTURE

Exam
1st Year
1st sem. C.C. I INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - I 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. II PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY - I 75 3
PRACTICAL 75 3
2nd Sem. C.C. III ORGANIC CHEMSITRY - I 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. IV PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY - II 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
2nd Year
3rd Sem. C.C. V INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - II 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. VI ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - II 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. VII PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY - III 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
4th Sem. C.C. VIII INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - III 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. IX ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - III 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. X PHYSICLA CHEMISTRY - IV 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
3rd Year
5th Sem. C.C. XI ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - IV 75 3
PRACTIVAL 25 3
C.C. XII PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY - V 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
6th Sem. C.C. XIII INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - IV 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. XIV ORGANIC CHEMISTRY -V 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
2nd Year
3rd Sem. SEC I IT SKILLS FOR CHEMIST 50 3
4th Sem. SEC II PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY 50 3
3rd Year
5th Sem. DSE I ENVIRONMENTAL AND GREEN 75 3
CHEMISTRY
PRACTICAL 25 3
DSE II POLYMER SCIENCE 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
6th Sem. DSE III ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
35
1st Year
Semester - I
Core Course : CHEMISTRY
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-I
Theory : 60 Lectures
Unit-I
ATOMIC STRUCTURE:
Bohr's theory, its limitations and atomic spectrum of Hydrogen atom. Wave mechanics: de Broglie equation,
Heisenberg's Uncertainty Principle and its significance, Schrdinger's wave equation, significance of and 2.
Quantum numbers and their significance. Normalized and orthogonal wave functions. Sign of wave functions.
Radial and angular wave functions for hydrogen atom. Radial and angular distribution curves. Shapes of s, p, d and
f orbitals. Contour boundary and probability diagrams.
Pauli's Exclusion Principle, Hund's rule of maximum multiplicity, Aufbau's principle and its limitations, Variation
of orbital energy with atomic number. (12 Lectures)
Unit-II
PERIODICITY OF ELEMENTS
Periodicity of Elements: s, p, d, f block elements, the long form of periodic table. Detailed discussion of the
following properties of the elements, with reference to s & p-block.
(a) Effective nuclear charge, shielding or screening effect, Slater rules, variation of effective nuclear charge in
periodic table.
(b) Atomic radii (van der Waals radii)
(c) Ionic and crystal radii.
(d) Covalent radii (octahedral and tetrahedral)
(e) Ionization enthalpy, Successive ionization enthalpies and factors affecting ionization energy. Applications of
ionization enthalpy.
(f) Electron gain enthalpy, trends of electron gain enthalpy.
(g) Electronegativity, Pauling's/ Mulliken's/ Allred Rachow's/ and Mulliken-Jaff's electronegativity scales.
Variation of electronegativity with bond order, partial charge, hybridization, group electronegativity. Sanderson's
electron density ratio. (15 Lectures)
Unit-III
CHEMICAL BONDING-I
(i) lonic bond: General characteristics, types of ions, size effects, radius ratio rule and its limitations. Packing
of ions in crystals. Born-Land equation with derivation and importance of Kapustinskii expression for lattice
energy. Madelung constant, Born-Haber cycle and its application, Solvation energy.
(ii) Covalent bond: Lewis structure, Valence Bond theory (Heitler-London approach). Energetics of
hybridization, equivalent and non-equivalent hybrid orbitals. Bent's rule, Resonance and resonance energy,
Molecular orbital theory. Molecular orbital diagrams of diatomic and simple polyatomic molecules N2, O2, C2, B2,
F2, CO, NO, and their ions; HCl, BeF2, CO2, (idea of s-p mixing and orbital interaction to be given). Formal charge,
Valence shell electron pair repulsion theory (VSEPR), shapes of simple molecules and ions containing lone pairs
and bond pairs of electrons, multiple bonding (Sigma and pi bond approach) and bond lengths. (15 Lectures)
Unit-IV
Covalent character in ionic compounds, polarizing power and polarizability. Fajan's rules and consequences of
polarization. Ionic character in covalent compounds: Bond moment and dipole moment. Percentage ionic character
from dipole moment and electronegativity difference.
(iii) Metallic Bond: Qualitative idea of valence bond and band theories. Semiconductors and insulators, defects
in solids.
(iv) Weak Chemical forces: van der waals forces, ion-dipole forces, dipole-dipole interactions, induced dipole
interactions, instantaneous dipole-induced dipole interactions, Repulsive forces, Hydrogen bonding (theories of
hydrogen bonding, valence bond treatment) Effects of chemical force, melting and boiling points, solubility
energetic of dissolution process.
Oxidation-Reduction:
36
Redox equations, Standard Electode Potential and its application to inorganic reactions. (18 Lectures)
o Lee, J.D. Concise Inorganic Chemistry, ELBS, 1991.
o Douglas, B.E. and Mc Daniel, D.H., Concepts & Models of Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford, 1970
o Atkins, P.W. & Paula, J. Physical Chemistry, Oxford Press, 2006.
o Day, M.C. and Selbin, J. Theoretical Inorganic Chemistry, ACS Publications 1962.
o Advanced Inorganic Chemistry by R.D. Madan
o Selected topics in inorganic chemistry by Madan, Mallic & Tuli
o Inorganic chemistry by Puri & Sharma
PRACTICAL
(A) Titrimetric Analysis
(i) Calibration and use of apparatus
(ii) Preparation of solutions of different Molarity/Normality of titrants
(B) Acid-Base Titrations
(i) Estimation of carbonate and hydroxide present together in mixture.
(ii) Estimation of carbonate and bicarbonate present together in a mixture.
(iii) Estimation of free alkali present in different soaps/detergents
(C) Oxidation-Reduction Titrimetry
(i) Estimation of Fe(II) and oxalic acid using standardized KMnO4 solution.
(ii) Estimation of oxalic acid and sodium oxalate in a given mixture.
Estimation of Fe(II) with K2Cr2O7 using internal (diphenylamine, anthranilic acid) and external indicator.
Reference text:
1. Vogel, A.I. A Textbook of Quantitative Inorganic Analysis, ELBS.
37
Semester - I
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY- I
Theory : 60 Lecturers
Unit-I
GASEOUS STATE
Kinetic molecular model of a gas: postulates and derivation of the kinetic gas equation; collision frequency;
collision diameter; mean free path and viscosity of gases, including their temperature and pressure dependence,
relation between mean free path and coefficient of viscosity, variation of viscosity with temperature and pressure.
Maxwell distribution and its use in evaluating molecular velocities (average, root mean square and most probable)
and average kinetic energy, law of equipartition of energy, degrees of freedom and molecular basis of heat
capacities. (20 Lecturers)
Behaviour of real gases: Deviations from ideal gas behaviour, compressibility factor, Z, and its variation with
pressure for different gases. Causes of deviation from ideal behaviour. vander Waals equation of state, its
derivation and application in explaining real gas behaviour, mention of other equations of state (Berthelot,
Dietrici); virial equation of state; van der Waals equation expressed in virial form and calculation of Boyle
temperature. Isotherms of real gases and their comparison with van der Waals isotherms, continuity of states,
critical state, relation between critical constants and van der Waals constants, law of corresponding states.
(10 Lecturers)
Unit-II
LIQUID STATE
(i) Qualitative treatment of the structure of the liquid state; Radial distribution function; physical properties of
liquids; vapour pressure, surface tension and coefficient of viscosity, and their determination. Effect of addition of
various solutes on surface tension and viscosity. Explanation of cleansing action of detergents. Temperature
variation of viscosity of liquids and comparison with that of gases. Qualitative discussion of structure of water.
(10 Lecturers)
Unit- III
SOLID STATE
Nature of the solid state, law of constancy of interfacial angles, law of rational indices, Miller indices, elementary
ideas of symmetry, symmetry elements and symmetry operations, qualitative idea of point and space groups, seven
crystal systems and fourteen Bravais lattices; X-ray diffraction, Bragg's law, a simple account of rotating crystal
method and powder pattern method. Analysis of powder diffraction patterns of NaCl, CsCl and KCl. Defects in
crystals. Glasses and liquid crystals. (10 Lecturers)
Unit-IV
Ionic equilibria - II:
Salt hydrolysis-calculation of hydrolysis constant, degree of hydrolysis and pH for different salts. Buffer solutions;
derivation of Henderson equation and its applications; buffer capacity, buffer range, buffer action and applications
of buffers in analytical chemistry and biochemical processes in the human body. Solubility and solubility product
of sparingly soluble salts - applications of solubility product principle. Qualitative treatment of acid - base titration
curves (calculation of pH at various stages). Theory of acid-base indicators; selection of indicators and their
limitations.
Multistage equilibria in polyelectrolyte systems; hydrolysis and hydrolysis constants. (10 Lecturers)
o Atkins, P. W. & Paula, J. de Atkin's Physical Chemistry Ed., Oxford University Press 13 (2006).
o Ball, D. W. Physical Chemistry Thomson Press, India (2007).
o Castellan, G. W. Physical Chemistry 4th Ed. Narosa (2004). o Mortimer, R. G. Physical Chemistry 3rd Ed.
Elsevier: NOIDA, UP (2009).
o Advanced Physical Chemistry S. Glastone.
o Advanced Physical Chemistry by Raxhit
o Advanced Physical Chemistry by Negi & Anand
38
o Physical Chemistry by Kundu & Jain.
PRACTICAL
1. Surface tension measurements.
a. Determine the surface tension by (i) drop number (ii) drop weight method.
b. Study the variation of surface tension of detergent solutions with concentration.
2. Viscosity measurement using Ostwald's viscometer.
a. Determination of viscosity of aqueous solutions of (i) polymer (ii) ethanol and (iii) sugar at room temperature.
b. Study the variation of viscosity of sucrose solution with the concentration of solute.
3. Indexing of Given powder diffraction pattern of a cubic crystalline system.
4. pH metry
a. Study the effect on pH of addition of HCl/NaOH to solutions of acetic acid, sodium acetate and their mixtures.
b. Preparation of buffer solutions of different pH i. Sodium acetate-acetic acid ii. Ammonium chloride-ammonium
hydroxide
c. pH metric titration of (i) strong acid vs. strong base, (ii) weak acid vs. strong base.
d. Determination of dissociation constant of a weak acid.
Reference Books
o Khosla, B. D.; Garg, V. C. & Gulati, A. Senior Practical Physical Chemistry, R. Chand & Co.: New Delhi
(2011).
o Garland, C. W.; Nibler, J. W. & Shoemaker, D. P. Experiments in Physical Chemistry 8th Ed.; McGraw-Hill:
New York (2003).
o Halpern, A. M. & McBane, G. C. Experimental Physical Chemistry 3rd Ed.; W.H. Freeman & Co.: New York
(2003).
39
Semester - II
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I
Unit-I
BASICS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY:
Organic Compounds: Classification, and Nomenclature, Hybridization, Shapes of molecules, Influence of
hybridization on bond properties.
Electronic Displacements: Inductive, electromeric, resonance and mesomeric effects, hyperconjugation and their
applications; Dipole moment; Organic acids and bases; their relative strength.
Homolytic and Heterolytic fission with suitable examples. Curly arrow rules, formal charges; Electrophiles and
Nucleophiles; Nucleophlicity and basicity; Types, shape and their relative stability of Carbocations, Carbanions,
Free radicals and Carbenes.
Introduction to types of organic reactions and their mechanism: Addition, Elimination and Substitution reactions.
CARBON-CARBON SIGMA BONDS
Chemistry of alkanes: Formation of alkanes, Wurtz Reaction, Wurtz-Fittig Reactions, Free radical substitutions:
Halogenation -relative reactivity and selectivity. (10 Lecturers)
Unit - II
STEREOCHEMISTRY
Fischer Projection, Newmann and Sawhorse Projection formulae and their interconversions; Geometrical
isomerism: cis-trans and, syn-anti isomerism E/Z notations with C.I.P rules.
Optical Isomerism: Optical Activity, Specific Rotation, Chirality/Asymmetry, Enantiomers, Molecules with two or
more chiral-centres, Distereoisomers, meso structures, Racemic mixture and resolution. Relative and absolute
configuration: D/L and R/S designations.
Unit - III
CHEMISTRY OF ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBONS
A. Carbon-Carbon pi bonds:
Formation of alkenes and alkynes by elimination reactions, Mechanism of E1, E2, E1cb reactions. Saytzeff and
Hofmann eliminations.
Reactions of alkenes: Electrophilic additions their mechanisms (Markownikoff/ Anti Markownikoff addition),
mechanism of oxymercuration-demercuration, hydroborationoxidation, ozonolysis, reduction (catalytic and
chemical), syn and anti-hydroxylation (oxidation). 1,2-and 1,4-addition reactions in conjugated dienes and, Diels-
Alder reaction; Allylic and benzylic bromination and mechanism, e.g. propene, 1-butene, toluene, ethyl benzene.
Reactions of alkynes: Acidity, Electrophilic and Nucleophilic additions. Hydration to form carbonyl compounds,
Alkylation of terminal alkynes.
B. Cycloalkanes and Conformational Analysis
Types of cycloalkanes and their relative stability, Baeyer strain theory, Conformation analysis of alkanes: Relative
stability: Energy diagrams of cyclohexane: Chair, Boat and Twist boat forms; Relative stability with energy
diagrams. (20 Lecturers)
Unit - IV
AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
Aromaticity: Hckel's rule, aromatic character of arenes, cyclic carbocations/carbanions and heterocyclic
compounds with suitable examples. Electrophilic aromatic substitution: halogenation, nitration, sulphonation and
Friedel-Craft's alkylation/acylation with their mechanism. Directing effects of the groups. (10 Lecturers)
o Morrison, R. N. & Boyd, R. N. Organic Chemistry, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. (Pearson Education).
o Finar, I. L. Organic Chemistry (Volume 1), Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. (Pearson Education).
o Finar, I. L. Organic Chemistry (Volume 2: Stereochemistry and the Chemistry of Natural Products), Dorling
Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. (Pearson Education).
o Eliel, E. L. & Wilen, S. H. Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds; Wiley: London, 1994.
40
o Kalsi, P. S. Stereochemistry Conformation and Mechanism; New Age International, 2005.
PRACTICAL
1. Checking the calibration of the thermometer
2. Purification of organic compounds by crystallization using the following solvents:
a. Water
b. Alcohol
c. Alcohol-Water
3. Determination of the melting points of above compounds and unknown organic compounds (Kjeldahl method
and electrically heated melting point apparatus)
4. Effect of impurities on the melting point - mixed melting point of two unknown organic compounds
5. Determination of boiling point of liquid compounds. (boiling point lower than and more than 100 C by
distillation and capillary method)
6. Chromatography
a. Separation of a mixture of two amino acids by ascending and horizontal paper chromatography
b. Separation of a mixture of two sugars by ascending paper chromatography
c. Separation of a mixture of o-and p-nitrophenol or o-and p-aminophenol by thin layer chromatography (TLC)
Reference Books
o Mann, F.G. & Saunders, B.C. Practical Organic Chemistry, Pearson Education (2009)
o Furniss, B.S.; Hannaford, A.J.; Smith, P.W.G.; Tatchell, A.R. Practical Organic Chemistry, 5th Ed., Pearson
(2012)
41
Semester - II
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II
Unit - I
CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS:
Intensive and extensive variables; state and path functions; isolated, closed and open systems; zeroth law of
thermodynamics.
First law: Concept of heat (Q), work (W), internal energy (U), and statement of first law; enthalpy (H), relation
between heat capacities, calculations of q, w, U and H for reversible, irreversible and free expansion of gases (ideal
and van der Waals) under isothermal and adiabatic conditions.
Thermochemistry: Heats of reactions: standard states; enthalpy of formation of molecules and ions and enthalpy of
combustion and its applications; calculation of bond energy, bond dissociation energy and resonance energy from
thermochemical data, effect of temperature (Kirchhoff's equations) and pressure on enthalpy of reactions.
Adiabatic flame temperature, explosion temperature. (12 Lecturers)
Unit-II
Second Law: Concept of entropy; thermodynamic scale of temperature, statement of the second law of
thermodynamics; molecular and statistical interpretation of entropy. Calculation of entropy change for reversible
and irreversible processes.
Third Law: Statement of third law, concept of residual entropy, calculation of absolute entropy of molecules.
Free Energy Functions: Gibbs and Helmholtz energy; variation of S, G, A with T, V, P; Free energy change and
spontaneity. Relation between Joule-Thomson coefficient and other thermodynamic parameters; inversion
temperature; Gibbs-Helmholtz equation; Maxwell relations; thermodynamic equation of state. (15 Lecturers)
Unit-III
SYSTEMS OF VARIABLE COMPOSITION
Partial molar quantities, dependence of thermodynamic parameters on composition; GibbsDuhem equation,
chemical potential of ideal mixtures, change in thermodynamic functions in mixing of ideal gases.
CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIUM
Criteria of thermodynamic equilibrium, degree of advancement of reaction, chemical equilibria in ideal gases,
concept of fugacity. Thermodynamic derivation of relation between Gibbs free energy of reaction and reaction
quotient. Coupling of exoergic and endoergic reactions. Equilibrium constants and their quantitative dependence
on temperature, pressure and concentration. Free energy of mixing and spontaneity; thermodynamic derivation of
relations between the various equilibrium constants Kp, Kc and Kx. Le Chatelier principle (quantitative treatment);
equilibrium between ideal gases and a pure condensed phase. (18 Lecturers)
Unit-IV
Solutions and Colligative Properties: Dilute solutions; lowering of vapour pressure, Raoult's and Henry's Laws
and their applications. Excess thermodynamic functions. Thermodynamic derivation using chemical potential to
derive relations between the four colligative properties [(i) relative lowering of vapour pressure, (ii) elevation of
boiling point, (iii) Depression of freezing point, (iv) osmotic pressure] and amount of solute. Applications in
calculating molar masses of normal, dissociated and associated solutes in solution. (15 Lecturers)
o Peter, A. & Paula, J. de. Physical Chemistry 9th Ed., Oxford University Press (2011).
o Castellan, G. W. Physical Chemistry 4th Ed., Narosa (2004).
o Engel, T. & Reid, P. Physical Chemistry 3rd Ed., Prentice-Hall (2012).
o McQuarrie, D. A. & Simon, J. D. Molecular Thermodynamics Viva Books Pvt. Ltd.: New Delhi (2004).
o Assael, M. J.; Goodwin, A. R. H.; Stamatoudis, M.; Wakeham, W. A. & Will, S. Commonly Asked Questions in
Thermodynamics. CRC Press: NY (2011).
o Levine, I .N. Physical Chemistry 6th Ed., Tata Mc Graw Hill (2010).
o Metz, C.R. 2000 solved problems in chemistry, Schaum Series (2006
42
PRACTICAL
THERMOCHEMISTRY
(a) Determination of heat capacity of a calorimeter for different volumes using change of enthalpy data of a known
system (method of back calculation of heat capacity of calorimeter from known enthalpy of solution or enthalpy of
neutralization).
(b) Determination of heat capacity of the calorimeter and enthalpy of neutralization of hydrochloric acid with
sodium hydroxide.
(c) Calculation of the enthalpy of ionization of ethanoic acid.
(d) Determination of heat capacity of the calorimeter and integral enthalpy (endothermic and exothermic) solution
of salts.
(e) Determination of basicity/proticity of a polyprotic acid by the thermochemical method in terms of the changes
of temperatures observed in the graph of temperature versus time for different additions of a base. Also calculate
the enthalpy of neutralization of the first step.
4. pH metry
a. Study the effect on pH of addition of HCl/NaOH to solutions of acetic acid, sodium acetate and their mixtures.
b. Preparation of buffer solutions of different pH i. Sodium acetate-acetic acid ii. Ammonium chloride-ammonium
hydroxide
c. pH metric titration of (i) strong acid vs. strong base, (ii) weak acid vs. strong base.
d. Determination of dissociation constant of a weak acid.
Reference Books
o Khosla, B. D.; Garg, V. C. & Gulati, A., Senior Practical Physical Chemistry, R. Chand & Co.: New Delhi
(2011).
o Athawale, V. D. & Mathur, P. Experimental Physical Chemistry New Age International: New Delhi (2001).
43
2nd Year
Semester - III
Core Course (C.C.) - V
GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF METALLURGY
Theory: 60 Lectures
Unit I
Chief modes of occurrence of metals based on standard electrode potentials. Hingham diagrams for reduction of
metal oxides using carbon and carbon monoxide as reduc ng agent. Electrolytic Reduction, Hydrometallurgy.
Methods of purification of metals: Electrolyti Kroll process, Parting process, van Arkel-de Boer process and
Mond's prqcess, Zone refining.
Bronsted-Lowry concept of' acid-base reactions, solvated proton, relative strength of acids, types of acid-base
reactions, levelling solvents, Lewis acid-base concept, Classification of Lewis acids, Hard and Soft Acids and
Bases (HSAB) Application ofHSAB principle. (12 Lectures)
Unit II
Chemistry of sand p Block Element :
Inert pair effect, Relative stability of different oxidation states, diagl nal relationship and anomalous behaviour of
first member of each group. Allotropy and catenation.
Hydrides and their classification ionic, covalent and interstitial.
Study of the following compounds with emphasis on structure, onding, preparation,
properties and uses.
Hydrides and their classification ionic, covalent and interstitial. rrdnitFate.
Boric acid, borohydrides (diborane), carbpranes and graphitic compounds, silanes, Oxides and oxoacids of
nitrogen, Phosphorus and chlorine, Peroxo acids of sulphur, interhalogen compounds, polyhalide ions,
pseudohalogens and basic properties of halogens. (22 Lectures)
Unit III
Noble Gases:
Occurrence and uses, rationalization of inertness of noble gases, Clathrates; preparation and properties of XeF2,
XeF4 and XeF6; Nature of bonding in noble gas compounds (Valence bond treatment and MO treatment for
XeF2). Molecular shapes of noble gas compounds (VSEPR theory). (8 Lectures)
Unit IV
Inorganic Polymers:
Types of inorganic polymers, comparison with organic polymers & synthesis, structural aspects and applications of
silicones and siloxanes. Borazines, silicates, phosphazenes, and polysulphates. . (8 Lectures)
Lee, J.D. Concise Inorganic Chemistry, ELBS, 1991.
Douglas, B.lt; Me Daniel, D.H. & Alexander, J.J. Conbepts & Models of Inorganic Chemistry 3rd Ed., John Wiley
Sons, N.Y. 1994.
Greenwood, iNl.N. & Earnshaw. Chemistry of the Elements, Butterworth- Heinemann. 1997.
Cotton, F.A. & Wilkinson, G. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry,IWiley, VCH, 1999.
Miessler, G. L. & Donald, A. Tarr. Inorganic Chemistry 41h Ed., Pearson, 2010.
Shriver & Atkins, Inorganic Chemistry 5th Ed.
CHElVIISTRY LAB-C V LAB

60 Lectures
(A) Iodn / Iodirnetrlc Ttratlons
(i) Estimation of Cu(II) and K2Cr207 using sodium thiosulphate solution (Iod imetri cally).
(ii) Estimation of (i) arsenite and (ii) antimony in tartar-emetic iodimetrically
(iii)Estimation of available chlorine in bleaching powder iodometrically.
(B) Inorganic preparations
(i) Cuprous Chloride
(ii) Preparation or Manganese(III) phosphate
(iii) Preparation of Aluminium potassium sulphate (Potash alum)
Reference Books:
Vogel, A.I. A Textbook of Quantitative Inorganic Analysis, ELBS. 1978
44
Semester - III
Core Course (C.C.) - VI
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-II
Theory: 60 Lectures
Unit I
Chemistry of Halogenated Hydrocarbons:
Alkyl halides: Methods of preparation, nucleophilic substitution reactions - SN1, SN2 and SNi mechanisms with
stereochemical aspect and effect of solvent etc.; nucleophilic substitution vs. elimination.
Aryl halides: Preparation, including preparation from diazonium salts. nucleophilic aromatic substitution; SNAr,
Benzyne mechanism.
Relative reactivity of alkyl, allyllbenzyl, vinyl and aryl halides towards nucleophilic substitution reactions.
Organometallic compounds of Mg and Li - Use in synthesis of organic compounds.
Unit II
Alcohols, Phenols, Ethers and Epoxides: (16 Lectures)
Alcohols: preparation, properties and relative reactivity of 1,2,3 alcohols, Bouvaelt-Blanc Redu tion;
Preparation and properties of glycols: Oxidation by periodic acid and lead
tetraacetate, Pinacol-Pinacolone rearrangement;
Phenols: Preparation and properties; Acidity and factors effecting it, Ring substitution reactions, Reimer-Tiemann
and Kolbe's-Schmidt Reactions, Fries and Claisen rearrangements with mechanism;
Ethers and Epoxide .' Preparation and reactions with acids. Reactions of epoxides with alcohols, ammonia
derivatives and LiAIH4 (16 Lectures)
Unit III
Carbonyl Compounds:
Structure, reactivity and preparation;
Nucleophilic additions, Nucleophilic addition-elimination reactions with ammonia derivatives with mechanism;
Mechanisms of Aldol and Benzoin condensation, Knoevenagel condensation, Claisan-Schmidt, Perkin, Cannizzaro
and Wittig reaction, Beckmann and Benzil-Benzilic acid rearrangements, haloform reaction, oxidations and
reductions (Clemmensen, Wolff-Kishner, LiAIH4, NaBH4, MPV, PDC and PGC);
Active methylene compounds: Keto-enol tautomerism. Preparation and synthetic applications
of diethyl malonate and ethyl acetoacetate.
Unit IV
Carboxylic Acids and their Derivatives: (14 Lectures)
Preparation, physical properties and reactions of monocarboxylic acids: Typical reactions of dicarboxylic acids,
hydroxy acids and unsaturated acids: succinic/phthalic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, maleic and fumaric acids;
Preparation and reactions of acid chlorides, anhydrides, esters and amides; Comparative study of nucleophilic
sustitution at acyl group -Mechanism of acidic and alkaline hydrolysis of esters, Claisen condensation, Dieckmann
and Reformatsky reactions, Hofmannbrornamide degradation and Curtius rearrangement.
Sulphur containing compounds: (10 Lectures)
Preparation and reactions of thiols, thioethers and sulphonic acids. (4 Lectures)
Morrison, R. T. & Boyd, R. N. Organic Chemistry, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. (Pearson Education). .
Finar, I. L. Organic Chemistry (Volume 1), Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. (Pearson Education).
Graham Solomons, T.W. Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
CHEMISTRY LAB- C VI LAB

60 Lectures
1. Functional group tests for alcohols, phenols, carbonyl and carboxylic acid group.
2. Organic preparations:
I. Acetylation of one of the following compounds: amines (aniline, 0-, m-, ptoluidines and 0-, m-, p-anisidine) and
phenols (p-naphthol, vanillin, salicylic acid) by anyone method:
a. Using conventional method.
b. Using green approach
II. Benzolyation of one of the following amines (aniline, 0-, m-, p- toluidines and 0-, m-, p-anisidine) and one of
the following phenols (p-naphthol, resorcinol, pcresol) by Schotten-Baumann reaction.
III. Oxidation of ethanol/ isopropanol (Iodoform reaction).
IV. Brornination of any one of the following:
a. Acetanilide by conventional methods
45
b. Acetanilide using green approach (Bromate-bromide method)

V. Nitration of anyone of the following:
a. Acetanilide/nitrobenzene by conventional method
h. Salicylic acid by green approach (using eerie ammonium nitrate).
VI. Selective reduction of meta dinitrobenzene to m-nitroaniline.
VII. Reduction ofp-nitrobenzaldehyde by sodium borohydride.
VIII. Hydrolysis of amides and esters.
IX. Semicarbazone of anyone of the following compounds: acetone, ethyl methyl
ketone, cyclohexanone, benzaldehyde.
X. S-Benzylisothiouronium salt of one each of water soluble and water insoluble acids
(benzoic acid, oxalic acid, phenyl acetic acid and phthalic acid).
Xl. Aldol condensation using either conventional or green method.
XII. Benzil-Benzilic acid rearrangerne t.
The above derivatives should be prepared using 0.5-1g of the organic compound. The solid
samples must be collected and may be used for recrystallization, melting point and TLC.
Reference Books
Mann, F.G. & Saunders, B.C. Practical Organic Chemistry, Pearson Education (2009)
Furniss, B.S.; Hannaford, A.J.; Smith, P.W.G.; Tatchell, A.R. Practical Organic Chemistry, s" Ed., Pearson
(2012)
Ahluwalia, V.K. & Aggarwal, R. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry: Preparation and Quantitative
Analysis, University Press (2000).
Ahluwalia, V.K. & Dhingra, S. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry: Qualitative Analysis, University
Press (2000).
46
Semester - III
Core Course (C.C.) -VII
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-III
Theory: 60 Lectures
Unit I
Phase Equilibria:
Concept of p ases, components and degrees of freedom, derivation of Gibbs Phase Rule for nonreactive and
reactive systems; Clausius-Clapeyron equation and its applications to solidliquid, liquid-vapour and solid-vapour
equilibria, phase diagram for one component systems, with applications. (Wate system and Sulphur System)
Phase diagrams for systems of solid-liquid equilibria involving eutectic, congruent and incongruent melting points,
solid solutions. (16 Lectures)
Unit II
Binary solutions: Gibbs-Duhem-Margules equation, its derivation and applications to fractional distillation of
binary miscible liquids (ideal and nonideal), azeotropes, lever rule, partial miscibility of liquids, CST, miscible
pairs, steam distillation.
Nernst distribution law: its derivation and applications. (12 Lectures)
Unit III
Chemical Kinetics
Order and molecularity of a reaction, rate laws in terms of the advancement of a reaction, differential and
integrated form of rate expressions up to second order reactions, experimental methods of the determination of rate
laws, kinetics of complex reactions (integrated rate expressions 11p to first order only): (i) Opposing reactions (ii)
parallel reactions and (iii) consecutive reactions and their differential rate equations (steady-state approximation in
reaction mechanisms) (iv) chain reactions.
Temperature dependence of reaction rates; Arrhenius equation; activation energy. Collision theory of reaction
rates, Lindemann mechanism, qualitative treatment of the theory of absolute reaction rates. (18 Lectures)
Unit IV
Catalysis:
Types of catalyst, specificity and selectivity, mechanisms of catalyzed reactions at solid surfaces; effect of particle
size and efficiency of nanoparticles as catalysts. Enzyme catalysis, Michaelis-Menten mechanism, acid-base
catalysis. (8 Lectures)
Surface chemistry:
Physical adsorption, chemisorption, adsorption isotherms. nature of adsorbed state.
Photochemistry
Characteristics of electromagnetic radiation, Lambert-Beers law and its limitations, physical significance of
absorption coefficients, Laws, of photochemistry, quantum yield, actinomentry, examples of low and high quantum
yields, photochemical equilibrium and the differential rate of photochemical reactions, photosensitized reactions,
quenching. Role of photochemical. (14 Lectures)
Peter Atkins & Julio De Paula, Physical Chemistry 91h Ed, Oxford University Press (2010).
Castell an, G. W. Physical Chemistry, 4thEd., Narosa (2004).
McQuarrie, D. A. & Simon, 1. D., Molecular Thermodynamics, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd.: New Delhi (2004).
Engel, T. &, Reid, P. Physical Chemistry 3rd Ed, Prentice-Hall (2012).
Assael, M. J.; Goodwin, A. R. H.; Stamatoudis, M.; Wakeham, W. A. & Will, S. Commonly Asked Questions in
Thermodynamics. CRC Press: NY (2011).
Zundhal, S.S. Chemistry concepts and applications Cengage India (2011).
Ball, D. W. Physical Chemistry Cengage India (2012).
Mortimer, R. G. Physical Chemistry 3/'d Ed, Elsevier: NaIDA, UP (2009).
Levine, 1. N. Physical Chemistry 61h Ed., Tata McGraw-Hill (2011).
Metz, C. R. Physical Chemistry 2nd Ed., Tata McGraw-Hill (2009).
CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL-C VII LAB

60 Lectures
I Determination of critical solutio temperature and composition of the phenol-water system and 10 study the effect
of impurities on it.
II. Phase equilibria: Construction of the phase diagram using cooling curves or ignition tube method:
a. simple eutectic and
b. congruently melting systems.
47
III Distribution of acetic/benzoic acid between water and cyclohexane.

IV Distribution Co-efficient of iodine in carbon tera choloride water system.
V Study the kinetics of the following reactions.
1. Initial rate method: Iodide-persulphate reaction
2. Integrated rate method:
a. Acid hydrolysis of methyl acetate with hydrochloric acid.
b. Saponification of ethyl acetate,
3. Compare the strengths ofHCl and H2S04 by studying kinetics of hydrolysis of methyl acetate.
VI. Adsorption
I. Verify the Freundlich and Langmuir isotherms for adsorption of acetic acid on
activated charcoal.
Reference Books:
Khosla, B. D.; Garg, V. C. & Gulati, A. Senior Practical Physical Chemistry, R. Chand & Co.: New Delhi
(2011).
48
Semester - IV
Core Course (C.C.) -VIII
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-III
Theory: 60 Lectures
Unit I
Coordination Chemistry:
IUPAC nomenclature of coordination compounds, isomerism in coordination compounds. Stereochemistry of
complexes with 4 and 6 coordination numbers. Chelate effect, polynuclear complexes, Labile and inert complexes.
Werner's theory, valence bond theory (inner and outer orbital complexes), electroneutrality principle and back
bonding. Crystal field theory, measurement of 10 Dq (o), CFSE in weak and strong fields, pairing energies,
factors affecting the magnitude of 10 Dq (o, t). Octahedral vs. tetrahedral coordination, tetragonal distortions
from octahedral geometry Jahn-Teller theorem, square planar geometry. (20 Lectures)
Unit II
Transition Elements:
General group trends with special reference to electronic configuration, colour, variable valency, magnetic and
catalytic properties, ability to form complexes. Stability of various oxidation states and e.m.f. (Latimer &
BSWOlih diagrams). Difference between the first, second and third transition series.
Chemistry of V, Cr Mn, Fe in vanous oxidation states (excluding their metallurgy)" (18 Lectures)
Unit III
Lanthanoids and Actinoids:
Electronic configuration, oxidation states, colour, spectral and magnetic properties, lanthanicte contraction,
separation oflanthanides (ion-exchange method only).
Unit IV
Bioinorganic Chemistry: (6 Lectures)
Metal ions present in biological systems, classification of elements according to their action in biological system.
Geochemical effect on the distribution of metals. Sodium / K-pump, carbonic anhydrase and carboxypeptidase.
Excess and deficiency of some trace metals. Toxicity of metal ions (Hg, Pb, Cd and As), reasons for toxicity, Use
of chelating agents in medicine.
Iron and its application in bio-systems, Haemoglobin; Storage and transfer of iron. (12 Lectures)
Purcell, K. F & Kotz, lC. Inorganic Chemistry W.B. Saunders Co, 1977.
Huheey, J.E., Inorganic Chemistry, Prentice Hall, 1993.
Lippard, SJ. & Berg, J.M. Principles of Bioinorganic Chemistry Panima Publishing Company 1994.
Cotton, F.A. & Wilkinson, G, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Wiley-VCR, 1999
Basolo, F, and Pearson, R.C., Mechanisms of Inorganic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1967.
Greenwood, N.N. & Earnshaw A., Chemistry of the Elements, Butterworth- Heinemann, 1997.
CHEMISTRY-C VIII LAB

60 Lectures
Gravimetric Analysis:
I Estimation of copper as CuSCN
II Estimation of iron as Fe203 by precipitating iron as Fe(OH)3.
III Estimation of Al (III) by precipitating with oxine and weighing as Altoxine), (aluminium oxinate).
Inorganic Preparations:
I Tetraamminecopper (II) sulphate
II Cis and trans Potassium dioxalatodiaquachromate (III)
III Tetraamminecarbonatocobalt (III) ion
IV Potassium tris(oxalato) ferrate(III)
Chromatography or metalions
Principles involved in chromatographic separations. Paper chromatographic separation of following metal ions:
I Ni (II) and Co (II)
II Fe (III) and Al (III)
Reference Book:
1.Vogel, A. L A text book of Quantitative Analysis, ELBS 1986.
49
Semester - IV
Core Course (C.C.) - IX
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-III
Theory: 60 Lectures
Unit I
Nitrogen Containing Functional Groups
Preparation and important reactions of nitro and compounds, nitriles and isonitriles Amines: Effect of substituent
and solvent on basicity; Preparation and properties: Gabriel phthalirnide synthesis, Carbylamine reaction, Mannich
reaction, Hoffmann's exhaustive methylation, Hofmann-elimination reaction; Distinction between 1, 2 and 3
amines with Hinsberg reagent and nitrous acid.
Diazonium Salts: Preparation and their synthetic applications. (18 Lectures)
Unit II
Polynuclear Hydrocarbons
Reactions of naphthalene, and anthracene Structure, Preparation and structure elucidation and important
derivatives of naphthalene and anthracene; Polynuclear hydrocarbons. (8 Lectures)
Unit III
Heterocyclic Compounds
Classification and nomenclature, Structure, aromaticity in 5-numbered and 6-membered rings containing one
heteroatom; Synthesis, reactions and mechanism of substitution reactions of: Furan, Pyrrole (Paal-Knorr synthesis,
KIl0lT pyrrole synthesis, Hantzsch synthesis), Thiophene, Pyridine (Hantzsch synthesis), J.4a:imiQiBe, Structure
elucidation of indole, Fischer indole synthesis and Madelung synthesis), Structure elucidation of quinoline and
isoquinoline, Skraup synthesis, Friedlander's synthesis, Knorr quinoline synthesis, Doebner- Miller synthesis,
Bischler-Napieralski reaction, Pictet-Spengler reaction, Pomeranz-Fritsch reaction.
Derivatives of furan: Furfural and furoic acid. (6 Lectures)
Unit IV
Alkaloids
Natural occurrence, General structural features, Isolation and their physiological action Hoffmann's exhaustive
methylation, Emdes modification, Structure elucidation and synthesis of Hygrine: Nicotine. Medicinal importance
of Nicotine, Hygrine, Quinine, Morphine, Cocaine, and Reserpine.
Terpenes
Occurrence, classification, isoprene rule; Elucidation of stucture and synthesis of Citral," (14 Lectures)
Morrison, R. T. & Boyd, R. N. Organic Chemistry, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. (Pearson Education).
Finar. I. L. Organic Chemi try (Volume 1), Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. (Pearson Education).
Finar, 1. L. Organic Chemistry (Volume 2: Stereochemistry and the Chemistry of Natural Products), Dorling
Acheson, R.M. Introduction to the Chemistry of Heterocyclic compounds. John Welly & Sons (1976).
Graham Solomons, T.W. Organic Chemistry. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Kalsi, P. S. Textbook of Organic Chemistry I" Ed., New Age International (P) Ltd. Pub.
. Clayden, J.; Greeves, N.; Warren, S.; Wothers, P.; Organic Chemistry. Oxford University Press.
. Singh, I.; Ali, S.M. & Singh, J. Natural Product Chemistry, Prajati Parakashan (2010).
CHElVIISTRY PRACTICAL-C IX LAB

60 Lectures
1. Detection of extra elements.
2. Functional group test for nitro, amine and amide groups.
3. Qualitative analysis of unknown organic compounds containing simple functional
groups (alcohols, carboxylic acids, phenols and carbonyl compounds)
Reference Books
It Mann, F.G. & Saunders, B.C. Practical Organic Chemistry. Pearson Education (2009)
II Furnis, B.S.; Hannaford, A.I.; Smith, P:W.G.; Tatchell, A.R. Practical Organic Chemistry, 51h s. Pearson
(2012)
Ahluwalia, V.K. & Aggarwal, R. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry: Preparation and Quantitative
Analysis. University Press (2000).
Ahluwalia, V.K. & Dhingra, S. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry: Qualitative Analysis. University
Press (2000).
50
Semester - IV
Core Course (C.C.) - X
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-IV
Theory: 60 Lectures
Unit I : Conductance
Arrhenius theory of electrolytic dissociation. Conductivity, equivalent and molar conductivity and their variation
with dilution for weak and strong electrolytes. Molar conductivity at infinite dilution. Kohlrausch law of
independent migration of ions. Debye-Huckel-Onsager equation, Wien effect, Debye-Falkenhagen effect, Walden's
rules. (6 Lectures)
Unit II Ionic velocities, mobilities and their determinations, transference numbers and their relation to ionic
mobilities, determination of transference numbers using Hittorf and Moving Boundary methods. Applications of
conductance measurement: (i) degree of dissociation of weak electrolytes, (ii) ionic product of water (iii) solubility
and solubility product of sparingly soluble salts, (iv) conductometric titrations, and (v) hydrolysis constants of
salts. (16 Lectures)
Unit III Electrochemistry
Quantitative aspects of Faraday's laws of electrolysis, rules of oxidation/reduction of ions based on half-cell
potentials, applications of electrolysis in metallurgy and industry. Chemical cells, reversible and irreversible cells
with examples. Electromotive force of a cell and its measurement, Nernst equation; Standard electrode (reduction)
potential and its application to different kinds of half-cells. Application of EMF measurements in determining
(i) free energy, enthalpy and entropy of a cell reaction, (ii) equilibrium constants, and (iii) pH values, using
hydrogen, quinone-hydroquinone, glass and SbO/Sb2O3 electrodes. Concentration cells with and without
transference, liquid junction potential; determination of activity coefficients and transference numbers.
(25 Lectures)
Unit IV
Electrical & Magnetic Properties of Atoms and Molecules
Basic ideas of electrostatics, Electrostatics of dielectric media, Clausius-Mosotti equation, Lorenz-Laurentz
equation, Dipole moment and molecular polarizabilities and their measurements. Diamagnetism, paramagnetism,
magnetic susceptibility and its measurement, molecular interpretation. (10 Lectures)
Atkins, P.W & Paula, J.D. Physical Chemistry, 9th Ed., Oxford UniversityPress (2011).
Castellan, G. W. Physical Chemistry 41h Ed., Narosa (2004).
Mortimer, R. G. Physical Chemistry 3rd Ed., Elsevier: NOIDA, UP (2009).
Barrow, G. M., Physical Chemistry 5'h Ed., Tata McGraw Hill: New Delhi (2006).
Engel, T. & Reid, P. Physical Chemistry 3rd Ed., Prentice-Hall (2012).
Rogers, D. W. Concise Physical Chemistry Wiley (20lO).
Silbey, R. J.; Alberty, R. A. & Bawendi, M. G. Physical Chemistry 41h Ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (2005). .
CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL-C X LAB
60 Lectures
Conductometry
I. Determination of cell constant
II. Determination of equivalent conductance, degree of dissociation and dissociation constant of a weak acid.
III. Perform the following conductornetric titrations:
I. Strong acid vs. strong base
II. Weak acid vs. strong base
III. Mixture of strong acid and weak acid vs. strong base
IV. Strong acid vs. weak base
Potentiometry
I Perform the following potentiometric titrations:
i. Strong acid vs. strong base
ii. Weak acid vs. strong base
iii. Dibasic acid vs. strong base
IV. Potassium dichromate vs. Mohr's salt
Reference Books:
Khosla, B. D.; Garg, V. C. & Gulati, A. Senior Practical Physical Chemistry, R. Chand & Co.: New Delhi
Garland, C. W.; Nibler, J. W. & Shoemaker, D. P. Experiments in Physical Chemistry 8th Ed.; McGraw-Hill:
New York (2003).
Halpern, A. M. & McBane, G. C. Experimental PhysicalChemistry 3/'d Ed.; W.H. Freeman & Co.: New York
(2003).
51
3rd Year
Semester - V
Core Course (C.C.) - XI
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY -IV
Theory: 60 Lectures
Unit I
Nucleic Acids
Components of nucleic acids, Nucleosides and nucleotides;
Structnre, synthesis and reactions of: Adenine, Guanine, Cytosine, Uracil and Thymine; Structnre of
polynucleotides. (10 Lectures)
Unit II
Amino Acids and Proteins
Amino acids, Peptides and their classification.
Amino Acids - Synthesis, ionic properties and reactions. Zwitterions, pKa values, isoelectric point and
electrophoresis;
Study of peptides: determination of their primary structures-end group analysis, methods of peptide synthesis.
Synthesis of peptides using N-protecting, C-protecting and C-activating groups -Solid-phase synthesis.
(15 Lectures)
Unit III
Enzymes
Introduction, classification and characteristics of enzymes. Salient features of active site of enzymes.
Mechanism of enzyme action (taking trypsin as example), factors affecting enzyme action, coenzymes and
cofactors and their role in biological reactions, specificity of enzyme action (including stereospecificity), enzyme
inhibitors and their importance, phenomenon of inhibition (competitive, uncompetitive and non-competitive
inhibition including allosteric inhibition). (10 Lectures)
Unit IV
Lipids
Introduction to oils and fats; common fatty acids present in oils and fats, Hydrogenntion of fats and oils,
Saponification value, acid value, iodine number. Reversion and rancidity. (8 Lectures)
Concepts of Energy Biosystems Carobohydrates
Cells obtain energy by the oxidation of foodstuff (organic molecules).
Introduction to metabolism (catabolism, anabolism).
ATP: The universal currency of cellular energy, ATP hydrolysis and free energy change.
Agents for transfer of electrons in biological redox systems: NAD+, FAD.
Conversion of food to energy: Outline of catabolic pathways of carbohydrate- glycolysis,
fermentation, Krebs cycle.
Overview of catabolic pathways of fat and protein.
Interrelationship in the metabolic pathways of protein, fat and carbohydrate.
Caloric value of food, standard caloric content of food types (17 Lectures)
CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL-C XI LAB

60 Lectures
l. Estimation of glycine by Sorenson's formalin method.
2. Study of the titration curve of glycine.
3. Estimation of proteins by Lowry's method.
4. Study ofthe action of salivary amylase on starch at optimum conditions.
5. Effect of temperature on the action of salivary amylase.
6. Saponification value of an oil or a fat.
7. Determination of Iodine number of an oill fat.
8. Isolation and characerization o(DNA from onion/ cauliflower/peas.
9. Estimation of phenol.
10. Estimation of aniline
Reference Books:
It Manual of Biochemistry Workshop, 2012, Department of Chemistry, University of Delhi. .
II Arthur, I. V. Quantitative Organic Analysis, Pearson.
52
Semester - V
Core Course (C.C.) - XII
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY V
Theory: 60 Lectures
Quantum Chemistry
Unit I
Postulates of quantum mechanics, quantum mechanical operators, Schrodinger equation and its application to free
particle and "particle-in-a-box" (rigorous treatment), quantization of energy levels, zero-point energy and
Heisenberg Uncertainty principle; wavefunctions, probability distribution functions, nodal properties, Extension to
two and three dimensional boxes, separation of variables, degeneracy.
Qualitative treatment of simple harmonic oscillator model of vibrational motion: Setting up of Schrodinger
equation and discussion of solution and wavefunctions. Vibrational energy of diatomic molecules and zero-point
energy. Angular momentum: Commutation rules, quantization of square of total angular momentum and z-
component.
(15 Lecturers)
Unit II
Rigid rotator model of rotation of diatomic molecule. Schrodinger equation, transformation to spherical polar
coordinates. Separation of variables. Spherical harmonics. Discussion of solution.
Qualitative treatment of hydrogen atom and hydrogen-like ions: setting up of Schrodinger equation in spherical
polar coordinates, radial part, quantization of energy (only final energy expression). Average and most probable
distances of electron from nucleus.
Setting up of Schrodinger equation for many-electron atoms (He, Li). Need for approximation methods. Statement
of variation theorem and application to simple systems (particle-in-a-box, harmonic oscillator, hydrogen atom).
(15 Lectures)
Unit III
Chemical bonding: Covalent bonding, valence bond and molecular orbital approaches, LCAO-MO treatm nt of
H2+. Bonding and antibonding orbitals. Qualitative extension to H2. Comparison of LeAO-MO and VB treatments
of H, (only wavefunctions, detailed solution not required) and their limitations. Refinements of the two approaches
(Configuration Interaction for MO, ionic terms in VB). Qualitative description of LCAO-MO treatment of homo
nuclear and heteronuclear diatomic molecules (HF, LiH). Localised and non-localised molecular orbitals treatment
of triatomic (BeH2, H20) molecules. Qualitative MO theory and its application to AI-h type molecules.
Characteristics of electromagnetic radiation, Lambert-Beer's law and its limitations, physical. (15 Lectures)
Unit IV
Molecular Spectroscopy:
Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with molecules and various types of spectra; Born- Oppenheimer
approximation.
Rotarion spectroscopy: Selection rules, intensities of spectral lines, determination of bond lengths of diatomic and
linear triatomic molecules, isotopic substitution.
Vibrational spectroscopy: Classical equation of vibration, computation of force constant, amplitude of diatomic
molecular vibrations, anharmonicity, Morse potential, dissociation energies, fundamental frequencies, overtones,
hot bands, degrees of freedom for polyatomic molecules, modes of vibration, concept of group frequencies.
Vibration-rotation spectroscopy: diatomic vibrating rotator, P, Q, R branches.
reactions in biochemical processes, photostationary states, chemiluminescence. (15 Lectures)
Banwell, C. N. & McCash, E. M Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy 4th Ed. Tata McGraw-Hili: New
Delhi (2006).
Chandra, A. K. Introductory Quantum Chemistry Tata McGraw-Hill (200 l).
House, J. E. Fundamentals of Quantum Chemistry 2nd Ed. Elsevier: USA (2004).
Lowe, J. P. & Peterson, K. Quantum Chemistry, Academic Press (2005).
Kakkar, R. Atomic & Molecular Spectroscopy, Cambridge University Press (2015).
CHEMISTRY II RACTICAL-C XII LAB
60 Lectures
1 (a) Preparation of P-Bromoaniline from P. Bromoacetanilide.
(b) Preparation of 2,4,6- Tribromophenol from phenol.
(c) Preparation of picric acid from phenol.
2 (a) Determination of DO by Winklers method.
(b) Determination of BOD of a given water sample.
(c) Determination of COD of a given water sample.
53
Semester - VI
Core Course (C.C.) - XIII
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-IV
Theory: 60 Lectures
Unit I
Organometallic Compounds
Definition and classification of organometallic compounds on the basis of bond type. Concept of hapticity of
organic ligands.
Metal carbonyls: 18 electron rule, electron count of mononuclear, polynuclear and substituted metal carbonyls of
3d series. General methods of preparation (direct combination, reductive carbonylation, thermal and photochemical
decomposition) of mono and binuclear carbonyls of 3d series. Structures of mononuclear and binuclear carbonyls
of Cr, Mn, Fe, Co and Ni using VBT. n-accepror behaviour of CO (MO diagram of CO to be discussed), synergic
effect and use ofIR data to explain extent of back bonding. (15 Lecturers)
Unit II
Zeises salt :Preparation and structure, evidences of synergic effect and comparison of synergic effect with that in
carbonyls.
Metal Alkyls: Important structural features of methyl lithium (tetramer) and trialkyl aluminium (dimer), concept of
multicentre bonding in these compounds. Role of triethylaluminium in polymerisation of ethene (Ziegler - Natta
Catalyst). Species present inether solution of Grignard reagent and their structures, Schlenk equilibrium.
Ferrocene: Preparation and reactions (acetylation, alkylation, metallation, Mannich Condensation). Structure and
aromaticity. Comparison of aromaticity and reactivity with that of benzene. (15 Lectures)
Unit III
Reaction Kinetics and Mechanism
Introduction to inorganic reaction mechanisms. Substitution reactions in square planar complexes, Trans- effect,
theories of trans effect, Mechanism of nucleophilic substitution in square planar complexes, Thermodynamic and
Kinetic stability, Kinetics of octahedral substitution, Ligand field effects and reaction rates, Mechanism of
substitution in octahedral complexes. (15 Lectures)
Unit IV
Catalysis by Organometallic Compounds
Study of the following industrial processes and their mechanism:
1. Alkene hydrogenation (Wilkinsons Catalyst)
2. Hydroformylation (Co salts)
3. 'Wacker Process
4. Synthetic gasoline (Fischer Tropsch reaction)
5. Synthesis gas by metal carbonyl complexes ,
Theoretical I'rinclples in Qualitative Analysis (H2S Scheme)
Basic principles involved in analysis of cations and anions and solubility products, commonion effect. Principles
involved in separation of cations into groups and choice of group reagents. Interfering anions (fluoride, borate,
oxalate and phosphate) and need to remove them after group II (15 Lectures)
It Vogel, A.I. Qualitative Inorganic Analysis, Longman, 1972
Svehla, G. Vogel's Qualitative Inorganic Analysis, 7th Edition, Prentice Hall, 1996-03-07.
Cotton, F.A. G.; Wilkinson & Gaus, P.L. Basic Inorganic Chemistry s" Ed.; Wiley India,
Huheey, J. E.; Keiter, E.A. & Keiter, R.L. Inorganic Chemistry, Principles of Structure and Reactivity 41h Ed.,
Harper Collins 1993, Pearson,2006.
Sharpe, A.G.Inorganic Chemistry, 4th Indian Reprint (Pearson Education) 2005
Dougla, B. E.; McDaniel, D.H. & Alexander, J.J. Concepts and Models in
Inorganic Chemistry i'" Eel., John Wiley and Sons, NY, 1994.
Greenwood, N.N. & Earnshaw, A. Chemistry of the Elements, Elsevier 2nd Ed,
1997 (Ziegler Natta Catalyst: and Equilibria in Grignard Solution).
Lee, J.D. Concise Inorganic Chemistry 51h Ed., Jolm Wiley and sons 2008.
Powell, P. Principles of Organometallic Chemistry, Chapman and Hall, 1988.
Shriver, D.D. & P. Atkins, Inorganic Chemistry 2nd Ed., Oxford University Press,
1994.
Basolo, F. & Person, R. Mechanisms of Inorganic Reactions: Study of Metal
Complexes in Solution r" Ed., John Wiley & Sons Inc; NY.
Purcell, K.F. & Kotz, lC., Inorganic Chemistry, W.B. Saunders Co. 1977
54
Miessler, G. L. & Donald, A. Tarr, Inorganic Chemistry s" Ed., Pearson, 2010.
Collman, James P. et al. Principles and Applications of Organotransition Metal
Chemistry. Mill Valley, CA: University Science Books, 1987.
Crabtree, Robert H. The Organometallic Chemistry of the Transition Metals.}
ew York, NY: John Wiley, 2000.
Spessard, Gary 0., &Gary L. Miessler. Organometallic Chemistry. Upper Saddle
River, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1996.
CHEMISTRY RACTICAL-C XIII LAB

60 Lectures
Qualitative semi micro analysis of mixture containing 3 anions and 3 cations. Emphasis should be given to the
understanding of the chemistry of different reactions. The following are suggested
CO3 ,NO2,S2 ,SO3 ,S2O32- , CH3COO , F ,Cl , Br , I , NO3, BO33- ,C2O42- ,PO43- ,NH4+, K+, Pb2+, Cu2+, Cd2+, Bi3+
Sn2+,Sb3+, Fe3+, Al3+. Cr3+, Zn2+, Mn2+, Co2+, Ni2+, Ba2+ , Sr2+, Ca2+ , Mg2+
Mixtures should preferably contain one interfering anion, or insoluble component (BaSO4,
SrSO4, PbSO4, CaF2 or Ab03)or combination of anions e.g. CO32-, and SO/', NO2 and NO3, Cl and Br, cl and Br, Br
and I, NO3 and Br, NO3 and I.
Spot tests should be done whenever possible.
i. Measurement of 10 Dq by spectrophotometric method
ii. Verification of spectrochemical series .
iii. Controlled synthesis of two copper oxalate hydrate complexes: kinetic vs thermodynamic factors.
iv. Preparation of ace tylacetana to complexes ofCu2+lFe3+. Find the Amax of the complex.
v. Synthesis of ammine complexes of Ni(II) and its ligand exchange reactions (e.g. bidentate ligands like
acetylacetone, DMG, glycine) by substitution method.
Reference Books
Vogel's Qualitative Inorganic Analysis, Revised by G. Svehla.
Marr S: Rockett Inorganic Preparations.
55
Semester - VI
Core Course (C.C.) - XIV
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Theory: 60 Lectures
Unit I
Organic Spectroscopy
General principles Introduction to absorption and emission spectroscopy.
UV Spectroscopy: Types of electronic transitions, Amax,Chromophores and Auxochromes, Bathochromic and
Hypsochromic hifts, Intensity of absorption; Application of Woodward Rules for calculation of Amax for the
following systems: a,p unsaturated aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids and esters; Conjugated dienes: alicyclic,
homoannular and heteroannular; Extended conjugated systems (aldehydes, ketones and dienes); distinction
between cis and trans isomers. (12 Lectures)
Unit II
IR Spectroscopy: Fundamental and non-fundamental molecular vibrations; IR absorption positions of 0, Nand S
containing functional groups; Effect of H-bonding, conjugation, resonance and ring size on IR absorptions;
Fingerprint region and its significance; application in functional group analysis.
NMR Spectroscopy: Basic principles of Proton Magnetic Resonance.j chemical shift and factors influencing it;
Spin - Spin coupling and coupling constant; Anisotropic effects in alkene, alkyne, aldehydes and aromatics,
Interpetation ofNMR spectra of simple compounds.like ethyl alcohol, (20 Lectures)
Unit III
Carbohydrates
Occurrence, classification and their biological importance.
Monosaccharides: Constitution and absolute configuration of glucose and fructose, epimers and anomers,
mutarotation, determination of ring size of glucose and fructose, Haworth projections and conformational
structures; Interconversions of aldoses and ketoses; Killiani- Fischer synthesis and Ruff degradation;
Disaccharides - Structure elucidation of maltose, lactose and sucrose.
Polysaccharides - Elementary treatment of starch, cellulose and glycogen. (18 Lectures)
Unit IV
Dyes
Classification, Colour and constitution; Mordant and Vat Dyes; Chemistry of dyeing;
Synthesis and applications of: Azo dye's - Methyl Orange and Congo Red (mechanism of Diazo Coupling);
Triphenyl Methane Dyes -Malachite Green, Rosaniline and Crystal Violet; Phthalein Dyes - Phenolphthalein and
Fluorescein; Natural dyes -structure elucidation and synthesis of Alizarin and Indigotin; Edible Dyes with
examples. (10 Lectures)
Kalsi, P. S. Textbook of Organic Chemistry I" Ed., New Age International (P) Ltd. Pub.
Morrison, R. T. & Boyd, R. N. Organic Chemistry, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. (Pearson Education).
Billmeyer, F. W. Textbook of Polymer Science, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Gowariker, V. R.; Viswanathan, N. V. &: Sreedhar, J. Polymer Science, New Age International (P) Ltd. Pub.
Fin r, I. L. Organic Chemistry (Volume 2: Stereochemistry and the Chemistry of Natural Products), Dorling
It Graham Solomons, T.W. Organic Chemistry. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
OJ Clayden, J.; Greeves, N.; Warren, S.; Wothers, P.; Organic Chemistry. Oxford University Press.
II Singh, J.; Ali, S.M. & Singh, J. Natural Product Chemistry, Prajati Prakashan (20 I0) .
Kemp, W. Organic Spectroscopy, Palgrave
CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL - LAB

60 Lectures
1. Extraction of caffeine from tea leaves.
2. Preparation of sodium polyacrylate.
3. Preparation of mea formaldehyde.
4. Analysis of Carbohydrate: aldoses and ketoses, reducing and non-reducing sugars.
5. Qualitative analysis of unknown organic compounds contaimng monofunctional groups (carbohydrates, aryl
halides, aromatic hydrocarbons, nitro compounds, amines and amides) and simpl . bifunctional groups, for e.g.
salicylic acid, cinnamic acid, nitrophenols rc.
6. Identification of simple organic compounds by IR spectroscopy and NMR spectroscopy (Spectra to he
provided).
56
7. Preparation of methyl orange.

Reference Books:
Vogel, A.I. Quantitative Organic Analysis. Part 3, Pearson (2012).
Mann, F.G. & Saunders, B.C. Practical Organic Chemistry. Pearson Education (2009)
Furniss, B.S.; Hannaford, A.I.; Smith, P.W.G.; Tatchell, A.R. Practical Organic Chemistry. 5th sa. Pearson
(2012)
II Ahluwalia, V.K. & Aggarwal, R. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry: Preparation and Quantitative
Analysis. University Press (2000) .
Ahluwalia, V.K. & Dhingra, S. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry:
Qualitative Analysis, University Press (2000).
57
2nd Year
Semester - III
CHEMISTRY
SEC-I
IT SKILLS FOR CHEMIST
Theory 40 Lecturers
Unit-I
Basic concepts, Characteristics of computer. History of computer, Computer generations, computer classification,
Application of computer in different fields.
Computer organization, l3asic computer operations, Memory system, Data representation in computer memory,
Binary, Octal and hexadecimal system.ASClI Code and EBCDICsystem. (10 Lecturers)
Unit-II
Operating system main features of Windows 98.Using the mouse pointing, clicking, double clicking,
dragging,Symbol for menu commands, My computer, My document, Recycle bin, Internet explorer, Start button
aneltask bar. Shut down. Elements of windows XP, Logging on, Task bar, All programme, my recent document,
Locating files and folders, Changing system setting, File management in windows. (10 Lecturers)
Unit-III
Basis of MS word, Main features, Starting word programme, Word screen layout. Menus , shortcut menus.Rulers,
typing and management of documents, printing. Exit word programme., Working with text, Forrnating paragraph,
Spelling and grammer.Working with tables and graphics. (10 Lecturers)
Unit-IV
MS excel, Use of MS excel to prepare spread sheets including charts. Work sheets within work books. Enter and
edit data. Search and replace data. Insert and delate rows and columns. Save and protect work book. Calculations
in worksheet. Basic properties of formulas. Operators in order of precedence, How to enter and edit a formula
Categories offunctions, Chart components. Power point: Properties, Preparation of slides and putting animation.
Characteristics of good presentation. (10 Lecturers)
58
Semester - IV
CHEMISTRY
SEC-II
PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY
Unit-I
Drugs: Organized and unorganized drugs. Pharmacological and chemical classification of drugs. Bactericidal:
Sulpha drugs. Mode of action and uses.Antibiotics . Mode of action of Penicilin and uses. Tetracyclin and
Chloramphenicol. (10 Lecturers)
Unit-II
Antimalarials. Chloroquine, Primaquine, Plasmoquine ,Proguanil and mepacrine. Arsenical drugs.
Neoarsphenamine, Atoxyl ,Tryparsamide. Antipyretic and analgesic drugs. Aspirin, Methyl salicylate,
Paracetamol, Phenacetin. (10 Lecturers)
Unit-III
Antiseptics and disinfectants. Halogen compounds, Aldehydes and their derivatives .Dyes as antiseptics.
Tranquilizers. Sedatives, Antidepressants. Antitubercular drugs, Antileprotic drugs and drugs in cancer therapy.
(10 Lecturers)
Unit-IV
Natural products having therapeutic effect. Alkaloids: Properties ,extraction, Therapeutic effect and
Pharmaceutical applications. Glycosides: Properties ,extraction, Therapeutic effect and Pharmaceutical
applications. Terpenoicis , Volatile oils, Tannins and Resins, their isolation and Pharmaceutical applications.
(10 Lecturers)
59
3rd Year
Semester - V
CHEMISTRY
DSE- I
ENVIRONMENTAL AND GREEN CHEMISTRY
Theory 60 Lecturers
Unit I
Environment and its segments
Ecosystems. Biogeochemical cycles of carbon, nitrogen and sulphur. Air Pollution: Major regions of atmosphere.
Chemical and photochemical reactions in atmosphere. Air pollutants: types, sources, particle size and chemical
nature; Photochemical smog: its constituents and photochemistry. Environmental effects of ozone, Major sources
of air pollution.
Pollution by SO2, CO2, CO, NOx, H2S and other foul smelling gases. Methods of estimation of CO, NOx, SOx and
control procedures.
Effects of air pollution on living organisms and vegetation. Greenhouse effect and Global warming, Ozone
depletion by oxides of nitrogen, chlorofluorocarbons and Halogens, removal of sulphur from coal. Control of
particulates. (18 Lecturers)
Unit II
Water Pollution: Hydrological cycle, water resources, aquatic ecosystems, SOUJ'ces and nature of water
pollutants, Techniques for measuring water pollution, Impacts of water pollution on hydrological and ecosystems.
Water purification methods. Effluent treatment plants (primary, secondary and tertiary treatment). Industrial
effluents from the following industries and their treatment: electroplating, textile, tannery, dairy, petroleum and
petrochemicals, agro, fertilizer, etc. Sludge disposal.
Industrial vaste management, incineration of waste. Water treatment and purification (reverse osmosis, electro
dialysis, ion exchange). Water quality parameters for waste water, industrial water and domestic water.
(18 Lecturers)
Unit III
Chemical Toxicity : Toxicity, effects of toxicity physiological classification of materials. Toxic Chemicals in the
environment. Metal sources and nature of toxicity. Biochemical effects of Arsenic, Cadmium, Lead, Mercury,
Carbondioxide, Ozone, Pan, Cyanides, Biochemical effects of pesticides. (12 Lecturers)
Unit IV
Green chemistry, twelve principles of green chemistry, designing green synthesis prevention of waste, Atom
economy, green solvents and solventless processes. Green synthesis of paracetamol, Adipic acid, Cate chol.
(12 Lecturers)
60
Semester - V
CHEMISTRY
DSC-II
POLYMER SCIENCE
Unit-I
Introduction to polymer science: History of macromolecular science; Macrornolecular hypothesis; Defination of
polymer; Difference between polymer and macromolecule, Degree of polymerization, Classification of polymers;
Natural and synthetic polymers ;Homopolymer and copolymer; Addition and condensation polymers. Organic and
inorganic polymers, Homo polymer and copolymers, ionic and non ionic polymers. (18 Lecturers)
Unit-II
Concept of molecular weight of polymer. Number average, Weight average. Determination of molecular weight of
polyrners by viscosity method, Osmornetry method; Condensation polymerization, Functionality and
conditions,Kinetics of condensation polymerization, Carothers equation; PET, Nylon 6-6;Nylon 6-10.,Phenol
formaldehyde resins. (18 Lecturers)
Unit-III
Addition Polymerisation, monomers , free radical initiators ,propagation and termination. Steady State kinetics, I--
IOPEL, DPE,Coordination polymerization, Polystyrene, PVC, Polytetrafluro ethylene. (12 Lecturers)
Unit-IV
Ionic polymerization, Cationic polymerization, Anionic polymerization, Living polymer. Sterio regular
polymerization, Ziegler Natta catalyst (12 Lecturers)
1. Text book of Polymer science. By Billmeyer
2. Organic polymer chemistry By IU.Saunders
3. Polymer Science By P.L.Nayak
4. Polymer Science By V.R.Gowariker; N.V. Viswanathan; J. Sreedhar.
61
3rd Year
Semester - VI
CHEMISTRY
DSC-III
ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Unit-I Reagents in org anic synthesis: preparation and synthetic application of the following reagents
Organomagnesium halides(Grignarcl's Reagent); Organo Alluminium and Organo Zinc compounds. Lead tetra
acetate; Osmium tetroxide; DDQ; DCC; and NBS. (15 Lecturers)
Unit-II
Oxidation: Oxidation 'reactions by Cr and Mn reagents.Oxidation using peroxides and peracids, Oxidative
cleavage of c-c and c=c bond.
Reduction reactions by catalysis; Reduction by dissolving metals, Reducing agents like Lithium
Aluminium Hydride, Sodium borohydride. (15 Lecturers)
Unit-III
Organic Photochemistry: Principles of photochemistry" Excited state, Different methods for dissipation of energy.
Jablonski diagram. Photochemistry of carbonyls , Photoreduction, Norrish type-I reaction, Norrish type -II
reaction. Photochemistry of olefins ; Cistrans isomerisation. (15 Lecturers)
Unit-IV
Pericyclic Reactions : Different types of pericyclic reaction With examples.Symmetry properties of molecular
orbitals of ethylene; 1,3-Butacliene ,;1,3,S-hexatriene.Electrocyclic and cycloaddition reactions and their analysis
by correlation diagram method. (15 Lecturers)
1. Reaction mechanism and reagents in organic chemistry: G.R.Chatwal.
2. Reaction mechanism and reagents in organic chemistry: O.P.Agrawal.
3. Organic reaction mechanism By Parmar and Chawala.
DSC-IV
PROJECT WORK
The objective of the project work is to help the student to develop the ability to apply theoretical and practical tools
I techniques to solve real life problems related to industry, research laboratory and institutions .After completion of
project work, the student should be able to:
1. Identifying the problem in a system.
2. Review of literature relating to the problem.
3. Evaluation of research problem.
4. Collecting materials and methods.
5. Data collection and analysis.
6. Develop the ability to communicate effectively.
Guide lines:
1. Student shall undertake the project work related to the core subject only.
2. Head of the Department must provide the services of a teacher for supervising the project work.
3. In UG level the project work is a group activity. The maximum number of students in a group should not exceed
five and one teacher can guide a maximum oftwo groups with two different topics.
4. After identification of the topic and Supervisor the students have to prepare a project proposal and submit it
before HOD for approval. After careful examination of the support system of the Dept. the HOD will approve the
proposal for project work.
5. The Dept. will provide the general chemicals and other equipments that are available. But if a student is
interested in a topic in which some other chemicals are required which are not available in the Dept. then he/ she
has to bear the cost of these chemicals.
6. After completion of the project the student have to submit three copies of the project report to the HOD for
evaluation before the commencement of the End Semester examination for evaluation.
7. The project report should contain the following chapters. Chapter-l: Introduction; Chapter-2: Review of
literature, Chapter-3:Scope of research problem Chapter-4:Materials and method Chapter-5: Result discussion
Chapter-6: Conclusion and suggestion; Chapter-7: Bibliography.
8. Along with the project report the student should submit the approved project proposal and the originality
certificate duly signed by the student and the supervisor.
9. Certificate of originality: This is to certify that the project titled--------------- is an original work of the student
and is being submitted in partial fulfillment for the award of B. Sc/ M.sc. degree of V.Deb Autonomous College,
62
Jeypore .This report has not been submitted earlier either to this college or any other institution for the fulfillment
of the requirements of the courses of study.
10. Mark distribution.
3rd Year
Semester - VI
CHEMISTRY
DSC-IV
Viva 20 Marks
63
COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSE STRUCTURE

Exam
1st Year
1st sem. C.C. I PROGRAMMING USING C 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. II COMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 75 3
PRACTICAL 75 3
2nd Sem. C.C. III PROGRAMMING USING C++ 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. IV DATE STRUCTURE 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
2nd Year
3rd Sem. C.C. V OPERATING SYSTEM 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. VI DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. VII DISCRETE STRUCTURE 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
4th Sem. C.C. VIII JAVA PROGRAMMING 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. IX COMPUTER NETWORK 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. X COMPUTER GRAPHICS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
3rd Year
5th Sem. C.C. XI INTERNET TECHNOLOGY 75 3
PRACTIVAL 25 3
C.C. XII SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
6th Sem. C.C. XIII ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. XIV DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHM 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
2nd Year
3rd Sem. SEC I SOFTWARE TESTING 50 3
4th Sem. SEC II ORACLE (SQL/PLSQL) 50 3
3rd Year
5th Sem. DSE I INFORMATION SECURITY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
DSE II DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
6th Sem. DSE III CLOUD COMPUTING 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
64
1st Year
Semester I
Core Course : COMPUTER SCIENCE
PROGRAMMING USING C
UNIT- I
Introduction to Programming Language, Introduction to C Programming , Character Set, C Tokens, Keywords
& Identifiers, Constants, Variables, Data Types, Variables , Storage Classes, Operators (Arithmetic, Relational,
Logical , Assignment, Increment & Decrement, Conditional , Bitwise), Expressions , Input and Output Operations.
UNIT- II
Decision Making and Branching: Simple IF Statement, IF .. ELSE Statement, Nesting IF . ELSE Statement,
ELSE IF Ladder, Switch Statement, ?Operator, GOTO Statement. Decision Making and Looping: The WHILE
Statement, The DO Statement, The FOR Statement, Jumps in LOOPS. Arrays, Character Arrays and Strings.
UNIT- III
User-defined Functions: Need, Elements & Definition, Function Calls, Function Definition, Category of
Functions, Recursion. Structures and Unions: Defining, Declaring, Accessing, Initialization Structure, Arrays of
Structures, Arrays within Structures, Structures and Functions, Unions.
UNIT- IV
Pointers: Accessing the Address of a Variable, Declaring Pointer Variables, Initializations of Pointer Variable,
Accessing a Variable through its Pointer, Chain of Pointers, Pointer Expressions, Pointer Increments and Scale
Factor, Pointers and Arrays,, Pointers and Character Strings, Array of Pointers, Pointers as Function Arguments,
Functions Returning Pointers, Pointers to Functions, Pointers to Structures, Troubles with Pointers.
File Management in C : Defining and opening a file, closing a file, Input/Output operations on files, different
operation & mode of file, command line arguments.
Prescribed:
Programming in ANSI C: E. Balguruswamy 4/e (TMH)
1. Ashok N. Kamthane: ANSI & Turbo C, Pearson Education
2. Yashavant P. Kanetkar: Let Us C, BPB Publication
PRACTICAL
PROGRAMMING USING C LAB
1. Program on Declaration 12, Definition & size of different data types.
2. Program on Selection statements. (if-else, Nested if-else, switch statement)
3. Program using Break and continue statement.
4. Program on looping. (while, for, do-while)
5. Program on function and recursion function.
6. Program on Array. (One dimensional, two dimensional)
7. Program to handle or manipulate strings.
8. Program on Function using Array and Structure.
9. Program on function using call by value and call by reference.
10. Program on Structure & Union.
11. Program on Pointer.
12. Program on File Handling.
65
Semester I
COMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
UNIT-I
Data Representation and Basic Computer Arithmetic
Number systems and conversions, complements of decimal and binary numbers, fixed and floating point
representation, character representation, binary addition andsubtraction using 1's and 2's
complement.Multiplication and division algorithms for integers.
UNIT-II
Boolean algebra and logic circuits Boolean algebra, Synthesis of Logic Functions, Minimization of Logic
Expressions, Minimization using Karnaugh Maps. Logic gates, combinational circuits: adder, substractor,
sequential circuits: flip-flops, registers, and counters.
UNIT-III
Basic Computer Organization and Design Computer registers, bus system, instruction set, timing and control,
instruction cycle, memory reference, input-output and interrupt, Interconnection Structures, Bus Interconnection
design of basic computer.
UNIT-IV
Central Processing Unit, Register organization, stack organization. Instruction formats, addressing modes,
instruction codes, RISC, CISC architectures, pipelining and parallel architecture. Memory Organization: Cache
memory, Associative memory, mapping.
Text Book:
1. Carl Hamacher, Z. Vranesic, S. Zaky: Computer Organization, 5/e (TMH)
Reference Book:
2. William Stallings: Computer Organization and Architecture (Design for
Performance), 9/e
3. M. Morris Mano: Computer System Architecture, Pearson Edcuation
For References:
1. Sinha and Sinha: Computer Fundamental
2. Jaggi and Jain: Computers for Beginners
3. Amit Kumar Mishra: Advanced Computer Architecture.
PRACTICAL
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION LAB
1. Create a Fetch routine of the Instruction Cycle.
2. Simulate the machine to determine the contents of AC, E, PC, AR and IR registers in
hexadecimal after the execution of each of following register reference instructions:
a. CLA
b. CMA
c. INC
d. SPA
e. HLT
Initialize the contents of AC to (A937)16, that of PC to (022) 16and E to l.
3. Simulate the machine for the following memory-reference instructions with I = 0 and address part = 082. The
instruction to be stored at address 022 in RAM. Initialize the memory word at address 082 with the operand B8F2
and AC with A937. Determine the contents of AC, DR, PC, AR and IR in hexadecimal after the execution.
a. ADD
b. AND
c. LDA
d. STA
4. Simulate the machine for the memory -reference instructions referred in above question with I =1 and address
part = 082. The instruction be stored at address 026 in RAM. Initialize the memory word at address 082 with the
value 298. Initialize the memory word at address 298 with operand B8F2 and AC with A937. Determine the
contents of AC, DR, PC, AR and IR in hexadecimal after the execution.
66
Semester II
PROGRAMMING USING C++
UNIT-I
Principles of Object-Oriented Programming: Object-Oriented Programming (OOP) Paradigm, Basic Concepts of
OOP, Benefits of OOP, Object Oriented Languages, Applications of OOP. Beginning with C++: Applications of
C++, C++ statements, Structure of C++ Program, Creating the Source File, Compiling and Linking. Tokens,
Expressions and Control Structures: Tokens, Keywords, Identifiers & Constants, Basic Data Types, User-Defined
Data Types, Derived Data Types, Symbolic Constants, Type Compatibility, Declaration of Variables, Dynamic
Initialization of Variables, Reference Variables, Operators in C++: Scope
Resolution Operator, Member Dereferencing Operators, Memory Management Operators, Manipulators, Type Cast
Operators, Expressions and their Types, Special Assignment Expressions, Implicit Conversions, Operator
Precedence, Control Structures.
UNIT-II
Functions in C++: Function Prototyping, Call By Reference, Return by Reference, Inline Functions, Default
Arguments, Const. Arguments, Function Overloading,.Classes and Objects: Specifying a Class, Defining Member
Functions, Private and Public Members, Making an outside Function Inline, Nested Member Functions, Private
Member Functions, Arrays within a Class, Memory Allocation for Objects, Static Data Members, Static Member
Functions, Arrays of Objects, Objects as Function Arguments, Friendly Functions, Returning Objects, Cons.
Member Functions, Pointer to Members, Local Classes.
UNIT- III
Constructors & Destructors: Constructors Parameterized Constructors, Multiple Constructors in a Class,
Constructors with Default Arguments, Dynamic Initialization of Objects, Copy Constructor, Dynamic
Constructors, Constructing Two-Dimensional Arrays, Destructors. Operator overloading andType Conversions:
Defining Operator Overloading, Overloading Unary Operators, Overloading Binary Operators, Overloading Binary
Operators using Friends, Manipulation of Strings using Operators, Rules for Overloading Operators, Type
Conversions.
UNIT-IV
Inheritance: Defining Derived Classes, Single Inheritance, Making a Private Member Inheritance, Multilevel
Inheritance, Multiple Inheritance, Hierarchical Inheritance, Hybrid Inheritance, Virtual Base Classes, Abstract
Classes, Constructors in Derived Classes, Member Classes, Nesting of Classes. Pointers, Virtual Functions and
Polymorphism: Pointers, Pointers to Objects, this Pointer, Pointers to Derived Classes, Virtual Functions, Pure
Virtual Functions.
Object Oriented Programming with C++: E Balgurusamy, 4/e (TMH).
For References:
1. Ashok N. Kamthane: ANSI & Turbo C++, Pearson Education
2. Jesse Liberty and Jim Keogh: Introduction to Programming with c++, Prentice
Hall of India Pub.
3. Herbtz Schildt, "C++: The Complete Reference", Fourth Edition, McGraw
Hill.2003
PRACTICAL
PROGRAMMING USING C++ LAB
1. Program on C++ using functions.
2. Program on Function Overloading.
3. Program on C++ using Class Concept.(Private, Public)
4. Program in creating objects.
5. Program on Creating Constructor & Destructor.
6. Program on Constructor Overloading.
7. Program on Constructor (Default, Parameterized, Copy)
8. Program on Operator overloading.
9. Program on Inheritance. (Private, Public and Protected)
10. Program on Virtual Function and Virtual Class.
67
Semester II
DATA STRUCTURE
UNIT-I
Introduction and Overview: Definitions, Concept of Data Structures, Overview of Data Structures, Implementation
of Data Structures. Arrays: Terminology, One- Dimensional Array, Multi-Dimensional Arrays, Pointer Arrays.
Linked Lists: Single Linked List, Circular Linked List, Double Linked List, Circular Double Linked List,
Application of Linked Lists, Memory Representation.
UNIT-II
Stacks: Definition, Representation of Stack (Array, Linked List), Operations on Stacks, Applications of Stack
(Evaluation of Arithmetic Expressions, Implementation of Recursion, Factorial Calculation, Quick Sort, Tower of
Hanoi).
UNIT -III
Queues: Definition, Representation of Queues (Array, Linked List), Circular Queue, Deque, Priority Queue,
Application of Queues (Simulation, CPU Scheduling in Multiprogramming Environment, Round Robin
Algorithm).
UNIT -IV
Tree: .Binary Trees, Properties of Binary Tree, Linear Representation of a Binary Tree, Linked Representation of a
Binary Tree, Operations on Binary Tree (Pre-order, In-order and Post-order Traversal), Types of Binary Trees
(Expression Tree, Binary Search Tree, Heap Tree, Threaded Binary Trees, Height Balanced Binary Tree).
1. Classic Data Structures: D. SAMANTA (PHI).
2. S. Lipschutz: Introduction to Data Structures, McGraw Hill Pub.
For References:
1. D.S Malik, Data Structures using C++, Second Edition, Cengage Learning,
2010
2. Robert L. Kruse, "Data Structures and Program Design in C++", Pearson, 1999.
3. Dr. Amiya Rath, "Data Structure using C".
PRACTICAL
DATA STRUCTURE LAB
1. Program on Array type of Data Structure.
2. Program on Data Structure (Stack).
3. Program on Data Structure (Queue).
4. Program on Data Structure (Linked-list).
5. Program on Binary Search.
6. Program on Sorting (Selection, Bubble).
7. Program on Binary Search Tree and include the operation like Insertion, deletion by
copying, Searching, display preorder, postorder and inorder.
68
2nd Year
Semester III
OPERATING SYSTEMS
UNIT- I
Operating System, Computer-System Organization, Computer-System Architecture, Operating-System Structure,
Operating-System Operations, Process Management, Memory Management, Storage Management,Protection and
Security. Service provided by OS. File System: Access method, File operation & Protection. File attributes. Types
of File System FAT, FAT32, NTFS, ext2, ext3. Dual mode operation of OS.
UNIT- II
Process: Process Concept, Process Scheduling, Operations on Processes, Inter-Process Communication, Examples
of IPC Systems, Communication in Client-Server Systems. Multithreaded Programming: Multithreading Models,
Thread Libraries, Threading Issues, Operating-System Examples.
UNIT- III
Process Scheduling: Basic Concepts, Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling Algorithms (FCFS, SJF, RR, Priority),
Thread Scheduling. Multiple-Process Scheduling. Virtual-Memory Management: Demand Paging, Copy-on-
Write, Page Replacement, Memory Management Strategies: Swapping, Contiguous Memory Allocation, Paging,
Structure of the Page Table, Segmentation, File System: File Concept, Access Methods, Directory and Disk
Structure, Disk Scheduling Algorithm (FCFS, SSTF, SCAN and C-SCAN).
UNIT- IV
Deadlocks: System Model, Deadlock Characterization, Methods of Handling Deadlocks, Deadlock Prevention,
Deadlock avoidance, Deadlock Detection, Recovery from Deadlock.
1. Operating System Concepts: Silberschatz, Galvin, Gagne, 8/e (Wiley-India)
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-V): Operating Systems

Using C/ C++ programs
1. WRITE A PROGRAM (using fork() and/or exec() commands) where parent and child execute:
a) same program, same code.
b) same program, different code.
c) before terminating, the parent waits for the child to finish its task.
2. WRITE A PROGRAM to report behaviour of Linux kernel including kernel version, CPU type and model.
(CPU information)
3. WRITE A PROGRAM to report behaviour of Linux kernel including information on configured memory,
amount of free and used memory. (memory information)
4. WRITE A PROGRAM to print file details including owner access permissions, file access time, where file
name is given as argument.
5. WRITE A PROGRAM to copy files using system calls.
6. Write program to implement FCFS scheduling algorithm.
7. Write program to implement Round Robin scheduling algorithm.
8. Write program to implement SJF scheduling algorithm.
9. Write program to implement non-preemptive priority based scheduling algorithm.
10. Write program to implement preemptive priority based scheduling algorithm.
11. Write program to implement SRJF scheduling algorithm.
12. Write program to calculate sum of n numbers using thread library.
13. Write a program to implement first-fit, best-fit and worst-fit allocation strategies.
69
Semester III
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
UNIT-I
Introduction of Database Management System (DBMS), Pros and Cons of DBMS. Databases and Database Users,
Database System Concepts and Architecture, Data Modelling using the Entity-Relationship(ER) Model, The
Enhanced Entity-Relationship (EER) Model.
UNIT-II
Relational Model: The Relational Data Model and Relational Database Constraints, The Relational Algebra and
Relational Calculus. Fundamental Operations Select, Project, Composition, Union, Set Difference, Cartesian
Product, Rename, Natural Join, Generalized Projection, Outer join and Aggregate functions.Functional
Dependencies and Normalization for Relational Databases
UNIT-III
Disk Storage, Basic File Structures, and Hashing, Indexing Structures for Files, Algorithms for Query Processing
and Optimization, Physical Database Design and Tuning.
UNIT-IV
RDBMS Package (Oracle 9i/10g) SQL and PL/SQL. Introduction to ORACLE RDBMS. Introduction to SQL.
Advantages of SQL. Classification of SQL Statements. SQL Data types. Different commands: DDL (Create, Alter,
Drop), DML( Insert, Select, Update, Delete), DCL(Commit, grant and revoke)
SQL Aggregate Functions: Sum, Avg, Count, Max and Min
1. Fundamentals of Database Systems, Ramez Elmasri & Shamkant B. Navathe, Pearson (Fifth Edition)
2.
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-VI): Database Management
Create and use the following database schema to answer the given queries.
EMPLOYEE Schema
DEFAUL
Field Type NULL KEY T
Eno Char(3) NO PRI NIL
Ename Varchar(50) NO NIL
Job_type Varchar(50) NO NIL
Manager Char(3) Yes FK NIL
Hire_date Date NO NIL
Dno Integer YES FK NIL
Commission Decimal(10,2) YES NIL
Salary Decimal(7,2) NO NIL
DEPARTMENT Schema
DEFAUL
Field Type NULL KEY T
Dno Integer No PRI NULL
Dname Varchar(50) Yes NULL
Location Varchar(50) Yes New Delhi
Query List
1. Query to display Employee Name, Job, Hire Date, Employee Number; for each employee with the Employee
Number appearing first.
70
2. Query to display unique Jobs from the Employee Table.

3. Query to display the Employee Name concatenated by a Job separated by a comma.
4. Query to display all the data from the Employee Table. Separate each Column by a comma and name the said
column as THE_OUTPUT.
5. Query to display the Employee Name and Salary of all the employees earning more than $2850.
6. Query to display Employee Name and Department Number for the Employee No= 7900.
7. Query to display Employee Name and Salary for all employees whose salary is not in the range of $1500 and
$2850.
8. Query to display Employee Name and Department No. of all the employees in Dept 10 and Dept 30 in the
alphabetical order by name.
9. Query to display Name and Hire Date of every Employee who was hired in 1981.
10. Query to display Name and Job of all employees who dont have a current Manager.
11. Query to display the Name, Salary and Commission for all the employees who earn commission.
12. Sort the data in descending order of Salary and Commission.
13. Query to display Name of all the employees where the third letter of their name is A.
14. Query to display Name of all employees either have two Rs or have two As in their name and are
either in Dept No = 30 or their Mangers Employee No = 7788.
15. Query to display Name, Salary and Commission for all employees whose Commission Amount is 14 greater
than their Salary increased by 5%.
16. Query to display the Current Date.
17. Query to display Name, Hire Date and Salary Review Date which is the 1st Monday after six months of
employment.
18. Query to display Name and calculate the number of months between today and the date each employee was
hired.
19. Query to display the following for each employee <E-Name> earns < Salary> monthly but wants < 3 *
Current Salary >. Label the Column as Dream Salary.
20. Query to display Name with the 1st letter capitalized and all other letter lower case and length of their name
of all the employees whose name starts with J, A andM.
21. Query to display Name, Hire Date and Day of the week on which the employee started.
22. Query to display Name, Department Name and Department No for all the employees.
23. Query to display Unique Listing of all Jobs that are in Department # 30.
24. Query to display Name, Dept Name of all employees who have an A in their name.
25. Query to display Name, Job, Department No. And Department Name for all the employees working at the
Dallas location.
26. Query to display Name and Employee no. Along with their Mangers Name and the Managers employee no;
along with the Employees Name who do not have a Manager.
27. Query to display Name, Dept No. And Salary of any employee whose department No. and salary
matches both the department no. And the salary of any employee who earns a commission.
28. Query to display Name and Salaries represented by asterisks, where each asterisk (*) signifies $100.
29. Query to display the Highest, Lowest, Sum and Average Salaries of all the employees
30. Query to display the number of employees performing the same Job type functions.
31. Query to display the no. of managers without listing their names.
32. Query to display the Department Name, Location Name, No. of Employees and the average salary for all
employees in that department.
33. Query to display Name and Hire Date for all employees in the same dept. as Blake.
34. Query to display the Employee No. And Name for all employees who earn more than the average
salary.
35. Query to display Employee Number and Name for all employees who work in a department with any
employee whose name contains a T.
36. Query to display the names and salaries of all employees who report to King.
37. Query to display the department no, name and job for all employees in the Sales department.
71
Semester III
Core Course (C.C.) - VII
DISCRETE STRUCTURES
UNIT-I
Logic and Proofs: Propositional Logic, Propositional Equivalences, Predicates and Quantifiers.
UNIT-II
Basic Structures: Sets, Set Operations, Functions, Recursive Functions,Relations: Relations and their Properties,
Representing Relations, Closures of Relations, Equivalence Relations, Partial Ordering.
Algebra: Boolean Functions, Representing Boolean Functions, Logic Gates, Minimization of Circuits. Algebraic
Structures & Coding Theory:Semi-groups, Monoids and Groups, Homomorphism.
UNIT-IIICounting: Basics of Counting, The Pigeonhole Principle, Permutations and Combinations,Bayes
Theorem.
UNIT-IV
Graphs: Graphs and Graph Models, Graph Terminology and Special Types of Graphs,Planar Graphs.
Connectivity,Euler and Hamiltonian Paths, Shortest-Path Problem.
1. Kenneth H Rosen, Discrete Mathematics & Its Applications, McGraw-Hill. 7/e
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-VII): Discrete Structures Lab
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-VII) - Discrete Structures Lab

1. Write a program in C to show logical and bit-wise operators OR, AND, XOR, NOT and left/right
shift.
2. Write a C Program to Find Prime Numbers in a given Range.
3. Write a C Program to Find Sum of the Series 1/1! + 2/2! + 3/3! + 1/N!
4. Write a C++ Program to find factorial of an integer number using recursion.
5. Write a C Program to Find GCD of given Numbers using Recursion.
6. WAP in C to calculate Binomial coefficient or Recurrence relation for combinatory i.e. C(n,r)= n!/(r!*(n-r)!) using factorial
function recursively.
7. WAP in C for shortest path problem by implementingDijkstra's algorithm.
8. WAP in C++ to Generate All Permutations using BackTracking.
9. WAP in C to Represent Graph Using Linked List.
10. WAP in C to Encrypt and Decrypt a password.
72
Semester IV
Core Course (C.C.) - VIII
JAVA PROGRAMMING
UNIT-I
Introduction to Java:Java Architecture and Features, Understanding the semantic and syntax differences between
C++ and Java, Compiling and Executing a Java Program, Variables, Constants, Keywords Data Types, Operators
(Arithmetic, Logical and Bitwise) and Expressions, Comments, Doing Basic Program Output.
Decision Making Constructs (conditional statements and loops) and Nesting, Java Methods (Defining, Scope,
Passing and Returning Arguments, Type Conversion and Type and Checking, Built-in Java Class Methods),
UNIT-II
Arrays, Strings and I/O:Creating & Using Arrays (One Dimension and Multi-dimensional), Referencing Arrays
Dynamically, Java Strings: The Java String class, Creating & Using String Objects, Manipulating Strings and
String Buffer Classes. Simple I/O using System.out and the Scanner class, Byte and Character streams,
Reading/Writing from console and files.
Object-Oriented Programming Overview:Principles of Object-Oriented Programming, Defining & Using
Classes, Controlling Access to Class Members, Class Constructors, Method Overloading, Class Variables &
Methods, Objects as parameters, final classes, Object class, Garbage Collection.
UNIT-III
Inheritance, Interfaces, Packages, EnumerationsInheritance:(Single Level and Multilevel, Method Overriding,
Dynamic Method Dispatch, Abstract Classes), Interfaces and Packages, Extending interfaces and packages,
Package and Class Visibility, Using Standard Java Packages (util, lang, awt), Wrapper Classes.
Exception Handling: Exception types, uncaught exceptions, throw, built-in exceptions, Creating your own
exceptions.
Multi-threading and Database Connectivity: The Thread class and Runnable interface, creating single and
multiple threads, Thread prioritization, synchronization and communication, suspending/resuming threads.
Accessing and manipulating databases using JDBC.
UNIT-IV
Applets and Event Handling:Java Applets:Introduction to Applets, Writing Java Applets, Working with
Graphics, Incorporating Images & Sounds. Event Handling Mechanisms,Listener Interfaces, Adapter and Inner
Classes.
The design and Implementation of GUIs using the AWT controls, Swing components of Java Foundation Classes
such as labels, buttons, textfields, layout managers, menus, events and listeners; Graphic objects for drawing
figures such as lines, rectangles, ovals, using different fonts. Overview of servlets.
1.Balagurusamy. E, Programming with JAVA, A Primer 2e, Tata McGraw Hill,
2. Arora Lalit, Object Oriented with JAVA, KATSON Books
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-VIII): Programming in Java
1. To find the sum of any number of integers entered as command line arguments
2. To find the factorial of a given number
3. To learn use of single dimensional array by defining the array dynamically.
4. To learn use of .lenth in case of a two dimensional array
5. To convert a decimal to binary number
6. To check if a number is prime or not, by taking the number as input from the keyboard
7. To find the sum of any number of integers interactively, i.e., entering every number from the keyboard,
whereas the total number of integers is given as a command line argument
8. Write a program that show working of different functions of String and StringBufferclasss like setCharAt(,
setLength(), append(), insert(), concat()and equals().
9. Write a program to create a distance class with methods where distance is computed interms of feet
and inches, how to create objects of a class and to see the use of this pointer
73
10. Modify the distance class by creating constructor for assigning values (feet and inches)to the distance
object. Create another object and assign second object as reference variable to another object reference
variable. Further create a third object which is a clone of the first object.
11. Write a program to show that during function overloading, if no matching argument is found, then java will
apply automatic type conversions(from lower to higher data type)
12. Write a program to show the difference between public and private access specifiers. The program should
also show that primitive data types are passed by value and objects are passed by reference and to learn use
of final keyword
13. Write a program to show the use of static functions and to pass variable length arguments in a function.
14. Write a program to demonstrate the concept of boxing and unboxing.
15. Create a multi-file program where in one file a string message is taken as input from the user
and the function to display the message on the screen is given in another file (make use of Scanner
package in this program).
16. Write a program to create a multilevel package and also creates a reusable class to generate Fibonacci series,
where the function to generate fibonacii series is given in a different file belonging to the same package.
17. Write a program that creates illustrates different levels of protection in classes/subclasses belonging to
same package or different packages
18. Write a program DivideByZero that takes two numbers a and b as input, computes a/b,and invokes
Arithmetic Exception to generate a message when the denominator is zero.
19. Write a program to show the use of nested try statements that emphasizes the sequence of checking for
catch handler statements.
20. Write a program to create your own exception types to handle situation specific to your application
(Hint: Define a subclass of Exception which itself is a subclass of Throwable).
21. Write a program to demonstrate priorities among multiple threads.
22. Write a program to demonstrate multithread communication by implementing synchronization among
threads (Hint: you can implement a simple producer and consumer problem).
23. Write a program to create URL object, create a URLConnection using the openConnection() method and then
use it examine the different components of the URLand content.
24. Write a program to implement a simple datagram client and server in which a message that is typed into the
server window is sent to the client side where it is displayed.
25. Write a program that creates a Banner and then creates a thread to scrolls the message in the banner from left
to right across the applets window.
26. Write a program to get the URL/location of code (i.e. java code) and document (i.e. html file).
27. Write a program to demonstrate different mouse handling events like mouseClicked(),
mouseEntered(), mouseExited(), mousePressed, mouseReleased() and mouseDragged().
28. Write a program to demonstrate different keyboard handling events.
29. Write a program to generate a window without an applet window using main() function. 30. Write a
program to demonstrate the use of push buttons.
74
Semester IV
COMPUTER NETWORK
UNIT-I
Introduction: Data Communications, Networks, Line Configuration: Mesh, Star, Bus, Ring, Tree, The Internet,
Protocols and Standards. Categories of Network: LAN, MAN, WAN and Inter-Network. Transmission mode.
Basic terminologies: amplitude, frequency, phase, bandwidth. Nyquist theorem and Shannons capacity
Network Models: Design issues for layered approach to networking. The OSI Model, Layers in the OSI Model,
TCP/ IP Protocol Suite, Addressing. Inter-networking devices.
UNIT-II
Data and Signals: Analog and Digital, Periodic Analog Signals, Digital Signals, Transmission Impairment, Data
Rate Limits, Performance. Digital Transmission: Digital-To-Digital Conversion, Analog-To-Digital Conversion,
Transmission Modes. Analog Transmission: Digital-To-Analog Conversion, Analog-To-Analog Conversion.
Multiplexing and Spreading: Multiplexing, Spread Spectrum. Transmission Media: Guided Media, Unguided
Media (Wireless). Switching: Circuit Switched, Datagrams, Virtual Circuit Networks, Structure of a Switch.
Telephone Network, Dial-Up MODEMS, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL), Cable TV Networks, Cable TV for Data
Transfer.
UNIT-III
Error Detection and Correction: Introduction, parity, CRC and Checksum. Data Link Control: Framing, Flow
and Error Control, Protocols, Noiseless Channels, Noisy Channels, HDLC, Point-To-Point Protocol.
Multiple Accesses: Random Access, Controlled Access, Channelization. Wired LANs: IEEE Standards, Standard
Ethernet, Changes in the Standard, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet: Wireless LANs: IEEE 802.11, Bluetooth.
UNIT-IV
Connecting LANs: Connecting Devices, Backbone Networks and Virtual LANs. Wireless LANs: Cellular
Telephony, Satellite Networks. Virtual-Circuit Networks. Frame Relay, ATM.
1. Data Communications and Networking, 4/e, Forouzan, B. (TMH)
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-IX): Computer Networks

1. Simulate Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) error detection algorithm for noisy channel.
2. Simulate and implement stop and wait protocol for noisy channel.
3. Simulate and implement go back n sliding window protocol.
4. Simulate and implement selective repeat sliding window protocol.
5. File Sharing between computers and printer sharing.
6. Implementing the Ethernet cable connection and climping tools.
75
Semester IV
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
UNIT-I
Introduction to Computer Graphics: Introduction, terminologies, Component and Classification of Computer
Graphics (CG). Application areas of CG.
Graphics Primitives: Display, input and output devices, Image processing.
UNIT-II
Scan Conversion: Vector generation, Point scan conversion, Line and Circle scan conversion (DDA and
Bresenhams Algorithm).
Clipping Algorithms: Point clipping, Line clipping (Cohen-sutherland Algorithm)
UNIT-III
2D Transformations: Introduction, point/objects representation (metrices). Geometric, Coordinate and Composite
transformation: translation, rotation, scaling.
3D Transformations: Introduction, 3D-geometry primitives. Geometric transformations: translation, scaling,
rotation.
UNIT-IV
Illumination and Rendering: Basic Illumination Models, Displaying light Intensities, Halftone Patterns. Polygon-
Rendering Methods (Gouroud Shading, Phong Shading).
Animation: Introduction, types of animation, principles and types of animation system. Computer animated
languages. Animation tools. GIF animator. Applications of animation.
1. Er. Rajiv Chopra, Computer Graphics: A practical approach, S.Chand Technical
2. Donald Hearn& M. Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics with OpenGL, Pearson Education, Inc. New
Delhi.
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-X): Computer Graphics Lab

1. Write a program to implement Brenhams line drawing algorithm.
2. Write a program to implement mid-point circle drawing algorithm.
3. Write a program to clip a line using Cohen and Sutherland line clipping algorithm.
4. Write a program to clip a polygon using Sutherland Hodgeman algorithm.
5. Write a program to apply various 2D transformations on a 2D object (use homogenous coordinates).
6. Write a program to apply various 3D transformations on a 3D object and then apply parallel and
perspective projection on it.
7. Write a program to draw Hermite/Bezier curve.
76
3rd Year
Semester V
INTERNET TECHNOLOGY
UNIT-I
Java: Use of Objects, Array and ArrayList class.
UNIT-II
JavaScript: Data types, operators, functions, control structures, events and event handling.
UNIT-III
JDBC: JDBC Fundamentals, Establishing Connectivity and working with connection interface, Working with
statements, Creating and Executing SQL Statements,
UNIT-IV
JSP: Introduction to JavaServer Pages, HTTP and Servlet Basics, The Problem with Servlets, The Anatomy of a
JSP Page, JSP Processing, JSP Application Design with MVC, Setting Up the JSP Environment, Implicit JSP
Objects
1.Ivan Bayross, Web Enabled Commercial Application Development Using Html, DHTML, Javascript, Perl CGI ,
BPB Publications, 2009.
2. Cay Horstmann, BIG Java, Wiley Publication , 3rd Edition., 2009
3. Herbert Schildt , Java 7, The Complete Reference, , 8th Edition, 2009.
4. Jim Keogh ,The Complete Reference J2EE, TMH, , 2002.
5. O'Reilly , Java Server Pages, Hans Bergsten, Third Edition, 2003.
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-XI): Internet Technologies

Create event driven program for following:
1. Print a table of numbers from 5 to 15 and their squares and cubes using alert.
2. Print the largest of three numbers.
3. Find the factorial of a number n.
4. Enter a list of positive numbers terminated by Zero. Find the sum and average of these numbers.
4. A person deposits Rs 1000 in a fixed account yielding 5% interest. Compute the amount in the account at
the end of each year for n years.
5. Read n numbers. Count the number of negative numbers, positive numbers and zeros in the list.
77
Semester V
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
UNIT-I Professional Software Development, Software Engineering EthiCSA, Software Processes, Software
Process Models, Process Activities, Coping with Change, The Rational Unified Process, Agile Software
Development, Agile Methods, Plan-Driven and Agile Development, Extreme Programming,
UNIT-II Requirements Engineering, Functional and Non-Functional Requirements, The Software Requirements
Document, Requirements Specification, Requirements Engineering Processes, Requirements Elicitation and
Analysis, Requirements Validation, Requirements Management. System Modelling, Context Models, Interaction
Models, Structural Models, Behavioural Models, Model-Driven, Engineering, Architectural Design, Architectural
Design Decisions, Architectural Views, Architectural Patterns, Application Architectures.
UNIT-III Design and Implementation: Object-Oriented Design using the UML, Design Patterns,
Implementation Issues, Open Source Development, Software Testing: Development Testing.Software
Maintenance.
UNIT-IV
Dependability and Security Specification: Risk-Driven Requirements, Specification, Safety Specification,
Reliability Specification, Security, Specification, Formal Specification.
Dependability Engineering: Redundancy and Diversity, Reliability Testing, Security Testing, Process Assurance,
Safety and Dependability Cases.
Suggested Readings : Software Engineering, Ian Sommerville, 9/e (Pearson Education)

Software Engineering, K.K.Aggarwal and Y.Singh, New Age International Pub.
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-XII): Software Engineering
S. No Practical Title
1. Problem Statement,
Process Model
2. Requirement Analysis:
Creating a Data Flow
Data Dictionary, Use Cases
3. Project Management:
Computing FP
Effort
Schedule, Risk Table, Timeline chart
4. Design Engineering:
Architectural Design
Data Design, Component Level Design
5. Testing:
Basis Path Testing
Sample Projects:
1. Criminal Record Management: Implement a criminal record management system forjailers, police
officers and CBI officers
2. DTC Route Information: Online information about the bus routes and their frequency andfares
3. Car Pooling: To maintain a web based intranet application that enables the corporateemployees within an
organization to avail the facility of carpooling effectively.
4. Patient Appointment and Prescription Management System
5. Organized Retail Shopping Management Software
6. Online Hotel Reservation Service System
7. Examination and Result computation system
8. Automatic Internal Assessment System
9. Parking Allocation System
10. Wholesale Management System
78
Semester VI
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE (AI)
UNIT-I
AI Introduction: Introduction, scope. AI techniques. Characteristics of AI problems.Intelligent Agents.
AI Approaches: Searching techniques: BFS, DFS, A* algorithm, Adversarial search(Alpha-beta pruning).
UNIT-II
Knowledge Representation:Propositional and predicate logic, its resolutions. First order logic, Inference in first
order logic (Forward chaining, backward chaining).
Structured Knowledge Representation: Semantic Nets, Slots, Frames, CD and Conceptual graphs, Scripts.
UNIT-III
Reasoning: Probabilistic (Bayesian Belief Network), Fuzzy logic reasoning.
UNIT-IV
Learning:Learning from Observations, Decision trees, Neural network (Multilayer), Reinforcement Learning.
1. Er. Rajiv Chopra, Artificial Intelligence: A practical approach, S.Chand Pub.
2. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE A MODERN APPROACH 2/e
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-XIII): Artificial Intelligence Lab

1. Write a prolog program to calculate the sum of two numbers.
2. Write a prolog program to find the maximum of two numbers.
3. Write a prolog program to calculate the factorial of a given number.
4. Write a prolog program to calculate the nth Fibonacci number.
5. Write a prolog program, insert_nth(item, n, into_list, result) that asserts that result is the list into_list with
item inserted as the nth element into every list at all levels.
6. Write a Prolog program to remove the Nth item from a list.
7. Write a Prolog program, remove-nth(Before, After) that asserts the After list is the Before list with the
removal of every nth item from every list at all levels.
8. Write a Prolog program to implement append for two lists.
9. Write a Prolog program to implement palindrome(List).
10. Write a Prolog program to implement max(X,Y,Max) so that Max is the greater of two numbers X and Y.
11. Write a Prolog program to implement maxlist(List,Max) so that Max is the greatest number in the list of
numbers List.
12. Write a Prolog program to implement sumlist(List,Sum) so that Sum is the sum of a given list of numbers List.
13. Write a Prolog program to implement two predicates evenlength(List) and oddlength(List) so that they are
true if their argument is a list of even or odd length respectively.
14. Write a Prolog program to implement reverse(List,ReversedList) that reverses lists.
15. Write a Prolog program to implement maxlist(List,Max) so that Max is the greatest number in the list of
numbers List using cut predicate.
16. Write a Prolog program to implement GCD of two numbers.
17. Write a prolog program that implements Semantic Networks/Frame Structures.
79
Semester VI
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
UNIT-I
Analysis and Design of Algorithm:
Complexity Analysis of Algorithm, Amortized analysis and Recurrences.
Analysis of Algorithm (Case study on insertion sort), Design of Algorithm: incremental approach (Case study on
selection sort), divide and conquer approach (Case study on merge sort).
UNIT-II
Sorting: Quick sort, heap sort, Randomized quicksort, Order Statistics.Red black tree, hashing, 2-3-4 tree.
Divide and Conquer: merge sort. Dynamic programming: Knapsack problem (simple and using dynamic
programming approach).
UNIT-III
Greedy Algorithm:Fractional knapsack and Travelling Salesperson problem.
Backtracking: Subset-Sum problem.Branch and Bound: The Assignment problem.
UNIT-IV
Graphs: Directed, undirected, regular, complete, bipartite sub graphs and graph Isomorphism. Kruskals minimum
spanning tree and Dijkstras shortest path problem.
Complexity Class: P, PSPACE, NP, NP-Hard, NP Complete.
1. Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms: E. Horowitz and S.Sahni
2. Introduction To Algorithm: Corman Leisenm, Rives &Stein
3. The Design and Analysis of Algorithms: Nitin Upadhyay
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-XIV): Design and Analysis of Algorithms

1. i. Implement Insertion Sort (The program should report the number of comparisons)
ii. Implement Merge Sort(The program should report the number of comparisons)
2. Implement Heap Sort(The program should report the number of comparisons)
3. Implement Randomized Quick sort (The program should report the number of comparisons)
4. Implement Radix Sort
5. Create a Red-Black Tree and perform following operations on it:
i. Insert a node
ii. Delete a node
iii. Search for a number & also report the color of the node containing this number.
6. Write a program to determine the LCS of two given sequences
7. Implement Breadth-First Search in a graph
8. Implement Depth-First Search in a graph
9. Write a program to determine the minimum spanning tree of a graph
10. For the algorithms at S.No 1 to 3 test run the algorithm on 100 different inputs of sizes varying from 30 to
1000. Count the number of comparisons and draw the graph. Compare it with a graph of nlogn.
80
2nd Year
Semester III
COMPUTER SCIENCE
SEC - I
SOFTWARE TESTING
UNIT I
Introduction
Strategic Approach to Software Testing, Test Strategies for Conventional Software, Validation Testing, System
Testing, Basic Terminologies, V Shaped Software Lifecycle Model
UNIT II
Functional Testing\ Black-box Testing
Boundary Value Analysis, Equivalence Class Testing, Decision Table Based Testing
UNIT III
Structural Testing\ White-box Testing
Basis Path Testing: Program Graph, DD Path graph, Cyclomatic Complexity, Graph Matrices,
Unit IV
Control Flow Testing: Statement Coverage, Branch Coverage, Condition Coverage, Path Coverage
1. Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioners Approach, Seventh Edition, Mc Graw Hill
Education.2009
2. Yogesh Singh, Software Testing, Cambridge University Press.2011.
3. Naresh Chauhan, Software Testing Principles and Practices, Oxford University Press
81
Semester IV
COMPUTER SCIENCE
SEC - II
ORACLE (SQL/PL-SQL)
UNIT-I
Introduction to Oracle as RDBMS:
SQL Vs. SQL * Plus. SQL Commands and Data types, Operators and Expressions, Introduction to SQL * Plus.
UNIT-II
Managing Tables and Data:
Creating and Altering Tables (Including constraints)
Data Manipulation Command like Insert, update, delete
SELECT statement with WHERE, GROUP BY and HAVING, ORDER BY, DISTINCT, Special operator like
IN, ANY, ALL BETWEEN, EXISTS, LIKE.
Join, Built in functions.
UNIT-III
Other Database Objects: Viewand Index.
Transaction Control Statements: Commit, Rollback, Savepoint.
UNIT-IV
Introduction to PL/SQL:SQL v/s PL/SQL, PL/SQL Block Structure.
Language construct of PL/SQL:Variables, Basic and Composite Data type, Conditions looping.
1. Ivan Bayross, "SQL, PL/SQL the Programming Language of Oracle Paperback", BPB Publicatins, 2010.
2. Steven Feuerstein, Bill Pribyl , "Oracle PL/SQL Programming", 6th Edition, O'Reilly Media, 2014
3. Rajeeb C. Chatterjee, "Learning Oracle SQL and PL/SQL: A simplified Guide", PHI, 2012.
Software Lab Based on SQL/PL-SQL (SEC II):

[SQL COMMANDS]
1) SQL* formatting commands
2) To create a table, alter and drop table.
3) To perform select, update, insert and delete operation in a table.
4) To make use of different clauses viz where, group by, having, order by, union and intersection,
5) To study different constraints.
[SQL FUNCTION]
6) To use oracle function viz aggregate, numeric, conversion, string function.
7) To understand use and working with joins.
8) To make use of transaction control statement viz rollback, commit and save point.
9) To make views of a table.
10) To make indexes of a table.
[PL/SQL]
11) To understand working with PL/SQL
12) To implement Cursor on a table.
13) To implement trigger on a table
82
3rd Year
Semester V
COMPUTER SCIENCE
DSE- I
INFORMATION SECURITY
(Paper-I)
UNIT-I
Introduction:Network and Information Security, Security, Attacks, Computer Criminals, Security Services.
Ethical Hacking. Cyber-crime and terrorism.
Cryptography:Substitution ciphers, Symmetric, Asymmetric Encryption. DES Modes of DES, Uses of
Encryption, Hash function, key exchange, Digital Signatures, Digital Certificates.
UNIT-II
Program Security: Secure programs, Non malicious Program errors, Malicious codes virus
UNIT-III
Threats: Protection in OS: Memory and Address Protection, Access control, File Protection, User
Authentication.
UNIT-IV
Administrating Security: Security Planning, Risk Analysis, Organisational Security Policy,
Ethical issues in Security: Protecting Programs and data. Information and law.
1. C. P. Pfleeger, S. L. Pfleeger; Security in Computing, PHI, 2006
2. W. Stallings; Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards, 4/E, 2010
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC LAB (Paper I): Information Security Lab

1. Demonstrate the use of Network tools: ping, ipconfig, ifconfig, tracert, arp, netstat, whois
2. Use of Password cracking tools : John the Ripper, Ophcrack. Verify the strength of passwords
using these tools.
3. Perform encryption and decryption of Caesar cipher. Write a script for performing these operations.
4. Perform encryption and decryption of a Rail fence cipher. Write a script for performing these
operations.
5. Use nmap/zenmap to analyse a remote machine.
6. Use Burp proxy to capture and modify the message.
7. Demonstrate sending of a protected word document.
8. Demonstrate sending of a digitally signed document.
9. Demonstrate sending of a protected worksheet.
10. Demonstrate use of steganography tools.
11. Demonstrate use of gpg utility for signing and encrypting purposes.
83
Semester V
COMPUTER SCIENCE
DSE- II
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
(Paper-II)
UNIT-I
Introduction
Light, Brightness adaption and discrimination, Pixels, coordinate conventions, Imaging Geometry, Perspective
Projection, Spatial Domain Filtering, sampling and quantization.
UNIT-II
Spatial Domain Filtering
Intensity transformations, contrast stretching, histogram equalization, Correlation and convolution, Smoothing
filters, sharpening filters, gradient and Laplacian.
UNIT-III
Filtering in the Frequency domain
Fourier Transforms and properties, FFT (Decimation in Frequency and Decimation in Time Techniques),
Convolution, Correlation, 2-D sampling, Discrete Cosine Transform, Frequency domain filtering.
Image Restoration
Basic Framework, Interactive Restoration, Image deformation and geometric transformations, Restoration
techniques, Noise characterization, Noise restoration filters, Adaptive filters.
UNIT-IV
Image Compression
Encoder-Decoder model, Types of redundancies, Lossy and Lossless compression, Entropy of an information
source, Shannon's 1st Theorem, Huffman Coding, Arithmetic Coding, LZW coding.
Image Segmentation
Boundary detection based techniques, Point, line detection, Edge detection.Region-based segmentation, Watershed
algorithm.
1. R C Gonzalez, R E Woods, Digital Image Processing, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education.2008.
2. A K Jain, Fundamentals of Digital image Processing, Prentice Hall of India.1989.
3. K R Castleman, Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education.1996
4. Schalkoff, Digital Image Processing and Computer Vision, John Wiley and Sons.1989.
5. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Steven Eddins,' Digital Image Processing using MATLAB',
Pearson Education, Inc., 2004.
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC LAB (Paper II): Digital Image Processing Lab

Write program to read and display digital image using MATLAB or SCILAB
a. Become familiar with SCILAB/MATLAB Basic commands
b. Read and display image in SCILAB/MATLAB
c. Resize given image
d. Convert given color image into gray-scale image
e. Convert given color/gray-scale image into black & white image
f. Draw image profile
g. Separate color image in three R G & B planes
h. Create color image using R, G and B three separate planes
i. Flow control and LOOP in SCILAB
j. Write given 2-D data in image file
2. To write and execute image processing programs using point processing method
a. Obtain Negative image
b. Obtain Flip image
c. Thresholding
84
d. Contrast stretching
3. To write and execute programs for image arithmetic operations
a. Addition of two images
b. Subtract one image from other image
c. Calculate mean value of image
d. Different Brightness by changing mean value
4. To write and execute programs for image logical operations
a. AND operation between two images

b. OR operation between two images
c. Calculate intersection of two images
d. Water Marking using EX-OR operation
e. NOT operation (Negative image)
5. To write a program for histogram calculation and equalization using
a. Standard MATLAB function
b. Program without using standard MATLAB functions
c. C Program
6. To write and execute program for geometric transformation of image
a. Translation
b. Scaling
c. Rotation
d. Shrinking
e. Zooming
7. To understand various image noise models and to write programs for
a. image restoration
b. Remove Salt and Pepper Noise
c. Minimize Gaussian noise
d. Median filter and Weiner filter
8. Write and execute programs to remove noise using spatial filters
a. Understand 1-D and 2-D convolution process
b. Use 3x3 Mask for low pass filter and high pass filter
9. Write and execute programs for image frequency domain filtering
a. Apply FFT on given image
b. Perform low pass and high pass filtering in frequency domain
c. Apply IFFT to reconstruct image
10. Write a program in C and MATLAB/SCILAB for edge detection using different edge detection mask
11. Write and execute program for image morphological operations erosion and dilation.
12. To write and execute program for wavelet transform on given image and perform inverse wavelet transform to
reconstruct image.
85
3rd Year
Semester VI
COMPUTER SCIENCE
DSE- III
CLOUD COMPUTING
Paper III
UNIT-I
Overview of Computing Paradigm: Recent trends in Computing: Grid Computing, Cluster computing, and
Distributed Computing.
Introduction to Cloud Computing:Introduction to Cloud Computing, History of Cloud Computing, Cloud
service providers, Benefits and limitations of Cloud Computing.
UNIT-II
Cloud Computing Architecture:Comparison with traditional computing architecture (client/server), Services
provided at various levels, Service Models- Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), Platform as a Service (PaaS),
Software as a Service (SaaS), and How Cloud Computing Works.
UNIT-III
Case Studies: Case Study of Service, Model using Amazon EC2.
UNIT-IV
Service Management in Cloud Computing: Traditional vs. Cloud, Data security and Storage- Data privacy and
security Issues.
1. Cloud Computing: Dr. U.S.Pandey and Dr. K.Choudhary; S.Chand Pub.
2. Cloud Computing Bible, Barrie Sosinsky, Wiley-India, 2010.
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC LAB (Paper III): Cloud Computing Lab

1. Create virtual machines that access different programs on same platform.
2. Create virtual machines that access different programs on different platforms .
3. Working on tools used in cloud computing online-
a) Storage
b) Sharing of data
c) manage your calendar, to-do lists,
d) a document editing tool
4. Exploring Google cloud
5. Exploring microsoft cloud

6. Exploring amazon cloud
Semester VI
COMPUTER SCIENCE
DSE- IV
Viva 20 Marks
86
MATHEMATICS COURSE STRUCTURE

Exam
1st Year
1st sem. C.C. I CALCULUS - I 75 3
C.C. II ALGEBRA I 75 3
2nd Sem. C.C. III REAL ANALYSIS (ANALYSIS I) 75 3
C.C. IV DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 75 3
2nd Year
3rd Sem. C.C. V THEORY OF REAL FUNCTIONS 75 3
(ANALYSIS-II)
C.C. VI GROUP THEORY (ALGEBRA-II) 75 3
C.C. VII DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND 75 3
SYSTEMS OF ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS
4th Sem. C.C. VIII NUMERICAL METHODS 75 3
C.C. IX RIEMANN INTEGRATION AND SERIES OF 75 3
FUNCTIONS (ANALYSIS III)
C.C. X RING THEORY AND LINEAR ALGEBRA I 75 3
(ALGEBRA-III)
3rd Year
5th Sem. C.C. XI MULTIVARIATE CALCULUS (CALCULUS- 75 3
II)
C.C. XII PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 75 3
6th Sem. C.C. XIII METRIC SPACES AND COMPLEX 75 3
ANALYSIS (ANALYSIS IV)
C.C. XIV LIEAR PROGRAMMING 75 3
2nd Year
3rd Sem. SEC I THEORY OF EQUATIONS 50 3
4th Sem. SEC II LOGIC AND SETS 50 3
3rd Year
5th Sem. DSE I PROGRAMMING IN C++ 75 3
DSE II MATHEMATICAL MODELING 75 3
6th Sem. DSE III DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY 75 3
87
1st Year
Semester I
Core Course : MATHEMATICS
CALCULUS-I
Unit-I
Hyperbolic functions, higher order derivatives, Leibniz rule and its applications to problems of the type e ax+b x.e
ax+b
cos x:,(ax + b)nsin x, (ax + b)n cos x, concavity and inflection points, asymptotes, curve tracing in Cartesian
coordinates, tracing in polar coordinates of standard curves, LHospitals rule, applications in bu. siness, economics
and life sciences.
Unit-II
Reduction formulae, derivations and illustrations of reduction formulae of the type sin nxdx, cos nxdx, tannx
dx, sec nx dx. (log x)n dx, sinnx cosn xdx, volumes by slicing, disks and washers methods, volumes by
cylindrical shells, parametric equations, parameterizing ~ curve, arc length, arc length of parametric curves, area of
surface of revolution.
Unit-III
Techniques of sketching conics, reflection properties of conics, rotation of axes and second degree equations,
classification into conics using the discriminant, polar equations of conics. Sphere, Cone,
Cylinder, Central Conicoids.
Unit-IV
Triple product, introduction to vector functions, operations with vector-valued functions. limits and continuity of
vector functions, differentiation and integration of vector functions, tangent and nOrITiClI com ponents of
acceleration.
Part-II (Practical, Marks:25)
List of Practicals (Using any software)
Practical/Lab work to be performed on a Computer.
1. Plotting the graphs ofthe functions, eax+b.Iog(ax + b). 1/(ax + b). sin(ax+b), cost(ax+b).
lax + bl and to illustrate the effect of a and b on the graph.
2. Plotting the graphs of the polynomial of degree <1 and 5. the derivative graph, the second derivative
graph and comparing them.
3. Sketching parametric curves (Eg. Trochoid, cycloid, epicycloids, hypocycloid).
4. Obtaining surface of revolution of curves.
5. Tracing of conics in cartesian coordinates/polar coordinates.
6. Sketching ellipsoid, hyperboloid of one and two sheets, elliptic cone, elliptic, paraboloid, hyperbolic
paraboloid using cartesian coordinates.
7. Matrix operation (addition, multiplication, inverse, transpose
1. M.J. Strauss, G.L. Bradley and K. J. Smith, Calculus, 3rd Ed., Dorling Kindersley (India) P. Ltd.
(Pearson Education), Delhi, 2007. Chapters:4(4.3,4.4,4.5 & 4.7), 9(9.4), 10(10.1-10.4).
2. H. Anton, I. Bivens and S. Davis, Calculus, 7th Ed., John Wiley and Sons (Asia) P. Ltd., Singapore,
2002. Chapters: 6, (6.2-6.5),7(7.8), 8(8.2-8.3, Pages:532-538), 11(11.1), 13(13.5)
3. Analytical Geometry of Quadratic Surfaces, B.P. Acharya and D.C. Sahu, Kalyani Publishers, New
Delhi, Ludhiana.-878
Books for Reference:
1. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus, 9th Ed., Pearson Education, Delhi, 2005.
2. R. Courant and F. John, Introduction to Calculus and Analysis (Volumes I & II), Springer-Verlag,
New York, Inc., 1989.
3. Text Book of Calculus, Part-II- Shantinarayan, S. Chand & Co.,
4. Text Book of Calculus, Part-III-Shantinarayan, S. Chand & Co.,
5. Shanti Narayan and P.K. Mittal-Analytical Solid Geometry, S. Chand & Company Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
88
Semester I
ALGEBRA-I
Unit-I
Polar representation of complex numbers, n-th roots of unity, De Moivres theorem for rational indices and its
applications.
Unit-II
Equivalence relations, Functions, Composition of functions, Invertible functions, One to one correspondence
and cardinality of a set, Well-ordering property of positive integers, Division algorithm, Divisibility and Euclidean
algorithm, Congruence relation between integers, Principles of Mathematical Induction, statement of Fundamental
Theorem of Arithmetic.
Unit-III
Systems of linear equations, row reduction and echelon forms, vector equations, the matrix equation Ax = U,
solution sets of linear systems, applications of linear systems, linear independence.
Unit-IV
Introduction to linear transformations, matrix of a linear transformation, inverse of a matrix, characterizations
of invertible matrices. Subspaces of IRn, dimension of subspaces of IRn and rank of a matrix, Eigen values, Eigen
Vectors and Characteristic Equation of a matrix.
1. L.V. Ahlfors, Complex Analysis, McGraw-Hill(lnternational Student Edn.)
2. Titu Andreescu and Dorin Andrica, Complex Numbers from A to Z, Birkhauser, 2006. Chapter:2
3. Edgar G. Goodaire and Michael M. Parmenter, Discrete Mathematics with Graph Theory, 3rd
Ed., Pearson Education (Singapore) P. Ltd., Indian Reprint, 2005. Chapters:2(2.4), 3,4(4.1-4.1.6,
4.2-4.2.11, 4.4(4.1-4.4.8) ,4.3-4.3.9, 5(5.1-5.1.4).
4. David C. Lay, Linear Algebra and its Applications, 3rd Ed., Pearson Education Asia, Indian Reprint,
2007. Chapters:1(1.1-1.9), 2(2.1-2.3, 2.8, 2.9), 5(5.1,5.2
89
Semester II
REAL ANALYSIS (ANALYSIS-I)
Unit-I
eview of Algebraic and Order Properties of lR. Neighborhood of a point in lR. Idea of countable sets, ncountable
sets and uncountability of JR. Bounded above sets, Bounded below sets, Bounded Sets, Unbounded sets, Suprema
and Infima.
Unit-II
The Completeness Property of JR, The Archimedean Property, Density of Rational (and Irrational) numbers in JR,
Intervals. Limit points of a set, Isolated points, Illustrations of Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem for sets.
Unit-III
Sequences, Bounded sequence, Convergent sequence, Limit of a sequence. Limit Theorems, Monotone Sequences,
Monotone Convergence Theorem. Subsequences, Divergence Criteria, Monotone Subsequence Theorem
(statement only), Bolzano Weierstrass Theorem for Sequences. Cauchy sequence, Cauchys Convergence Criterion.
Unit-IV
Infinite series, convergence and divergence of infinite series, Cauchy Criterion, Tests for convergence:
Comparison test, Limit Comparison test, Ratio Test, Cauchys n-th root test, Integral test, Alternating series,
Leibniz test, Absolute and Conditional convergence.
1. G. Das and S. Pattanayak, Fundamentals of Mathematics Analysis, TMH Pub-lishing Co. ,Chapters:
2(2.1 to 2.4, ~, 3(3.1-3.5), 4(4.1 to 4.7,4.10,4.11,4.12,4.13).
Books for References:
1. R.G. Bartle and D. R. Sherbert, Introduction to Real Analysis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.,
Singapore, 2002.
2. Gerald G. Bilodeau, Paul R. Thie, G.E. Keough, An Introduction to Analysis, 2nd Ed., Jones & Bartlett, 2010.
3. Brian S. Thomson, Andrew. M. Bruckner and Judith B. Bruckner, Elementary Real Analysis, Prentice Hall,
2001.
4. S.K. Berberian, A First Course in Real Analysis, Springer Verlag, New York, 1004.
5. S.c. Mallik and S. Arora-Mathematical Analysis, New Age International Publications.
6. D. Smasundaram and B. Choudhury-A First Course in Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House.
7. S.L. Gupta and Nisha Rani-Real Analysis, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. l.td., New Delhi
90
Semester II
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Unit-I
Differential equations and mathematical models. First order and first degree ODE (variables separable,
homogeneous, exact, and linear). Equations of first order but of higher degree. Applications of first order
differential equations(Growth, Decay and Chemical Reactions, Heat flow, Oxygen debt, Economics).
Unit-II
Second order linear equations(homogeneous and non-homogeneous) with constant coefficients, second order
equations with variable coefficients, variation of parameters, method of undetermined coefficients, equations
reducible to linear equations with constant coefficients, Euler's equation. Applications of second order differential
equations.
Unit-III
Power series solutions of second order differential equations.
Unit-IV
Laplace transforms and its applications to solutions of differential equations.
Part-II (Practical: Marks:25)
List of Practicals (Using any Software)
1. Plotting of second order solution of family of differential equations.
2. Plotting of third order solution of family of differential equations.
3. Growth model (exponential case only).
4. Decay model (exponential case only).
5. Oxygen debt model.
6. Economic model.
7. Vibration problems.
1. J. Sinha Roy and S. Padhy, A Course of Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, Kalyani Publishers, New
Delhi. Chapters: 1,2(2.1 to 2.7),3,4(4.1 to 4.7),5,7(7.1-7.4),9(9.1,9.2,9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.10, 9.11, 9.13).
1. Martin Braun, Differential Equations and their Applications, Springer International.
2. M.D. Raisinghania-Advanced Differential Equations, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi.
3. G. Dennis Zill-A First Course in Differential Equations with Modelling Applications, Cengage
Learning India Pvt. Ltd.
4 S.L. Ross, Differential Equations, John Wiley & Sons, India, 2004
91
2nd Year
Semester III
THEORY OF REAL FUNCTIONS (ANALYSIS-II)
Unit-I
Limits of functions ( - approach), sequential criterion for limits, divergence criteria. Limit theorems, one sided
limits. Infinite limits and limits at infinity. Continuous functions, sequential criterion for continuity and
discontinuity.
Unit-II
Igebra of continuous functions. Continuous functions on an interval, intermediate value theorem, ocation of roots
theorem, preservation of intervals theorem. Uniform continuity, non-uniform continuity criteria, uniform
continuity theorem. Differentiability of a function at a point and in an interval, Caratheodorys theorem, algebra of
differentiable functions.
Unit-III
Relative extrema, interior extremum theorem. Rolles theorem, Mean value theorem, intermediate value property of
derivatives, Darbouxs theorem. Applications of mean value theorem to inequalities and approximation of
polynomials, Taylors theorem to inequalities.
Unit-IV
Cauchys mean value theorem. Taylors theorem with Lagranges form of remainder, Taylors theorem with Cauchys
form of remainder, application of Taylors theorem to convex functions, relative extrema. Taylors series and
Maclaurins series expansions of exponential and trigcnometric functions, In(l + x). l/(ax + b) and (1 + z)".
1. G. Das and S. Pattanayak, Fundamentals of Mathematics Analysis, TMH Pub-lishing Co.,
Chapters:6(6.1-6.8), 7(7.1-7.7),
1. R. Bartle and D.R. Sherbert, Introduction to Real Analysis, John Wiley and Sons, 2003.
2. K.A. Ross, Elementary Analysis: The Theory of Calculus, Springer, 2004.
3. A. Mattuck, Introduction to Analysis, Prentice Hall, 1999.
4. S.R. Ghorpade and B.v. Limaye, A Course in Calculus and Real Analysis, Springer, 2006.
92
Semester III
ALGEBRA-II
Unit-I
Summetries of a square, Dihedral groups, definition and examples of groups including permutation groups " d
quaternion groups (illustration through matrices), elementary properties of groups. Subgroups and examples of
subgroups, centralizer, normalizer, center of a group, product of two subgroups
Unit-II
yo erties of cyclic groups, classification of subgroups of cyclic groups. Cycle notation for permutation, properties
of permutations, even and odd permutations, alternating group, properties of cosets, ....a ranges theorem and
consequences including Fermats Little theorem.
Unit-III
External direct product of a finite number of groups, normal subgroups, factor groups, Cauchys theorem for finite
abelian groups.
Unit-IV
Group homomorphisms, properties of homomorphisms, Cayleys theorem, properties of isomorphisms, First,
Second and Third isomorphism theorems.
1. Joseph A .. Gallian, Contemporary Abstract Algebra(4th Edn.), Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
1. John B. Fraleigh, A First Course in Abstract Algebra, 7th Ed., Pearson, 2002.
2. M. Artin, Abstract Algebra, 2nd Ed., Pearson, 2011.
3. Joseph J. Rotman, An Introduction to the Theory of Groups, 4th Ed., Springer Verlag, 1995.
4. I.N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, Wiley Eastern Limited, India, 1975.
93
Semester III
Core Course (C.C.) - VII
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND SYSTEMS OF ORDINARY
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Unit-I
Systems of linear differential equations, types of linear systems, differential operators, an operator method for
linear systems with constant coefficients, Basic Theory of linear systems in normal form, homogeneous linear
systems with constant coefficients(Two Equations in two unknown functions). Simultaneous linear first order
equations in three variables, methods of solution, Pfaffian differential equations, methods of solutions of Pfaffian
differential equations in three variables.
Unit-II
Formation of first order partial differential equations, Linear and non-linear partial difFerential equations of first
order, special types of first-order equations, Solutions of partial differential equations of first order satisfying given
conditions.
Unit-III
Linear partial differential equations with constant coefficients, Equations reducible to linear partial differential
equations with constant coefficients, Partial differential equations with variable coefficients, eparation of variables,
Non-linear equation of the second order
Unit-IV
Laplace equation, Solution of laplace equation by separation of variables, One dimensional wave equation,
Solution of the wave equation (method of separation of variables), Diffusion equation, Solution of one-dimensional
diffusion equation, method of separation of variables.

To find the general solution of the non-homogeneous system of the form:
= + + ( ), = + + ( )
with given conditions.

Plotting the integral surfaces of a given first order PDE with initial data.
3. 0 ution 0 wave equation = 0 for the following associated conditions :
(a) ( , 0) = ( ), ( , 0) = ( ), , (b) ( , 0) = ( ), ( , 0) = ( ), (0, ) = 0, (0, ) > 0
(c) ( , 0) = ( ), ( , ) = ( ), (0, ) = 0, (0, ), > 0 (d) ( , 0) = ( ), ( , 0) = ( ), (0, ) =
0, (1, ) = ( ), ( , 0) = ( ), (0, ) = 0, (1, ) = 0,0 < < , > 0.
Solution of wave equation = 0 for the following associated conditions:

(a) u(x,0) = ( ), (0, ) = , ( , ) = , 0 < < , ) > 0
(b) ( , 0) = ( ), ,0 < <
(c) ( , 0) = ( ), (0, ) = , (0, ), 0
1. J.Sinha Roy and S, Padhy, A Course on Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, Kalyani
Publishers, New Delhi, Ludhiana, 2012,
Chapters:l1, 12, 13(13.1-13.5), 15(15.1,15,5), 16(16,1, 16.1.1), 17(17.1, 17.2, 17.3).
1. Tyn Myint-U and Lokenath Debnath, Linear Partial DifFerential Equations for Scientists and Engineers,
4th edition, Springer, Indian reprint, 2006,
2. S.L. Ross, DifFerential equations, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, India, 2004
94
Semester IV
Core Course (C.C.) - VIII
NUMERICAL METHODS
Unit-I
Algorithms, Convergence, Errors: Relative, Absolute, Round off, Truncation. Transcendental and Polyial
equations: Bisection method, Newtons method, Secant method. Rate of convergence of these Methods
Unit-II
System of linear algebraic equations: Gaussian Elimination and Gauss Jordan methods. Gauss Jacobi Method,
Gauss Seidel method and their convergence analysis.
Unit-III
Interpolation: Lagrange and Newtons methods. Error bounds. Finite difFerence operators. Gregory Forward and
backward difference interpolation.
Unit-IV
Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule, Simpsons rule, Simpsons 3/8th rule, Booles Rule. Midpoint rule,
Composite Trapezoidal rule, Composite Simpsons rule. Ordinary DifFerential Equations: Eulers method. Runge-
Kutta methods of orders two and four.

1. Calculate the sum 1/1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/4 + - - - - - - - - - - +1/N.
2. Enter n integers into an array and sort them in an ascending order.
3. Bisection Method.
4. Newton Raphson Method.
5. Secant Method.
6. Regulai Falsi Method.
7. LU decomposition Method.
8.Gauss-Jacobi Method.
9. Gauss-Siedel Method.
10. SOR Method
11. Lagrange Interpolation / Newton Interpolation.
12. Simpsons rule.
Note: For any of the CAS (Computer aided software) Data types-simple data types, floating data types, character
data types, arithmetic operators and operator precedence, variables and constant declarations, expressions,
input/output, relational operators, logical operators and logical expressions, control statements and loop statements,
Arrays should be introduced to the students.
1. B.P. Acharya and R.N. Das, A Course on Numerical Analysis, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi, Ludhiana.
Chapters: 1, 2(2.1 to 2.4, 2.6, 2.8, 2.9), 3(3.1 to 3.4, 3.6 to 3.8, 3.10), 4(4.1, 4.2), 5(5.1, 5.2, 5.3), 6(6.1, 6.2,
6.3, 6.10, 6.11), 7(7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 &7.7).
2. Brian Bradie, A Friendly Introduction to Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, India, 2007.

1. M.K. Jain, S.R.K. Iyengar and R.K. Jain, Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering Computation, 6th
Ed., New age International Publisher, India, 2007.
2. C.F. Gerald and P.O. Wheatley, Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, India, 2008.
3. Uri M. Ascher and Chen Greif, A First Course in Numerical Methods, 7th Ed., PHI Learning Private Limited,
2013.
4. John H. Mathews and Kurtis D. Fink, Numerical Methods using Matlab, 4th Ed., PHI Learning Private Limited,
2012.
95
Semester IV
RIEMANN INTEGRATION AND SERIES OF FUNCTIONS (ANALYSIS-III)
Unit-I
Riemann integration; inequalities of upper and lower sums; Riemann conditions of integrability. Riemann sum and
definition of Riemann integral through Riemann sums; equivalence of two definitions; Riemann integrability of
monotone and continuous functions, Properties of the Riemann integral; definition and integrability of piecewise
continuous and monotone functions. Intermediate Value theorem for Integrals; Fundamental theorems of Calculus.
Unit-II
Improper integrals; Convergence of Beta and Gamma functions.
Unit-III
Pointwise and uniform convergence of sequence of functions. Theorems on continuity, derivability and
integrability of the limit function of a sequence of functions. Series of functions; Theorems on the continuity and
derivability of the sum function of a series of functions; Cauchy criterion for uniform convergence and Weierstrass
M- Test.
Unit-IV
Limit superior and Limit inferior. Power series, radius of convergence, Cauchy Hadamard Theorem,
Differentiation and integration of power series; Abels Theorem; Weierstrass Approximation Theorem.
1. G. Das and S. Pattanayak-Fundamentals of Mathematics Analysis, TMH Publishing Co., Chapters 8,9.

l. K.A. Ross, Elementary Analysis, The Theory of Calculus, Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics, Springer (SIE),
Indian reprint, 2004.
2. R.G. Bartle D.R. Sherbert, Introduction to Real Analysis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.,
Singapore, 2002.
3. Charles G. Denlinger, Elements of Real Analysis, Jones & Bartlett (Student Edition), 2011 .
4. S.c. Mallik and S. Arora-Mathematical Analysis, New Age International Ltd., New Delhi.
5. Shanti Narayan and M.D. Raisinghania-Elements of Real Analysis, S. Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd.
96
Semester IV
RING THEORY AND LINEAR ALGEBRA-I (ALGEBRA-III)
Unit-I
Definition and examples of rings, properties of rings, subrings, integral domains and fields, characteristic of a ring.
Ideal, ideal generated by a subset of a ring, factor rings, operations on ideals, prime ar.d maximal ideals.
Unit-II
Ring homomorphisms, properties of ring homomorphisms, Isomorphism theorems I, II and III, field of quotients.
Unit-III
Vector spaces, subspaces, algebra of subspaces, quotient spaces, linear combination of vectors, linear span, linear
independence, basis and dimension, dimension of subspaces.
Unit-IV
Linear transformations, null space, range, rank and nullity of a linear transformation, matrix representationof a
linear transformation, algebra of linear transformations. Isomorphisms, Isomorphism theorems, invertibility and
isomorphisms, change of coordinate matrix.
l. Joseph A. Gallian, Contemporary Abstract Algebra(4th Edn.), Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
Chapters:12, l3, 14, 15.
2. Stephen H. Friedberg, Arnold J. Insel, Lawrence E. Spence, Linear Algebra, 4th Ed., Prentice- Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2004. Chapters: 1 (l.2-l.6), 2(2.1-2.5).

l. John B. Fraleigh, A First Course in Abstract Algebra, 7th Ed., Pearson, 2002.
2. M. Artin, Abstract Algebra, 2nd Ed., Pearson, 2011.
3. S. Lang, Introduction to Linear Algebra, 2nd Ed., Springer, 2005.
4. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd.
5. S. Kumaresan, Linear Algebra- A Geometric Approach, Prentice Hall of India,1999.
6. Kenneth Hoffman, Ray Alden Kunze, Linear Algebra, 2nd Ed., Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1971.
7. I.N. Herstein-Topics in Algebra, Wiley Eastern Pvt. Ltd.
97
3rd Year
Semester V
MULTIVARIATE CALCULUS (CALCULUS-II)
Unit-I
Functions of several variables, limit and continuity of functions of two variables Partial differentiation, total
differentiability and differentiability, sufficient condition for differentiability. Chain rule for one and two
independent parameters, directional derivatives, the gradient, maximal and normal property of the gradient, tangent
planes. Extrema of functions of two variables, method of Lagrange multipliers, constrained optimization problems,
Definition of vector field, divergence and curl
Unit-II
Extrema of functions of two variables, method of Lagrange multipliers, constrained optimization problems,
Definition of vector field, divergence and curl.
Unit-III
Double integration over rectangular region, double integration over non-rectangular region, Double integrals in
polar co-ordinates, Triple integrals, Triple integral over a parallelepiped and solid regions. Volume by triple
integrals, cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates. Change of variables in double integrals
and triple integrals.
Unit-IV
Line integrals, Applications of line integrals: Mass and Work. Fundamental theorem for line integrals, conservative
vector fields, independence of path. Greens theorem, surface integrals, integrals over parametrically defined
surfaces. Stokes theorem, The Divergence theorem.
1. M.J. Strauss, G.L. Bradley and K. J. Smith, Calculus, 3rd Ed., Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.
Ltd.(Pearson Education), Delhi, 2007. Chapters: 11(11.1(Pages: 541-543),11.2-11.6, 1l.7(Pages:598- 605),
11.8(Pages:610-614)), 12 (12.1, -12.3, 12.4(Pages:652-660), 12.5, 12.6), 13 (13.2, 13.3, 13.4(Pages:712-
716), 13.5(Pages:723-726; 729-730),13.6 (Pages:733-737), 13.7(Pages:742 ..745)) .

1. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus, 9th Ed., Pearson Education, Delhi, 2005.
2. E. Marsden, A.J. Tromba and A. Weinstein, Basic Multivariable Calculus, Springer (SIE), Indian reprint, 2005.
3. Santosh K. Sengar-Advanced Calculus, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd.
98
Semester V
PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
Unit-I
Sample space, probability axioms, real random variables (discrete and continuous), cumulative distribution
function, probability mass/density functions, mathematical expectation, moments, moment generating function,
characteristic function.
Unit-II
Discrete distributions: uniform, binomial, Poisson, geometric, negative binomial, continuous distributions:
uniform, normal, exponential. Joint cumulative distribution function and its properties, joint probability density
functions, marginal and conditional distributions.
Unit-III
Expectation of function of two random variables, conditional expectations, independent random variables,
bivariate normal distribution, correlation coefficient, joint moment generating function (jmgf) and calculation of
covariance (from jmgf), linear regression for two variables.
Unit-IV
Chebyshevs inequality, statement and interpretation of (weak) law of large numbers and strong law of large
numbers, Central Limit theorem for independent and identically distributed random variables with finite variance,
Markov Chains, Chapman-Kolmogorov equations, classification of states.
l. Robert V. Hogg, Joseph W. McKean and Allen T. Craig, Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, Pearson
Education, Asia, 2007. Chapters: 1(l.1, l.3. l.5-l.9), 2(2.1, 2.3-2.5).
2. Irwin Miller and Marylees Miller, John E. Freund, Mathematical Statistics with Applications, 7th Ed., Pearson
Education, Asia, 2006. Chapters: 4, 5(5.1-5.5, 5.7), 6(6.2,6.3, 6.5-6.7), 14(14.1, 14.2)
3. Sheldon Ross, Introduction to Probability Models, 9th Ed., Academic Press, Indian Reprint, 2007.
Chapters:2(2.7),4(4.1-4.3).

l. Alexander M. Mood, Franklin A. Graybill and Duane C. Boes, Introduction to the Theory of Statistics, 3rd Ed.,
Tata McGraw- Hill, Reprint 2007.
2. S.c. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor-Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, S. Chand and Company Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi.
3. S. Ross-A First Course in Probability, Pearson Education.
99
Semester VI
METRIC SPACES AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS (ANALYSIS-IV)
Unit-I
Metric spaces: definition and examples. Sequences in metric spaces, Cauchy sequences. Complete Metric Spaces.
Open and closed balls, neighbourhood, open set, interior of a set. Limit point of a set, closed set, diameter of a set,
Cantors theorem. Subspaces, dense sets, separable spaces. Continuous mappings, sequential criterion and other
characterizations of continuity. Uniform continuity. Horneomorphism, Contraction mappings, Banach Fixed point
Theorem. Connectedness, connected subsets of R.
Unit-II
Properties of complex numbers, regions in the complex plane, functions of complex variable, mappings.
Derivatives, differentiation formulas, Cauchy-Riemann equations, sufficient conditions for differentiability.
Unit-III
Analytic functions, examples of analytic functions, exponential function, Logarithmic function, trigonometric
function, derivatives of functions, definite integrals of functions. Contours, Contour integrals and its examples,
upper bounds for moduli of contour integrals. Cauchy- Goursat theorem, Cauchy integral formula.
Unit-IV
Liouvilles theorem and the fundamental theorem of algebra. Convergence of sequences and series, Taylor series
and its examples. Laurent series and its examples, absolute and uniform convergence of power series.
1. P.K. Jain and K. Ahmad, Metric Spaces, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi. Chapters: 2(1-9), 3(1-4),4(1-
4),6(1-2), 7(1 only).
2. James Ward Brown and Ruel V. Churchill, Complex Variables and Applications, 8th Ed., McGraw Hill
International Edition, 2009. Chapters: 1(11 only), 2(12,13), 2(15-22, 24, 25), 3(29, 30, 34) 4(37-41, 43-46, 50-53),
5(55-60, 62,63,66).

1. Satish Shirali and Harikishan L. Vasudeva, Metric Spaces, Springer Verlag, London, 2006.
2. S. Kumaresan, Topology of Metric Spaces, 2nd Ed., Narosa Publishing House, 2011.
3. S. Ponnusamy-Foundations of Complex Analysis, Alpha Science International Ltd.
4. J.B. Conway-Functions of one complex variable, Springer.
5. N. Das- Complex Function Theory, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai.
100
Semester VI
LINEAR PROGRAMMING
Unit-I
Introduction to linear programming problem, Theory of simplex method, optimality and unboundedness, the
simplex algorithm, simplex method in tableau format, introduction to artificial variables, twophase method, BigM
method and their comparison.
Unit-II
Duality, formulation of the dual problem, primal-dual relationships, economic interpretation of the dual.
Unit-III
Transportation problem and its mathematical formulation, northwestcorner method least cost method and Vogel
approximation method for determination of starting basic solution, algorithm for solving transportation problem,
assignment problem and its mathematical formulation, Hungarian method for solving assignment problem.
Unit-IV
Game theory: formulation of two person zero sum games, solving two person zero sum games. Games with mixed
strategies, graphical solution procedure, linear programming solution of games.
1. Mokhtar S. Bazaraa, John J. Jarvis and Hanif D. Sherali, Linear Programming and Network Flows, 2nd Ed.,
John Wiley and Sons, India, 2004. Chapters:3(3.2-3.3, 3.5-3.8), 4(4.1-4.4), 6(6.1-6.3).
2. F.5. Hillier and G.J. Lieberman, Introduction to Operations Research, 9th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, Singapore,
2009. Chapter:14
3. Hamdy A. Taha, Operations Research, An Introduction, 8th Ed., PrenticeHall India, 2006. Chapter: 5(5.1, 5.3,
5.4).
1. G. Hadley, Linear Programming, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Kanti Swarup, P.K. Gupta and Man Mohan-Operations Research, S. Chand and Co. Pvt. Ltd.
3. N.v.R. Naidu, G. Rajendra and T. Krishna Rao-Operations Research, I.K. lnternational Publishing House Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, Bangalore.
4. R. Veerachamy and V. Ravi Kumar-Operations Research- I.K. International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, Bangalore.
5. P.K. Gupta and D.5. Hira-Operations Research, S. Chand and Company Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
101
2nd Year
Semester III
MATHEMATICS
Skill Enhancement Courses(SEC)
SEC-I
THEORY OF EQUATIONS
Unit-l
Preliminary,properties of equations, Descartes' Rule of Signs,relations between roots and coefficients, application
to the solution of an equation ,symmetric functions of the roots.
Unit-II
Transformation of equations.transformation in general,multiple roots,sum of powers of roots,reciprocal
equations.
Unit-III
Cubic Eqcations-Algebraic solutions,solution of the cubic, nature of the roots of cubic, nature of the roots from
Cardan's solution.application of Cardan's method to numerical examples expressing the cubic as a difference of
two cubes,solution by symmetric functions of roots.
Unit-IV
Biquadratic equations:-Roots of biquadratic in terms of M,solutions by radicals
A TEXT BOOKON ALGEBRAAND THEORYOF EQUATIONS CHANDRIKA PRASAD.
POTHISHALA PRIVATE LIMITED, 2, LAJPAT ROAD, ALLAHABAD 211002
Semester III
MATHEMATICS
Skill Enhancement Courses(SEC)
SEC-II
LOGIC AND SETS
Unit-I
Introduction, propositions, truth table, negation, conjunction and disjunction. Implications, biconditional
propositions, converse, contra positive and inverse propositions and precedence of logical operators. Propositional
equivalence: logical equivalence.
Unit-II
Predicates and quantifiers: introduction, quantifiers, binding variables and negations. Sets, subsets, set operations
and the laws of set theory and Venn diagrams.
Unit-III
Example of finite and infinite sets. Finite set and counting principle. Empty set, properties of empty set. Standard
set operations. Classes of sets. Power set of a set. Difference and symmetric difference of two sets. Set identities.
Generalized union and intersections.
Unit-IV
Relation, product set, composition of relations, types of relations, partitions, equivalence relations with examples
of congruence modulo relation, partial orders relations, and nary relations.
1. R.P.Grimaldi-Discrete mathematics and combinatorial mathematics, Pearson education.199B.
2. P.R Halmos-Naive set theory, springer, 1974.
3. E.kamke-theory of sets, dover publishers, 1950.
102
3rd Year
Semester V
MATHEMATICS
Discipline Specific Electives (DES)
DSE-I
PROGRAMMING IN C++ (COMPULSORY)
Unit-I
Introduction to structured programming: data types- simple data types, floating data types, character data types,
string data types, arithmetic operators and operators precedence, variables and constant declarations
Unit-II
Expressions, input using the extraction operator U. and cin, output using the insertion operator i i and cout,
preprocessor directives
Unit-III
increment(++) and decrement( -) operations, creating a C++ program, input, output, relational operators, logical
operators and logical expressions, if and if-else statement, switch and break statements. for, while and do-while
loops and continue statement, nested control statement
Unit-IV
Value returning functions, value versus reference parameters, local and global variables, one dimensional array,
two dimensional array, pointer data and pointer variables.
1. D. S. Malik: C++ Programming Language, Edition-2009, Course Technology, Cengage Learning, India Edition.
Chapters: 2(Pages:37-95), 3(Pages:96-129), 4(Pages: 134-178), 5(Pages: 181-2:i6), 6, 7(Pages:287-304), 9 (pages:
357-390), 14(Pages:594-600).

1. E. Balaguruswami: Object oriented programming with C++, fifth edition, T3t3 McGraw Hiil Education Pvt.
Ltd.
2. R. Johnsonbaugh and M. Kalin-Applications Programming in ANSI C, Pearson Education.
3. S. B. Lippman and J. Lajoie, C++ Primer, 3rd Ed., Addison Wesley, 2000.
4. Bjame Stroustrup , The C++ Programming Language, 3rd Ed., Addison Welsley.
Part-II(Practical, Marks:25)
List of Practicals (Using any software)
PracticalfLab work to be performed on a Computer.
1. Calculate the Sum of the series + + . . + for any positive integer N
2. Write a user defined function to find the absolute value of an integer and use it to evaluate the function (-
1) /| |, for n = -2, -1,0,1,2.
3. Calculate the factorial of any natural number.
4. Read floating numbers and compute two averages: the average of negative numbers and the average of
positive numbers.
5. Write a program that prompts the user to input a positive integer. It should then output a message indicating
whether the number is a prime number.
6. Write a program that prompts the user to input the value of a, band c involved in the equation ax! + bx + c = 0
and outputs the type of the roots of the equation. Also the program should outputs all the roots of the equation.
7. write a program that generates random integer between 0 and 99. Given that first two Fibonacci numbers areO
and 1, generate all Fibonacci numbers less than or equal to generated number
8. Write a program that does the following:
a. Prompts the user to input five decimal numbers.
b. Prints the five decimal numbers.
c. Converts each decimal number to the nearest integer.
d. Adds these five integers.
e. Prints the sum and average of them.
9. Write a program that uses whileloops to perform the following steps:
a. Prompt the user to input two integers: first Num and second Num (first Num shall be less than second Num).
b. Output all odd and even numbers between first Num and second Num.
c. Output the sum of all even numbers between first Num and second Num.
d. Output the sum of the square of the odd numbers firs Nurn and second Num.
103
e. Output all uppercase letters corresponding to the numbers between first Num and second Nurn, if any.
10. Write a program that prompts the user to input five decimal numbers. The program should the" add the five
decimal numbers, convert the sum to the nearest integer, and print the result
11. Write a program that prompts the user to enter the lengths of three sides of a triangle and then outputs a
message indicating whether the triangle is a right triangleor a scalene triangle.
12. Write a value returning function smaller to determine the smallest number from a set of numbers.
Use this function to determine the smallest number from a set of 10 numbers.
13. Write a function that takes as a parameter an integer (as a long value) and returns the number of odd, even,
and zero digits. Also write a program to test your function.
14. Enter 100 integers into an array and short them in an ascending/ descending order and print the largest/
smallest integers.
15. Enter 10 integers into an array and then search for a particular integer in. the array.
16. Multiplication/ Addition of two matrices using two dimensional arrays.
17. Using arrays, read the vectors of the following type: A = (12345678). B = (02340156) and compute the
product and addition of these vectors.
18. Read from a text file and write to a text file.
19. Write a function, reverse Digit, that takes an integer as a parameter and returns the number with its digits
reversed. For example', the value of function reverse Digit1234.5 is 54321 and the value of reverse Digit -532 is -
235.
104
Semester V
MATHEMATICS
DSE-II
MATHEMATICAL MODELLING
Unit-I
Simple situations requiring Mathematical modelling. The technique of Mathematical modelling, Mathematical
modelling through differential equations, linear growth and decay models, non-linear growth and decay models,
compartment models, Mathematical modelling of geometrical problems through ordinary differential equations
Unit-II
Mathematical modelling in population dynamics, Mathematical modelling of epidemics through systems of
ordinary differential equations of first order, compartment models through systems of ordinary differential
equations, Mathematical modelling in economics through systems of ordinary differential equations of first order.
Unit-III
Mathematical models in medicine, arms race, battles and international trade in terms of systems of ordinary
differential equations, Mathematical modelling of planetary motions, Mathematical modeling of circular motion
and motion of satellites, mathematical modelling through linear differential equations of second order.
Unit-IV
Situation giving rise to partial differential equations models, mass balance equations: First method of getting PDE
models, momentum balance equations. The second method of obtaining partial differential models, variational
principles, third function, fourth method of obtaining partial differential equation models, models for traffic flow of
a highway. Situation that can be modelled through graphs, mathematical models in terms of directed graphs,
optimization principles and techniques, Mathematical modeling through calculus of variations.
1. J.N. Kapur-Mathematical Modelling, Chapters: 1(1.1 and 1.2), 2(2.1 to 2.4, 2.6), 3(3.1 to 3.5), 4(4.1 to
4.3),6 (6.1 to 6.6), 7(7.1 to 7.2), 9(9.1 and 9.2).
105
Semester VI
MATHEMATICS
DSE-III
DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY
Unit-I
Theory of Space Curves: Space curves, Planer curves, Curvature, torsion and Serret-Frenet formulae.
Osculating circles, Osculating circles and spheres. Existence of space curves. Evolutes and involutes of curves.
Unit-II
Oscuiating circles, Osculating circles and spheres. Existence of space curves. Evolutes and involutes of curves.
Unit-III
Developables: Developable associated with space curves and curveson surfaces, Minimal surfaces.
Unit-IV
Theory of Surfaces: Parametric curves on surfaces. Direction coefficients. First and second Fundamental
forms. Principal and Gaussian curvatures. Lines of curvature, Eulers theorem. Rodrigues formula,
Conjugate and Asymptotic lines.
1. C.E. Weatherburn, Differential Geometry of Three Dimensions, Cambridge University Press 2003.
Chapters:1(1-4, 7,8.10), 2(13,14,16,17),3,4(29-31,35,37,38).
Books for References
1. T.J. Willmore, An Introduction to Differential Geometry, Dover Publications, 2012.
2. S. Lang, Fundamentals of Differential Geometry, Springer, 1999.
3. B. O'Neill, Elementary Differential Geometry, 2nd Ed., Academic Press, 2006.
4. A.N. Pressley-Elementary Differential Geometry, Springer.
5. B.P. Acharya and R.N. Das-Fundamentals of Differential Geometry, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana. New
Delhi.
Semester VI
MATHEMATICS
DSE- IV
Viva 20 Marks
106
PHYSICS COURSE STRUCTURE

Exam
First Year
1st sem. C.C. I MATHEMATICAL PHYSIC - I 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. II MECHANICS 75 3
PRACTICAL 75 3
2nd Sem. C.C. III ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. IV WAVES AND OPTICS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
Second Year
3rd Sem. C.C. V MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS - II 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. VI THERMAL PHYSICS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. VII ANALOG SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
4th Sem. C.C. VIII MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS-III 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. IX ELEMENTS OF MODERN PHYSICS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. X DIGITAL SYSTEMS & APPLICATIONS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
Third Year
5th Sem. C.C. XI QUANTUM MECHANICS AND 75 3
APPLICATIONS
PRACTIVAL 25 3
C.C. XII SOLID STATE PHYSICS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
6th Sem. C.C. XIII ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. XIV STATISTICAL MECHANICS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
2nd Year
3rd Sem. SEC I 50 3
4th Sem. SEC II INSTRUMENTATION SKILLS / 50 3
RENEWABLE ENERGY AND ENERGY
HARVESTING / APPLIED OPTICS
3rd Year
5th Sem. DSE I CLASSICAL DYNAMICS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
DSE II NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
6th Sem. DSE III COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS/NANO 75 3
MATERIALS AND
APPLICATIONS/BIOPHYSICS
PRACTICAL 25 3
107
1st Year
Semester I
Core Course : PHYSICS
MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS-I
The emphasis of course is on applications in solving problems of interest to physicists. Thestudents are to be
examined entirely on the basis of problems, seen and unseen.
Unit-I: Differential equations: First Order Differential Equations and Integrating Factor. Homogeneous Equations
with constant coefficients. Wronskian and general solution.
Calcul us offunctions of more than one variable: Partial derivatives, exact and inexactdifferentials. Integrating
factor, with simple illustration.
Dirac Delta function and its properties:
Definition of Dirac delta function. Representation as limit of a Gaussian function andrectangular function.
Properties of Dirac delta function.
Unit -II : Introduction to probability:
Independent random variables: Probability distribution functions; binomial, Gaussian,and Poisson, with examples,
Mean and variance. Dependent events: Conditional Probability, Bayes' Theorem Recapitulation of vectors:
Properties of vectors under rotations. Scalar product and itsinvariance under rotations. Vector product, Scalar triple
product and their interpretationin terms of area and volume respectively.Scalar and Vector fields.
Unit - III : Vector Differentiation: Directional derivatives and normal derivative.Gradient of ascalar field and its
geometrical interpretation.Divergence and curl of a vector field. Deland Laplacian operators. Vector identities.
Orthogonal Curvilinear Coordinates:
Orthogonal Curvilinear Coordinates. Derivation of Gradient, Divergence, Curl andl.aplacian in Cartesian,
Spherical and Cylindrical Coordinate Systems.
Unit -IV : Vector Integration: Ordinary Integrals of Vectors. Multiple integrals, Jacobian.Notionof infinitesimal
line, surface and volume elements. Line, surface and volume integralsofVector fields. Flux ofa vector field. Gauss'
divergence theorem, Green's and StokesTheorems and their applications (no rigorous proofs).
I.Mathematical Methods for Physicists, G.B. Arfken, H.J. Weber, F.E. Harris, 2013, 7th Edn., Elsevier.
2.An introduction to ordinary differential equations, E.A. Coddington, 2009, PHI learning
3.Differential Equations, George F. Simmons, 2007, McGraw Hill.
4.Mathematical Tools for Physics. James Nearing, 2010, Dover Publications.
5.Mathematical methods for Scientists and Engineers, D..A. McQuarrie, 2003, Viva Book
6.Advanced Engineering Mathematics, D.G. Zill and W.S. Wright,S Ed., 2012, Jones
and Bartlett Learning
7.Mathematical Physics. Goswarni, 151 edition, Cengage Learning
8.Engineering Mathematics, S.Pal and S.c. Bhunia, 20 IS, Oxford University Press.
9.Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, 2008, Wiley India.
Additional Book for Reference:

1. Introduction to Mathematical physics ,C Happer PHI.
2. Introduction to Mathematical Physics and Special Theory of Relativity, M Das ,P K Jena,
Srikrishna Publication
3. Mathematical Physics, SatyaPrakash.
4. Mathematical Physics, B D Gupta.
5. Mathematical Physics, Mary L Boas.
108
PRACTICAL
The aim of this Lab is not just to teach computer programming and numerical analysis but to emphasize its role in
solving problems in Physics.
Highlights the use of computational methods to solve physical problems
The course will consist of lectures (both theory and practical) in the Lab
Evaluation done not on the programming but on the basis offormulating the problem
Aim at teaching students to construct the computational problem to be solved
Students can use anyone operating system Linux or Microsoft Windows
Introduction and Overview

Computer architecture and organization, memory and Input/output devices
Basics of Scientific Computing
Binary and decimal arithmetic, Floating point numbers, algorithms, Sequence, Selection and Repetition, single and
double precision arithmetic, underflow &overflow emphasize the importance of making equations in terms of
dimensionless variables, Iterative methods
Errors and Error Analysis
Truncation and round off errors, Absolute and relative errors, Floating point computations
Review of C & C++ Programming fundamentals
Introduction to Programming, constants, variables and
Programming fundamentals data types, operators and Expressions, I/O statements, scanf and printf, c in and c out,
Manipulators for data formatting, Control statements (decision making and looping statements) (If-statement. If-
else Statement. Nested if Structure. Else-if Statement. Ternary Operator. Go-to Statement. Switch Statement.
Unconditional and Conditional Looping. While Loop. Do-While Loop. FOR Loop. Break and Continue
Statements. Nested Loops),Arrays (lD & 2D) and strings, user defined functions, Structures and Unions,
Idea of classes and objects
Programs
Sum & average of a list of numbers, largest of a givenlist of numbers and its location in the list, sorting of numbers
in ascending descending order, Binary search
Random number generation
Area of circle, area of square, volume of sphere, value of pi ()
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Numerical Analysis, S.S. Sastry, s" Edn .2012, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
2. Schaum's Outline of Programming with C++. J. Hubbard, 2000, McGraw-Hill Pub.
3. Numerical Recipes in C: The Art of Scientific Computing, W.H. Pressetal, 3rd Edn., 2007, Cambridge University
Press.
4. A first course in Numerical Methods, U.M. Ascher & C. Greif, 2012, PHI Learning.
5. Elementary Numerical Analysis, K.E. Atkinson, 3rd Edn. , 2007, Wiley India Edition.
6. Numerical Methods for Scientists & Engineers, R. W. Hamm ing, 1973, Courier Dover Pub.
7. An Introduction to computational Physics, T.Pang, 2nd Edn. , 2006,Cambridge Univ. Press
8. Computational Physics, Darren Walker, I sr Edn., 2015, Scientific International Pvt. Ltd.
109
Semester I
MECHANICS
Unit-I: Non-Inertial Systems: Non-inertial frames and fictitious forces. Uniformly rotatingframe.Laws of Physics
in rotating coordinate systems. Centrifugal force.Coriolis forceand its applications.
Rotational Dynamics: Angular momentum of a particle and system of particles.Torque.Principle of conservation
of angular momentum. Rotation about a fixed axis.Moment ofInertia.CaJculation of moment of inertia for
rectangular, cylindrical andspherical bodies.Kinetic energy of rotation.Motion involving both translation
androtation.
Unit-II: Gravitation and Central Force Motion: Law of gravitation. Gravitational potentialenergy.Inertial and
gravitational mass.Potential and field due to spherical shell andsolid sphere.Motion of a particle under a central
force field.Two-body problem and its reduction toone-body problem and its solution. The energy equation and
energy diagram. Kepler'sl.aws.Satellite in circular orbit and applications. Geosynchronous orbits.
Weightlessness.Basic idea of global positioning system (GPS).
Unit-III: Elasticity: Relation between Elastic constants. Twisting torque on a Cylinder or Wire.
Fluid Motion: Kinematics of Moving Fluids: Poiseuille's Equation for Flow of a Liquidthrough a Capillary Tube.
Oscillations: SHM: Simple Harmonic Oscillations. Differential equation of SHM and its~olution.Kinetic energy,
potential energy, total energy and their time-average values.Damped oscillation. Forced oscillations: Transient and
steady states; Resonance,sharpness of resonance; power dissipation and Quality Factor.
Unit-IV : Special Theory of Relativity: Reference frames. Inertial frames; Review of Newton'sLaws of
Motion.Galilean transformations; Galilean invariance.Michelson-Morley Experiment and its outcome.Postulates of
Special Theory of Relativity.Lorentz Transformations.Simultaneity andorder of events. Lorentz contraction.Time
dilation. Relativistic transformation ofyelocity, frequency and wave number.Relativistic addition of velocities.
Variation ofmass with velocity. Massless Particles. Mass-energy Equivalence. Relativistic Dopplereffect.
Relativistic Kinematics.Transformation of Energy and Momentum.
I.Classical Mechanics, Herbert Goldstein, Pearson.
2. Classical Mechanics ,Gupta ,Kumar, Sharma, Pragati Prakashan
3.Physics, Resnick,Halliday and Walker 8/e. 2008, Wiley.
4.Classical Dynamics of particles and systems, S.T.Thronton, J.B.Marion, Cengage Learning.
S.Feynman Lectures, Vol. 1, R.P.Feynman, R.B.Leighton, M.Sands, 2008, Pearson Education
6.lntroduction to Special Relativity, R. Resnick, 2005, John Wiley and Sons.
7. Classical Mechanics, lC. Uppadhyaya, Himalaya Publishing House
Additional Books for Reference
I.Mechanics, D.S. Mathur, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2000
2.University Physics. F.W Sears, M.W Zemansky, H.D Young 13/e, 1986, Addison Wesley
3.Physics for scientists and Engineers with Modern Phys., J.W. Jewett, R.A. Serway,
4.Theoretical Mechanics, M.R. Spiegel, 2006, Tata McGraw Hill.
PRACTICAL
I. Measurements of length (or diameter) using vernier caliper, screw gauge and travelling microscope.
2. To study the random error in observations.
3. To determine the height of a building using a Sextant.
4. To study the Motion of Spring and calculate (a) Spring constant, (b) g and (c) Modulus ofrigidity.
5. To determine the Moment of Inertia of a Flywheel.
7. To determine Coefficient ofYiscosity of water by Capillary Flow by Poiseuille's method.
8. To determine the Young's Modulus of a Wire by Optical Lever Method.
9. To determine the Modulus of Rigidity of a Wire by Maxwell's needle.
10. To determine the elastic Constants of a wire by Searle's method.
11. To determine the value of g using Bar Pendulum.
12. To determine the value of g using Kater's Pendu lum.
Reference Books
Advanced Practical Physics for students, B. L. Flint and H.T. Worsnop, 1971, Asia Publishing House
Advanced level Physics Practicals, Michael Nelson and Jon M. Ogborn, 4th Edition, reprinted 1985, Heinemann
Educational Publishers
A Text Book of Practical Physics, I.Prakash & Ramakrishna, 11th Edn, 2011, Kifab Mahal
Engineering Practical Physics, S.Panigrahi & B.Mallick,2015, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd.
Practical Physics, G.L. Squires, 2015, 4th Edition, Cambridge University Press
110
Semester II
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
Unit-I : Electric Field and Electric Potential
Electric field: Electric field lines. Electric flux.Gauss' Law with applications to chargedistributions with spherical,
cylindrical and planar symmetry.Conservative nature of Electrostatic Field.Electrostatic Potential.Laplace's and
Poissonequations.The Uniqueness Theorem.Potential and Electric Field of a dipole. Force andTorque on a dipole.
Electrostatic energy of system of charges. Electrostatic energy of a charged sphere. Conductors in an electrostatic
Field. Surface charge and force on a conductor.Capacitance of a system of charged conductors.Parallel-plate
capacitor.Capacitance of an isolated conductor.
Unit-II: Dielectric Properties of Matter: Electric Field in matter. Polarization, PolarizationCharges.Electrical
Susceptibility and Dielectric Constant. Capacitor (parallel plate,spherical, cylindrical) filled withdielectric.
Displacement vector D. Relations between E, P and D. Gauss' Law in dielectrics.
Magnetic Properties of Matter: Magnetization vector (M). Magnetic Intensity (H).Magnetic Susceptibility and
permeability.Relation between B, H, M. Ferromagnetism.B-H curve and hysteresis.
Unit-III: Magnetic Field: Magnetic force between current elements and definition of Magnetic Field B.
Biot-Savart's Law and its simple applications: straight wire and circular loop.Current Loop as a Magnetic Dipole
and its Dipole Moment (Analogy with ElectricDipole). Ampere's Circuital Law and its application to (I) Solenoid
and (2) Toroid.Properties of B: curl and divergence. Vector Potential.Magnetic Force on (I) pointcharge (2) current
carrying wire (3) between current elements. Torque on a current loopin a uniform Magnetic Field.
Ballistic Galvanometer: Torque on a current Loop. Ballistic Galvanometer: Current:nd Charge Sensitivity.
Electromagnetic damping.Logarithmic damping.CDR.
Unit-IV: Electromagnetic Induction: Faraday's Law. Lenz's Law.Self Inductance and Mutuaj
lnductance.Reciprocity Theorem. Energy stored in a Magnetic Field. Introduction toMaxwell's Equations. Charge
Conservation and Displacement current.
Network theorems: Ideal Constant-voltage and Constant-current Sources. NetworkTheorems: Thevenin
theorem, Norton theorem, Superposition theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Maximum Power Transfertheorem.
Applications to de circuits.
AC Circuits: AC Circuits: Kirchhoff's laws for AC circuits. Complex Reactance and Impedance. Series
LCR Circuit: Resonance, Power Dissipation and,Quality Factor, and Band Width. Parallel LCR Circuit.
I.Electricity, Magnetism & Electromagnetic Theory, S. Mahajan and Choudhury,
2012, Tata McGraw
2.Electromagnetics, B. B. Laud, New Age International Publishers.
3.Introduction to Electrodynamics, DJ. Griffiths, 3rd Edn., 1998, Benjamin Cummings.
4.Feynman Lectures Vol.2, R.P.Feynman, R.B.Leighton, M. Sands, 2008, Pearson Education
5.Elements of Electro magnetics, M.N.O. Sadiku, 2010, Oxford University Press.
6. Electricity and Magnetism, DC Tayal, Himalayan Publishing House
7. Electromagnetism Theory and applications, A. Pramanik, PHI
PRACTICAL
I. Use a Multimeter for measuring (a) Resistances, (b) AC and DC Voltages, (c) DC
Current, (d) Capacitances, and (e) Checking electrical fuses.
2. To study the characteristics of a series RC Circuit.
3. To determine an unknown Low Resistance using Potentiometer.
4. To determine an unknown Low Resistance using Carey Foster's Bridge.
5. To compare capacitances using De'Sauty's bridge.
6. Measurement offield strength B and its variation in a solenoid (determine dB/dx)
7. To verify the Thevenin and Norton theorems.
8. Measurement of charge and current sensitivity and COR of Ballistic Galvanometer
9. Determine a high resistance by leakage method using Ballistic Galvanometer.
10. To determine self-inductance of a coil by Rayleigh's method.
Reference Books:
Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L. Flint and H.T. Worsnop, 1971, Asia Publishing House
A Text Book of Practical Physics, LPrakash & Ramakrishna, II th Ed., 2011, Kitab Mahal.
Advanced level Physics Practicals, Michael Nelson and Jon M. Ogborn, 4thEdition, eprinted 1985, Heinemann Educational Publishers
Engineering Practical Physics, S.Panigrahi and B.Mallick, 2015, Cengage Learning.
A Laboratory Manual of Physics for undergraduate classes, D.P.Khandelwal, 1985, Vani Pub.
111
Semester II
WAVES AND OPTICS
Unit-I : Wave Motion: Plane and Spherical Waves. Longitudinal and Transverse Waves.PlaneProgressive
(Travelling) Waves. Wave Equation.Particle and Wave Velocities.Differential Equation.Pressure of a Longitudinal
Wave/Energy Transport/Intensity ofWave. Water Waves: Ripple and Gravity Waves.
Superposition of Collinear Harmonic oscillations: Linearity and SuperpositionPrinciple.Superposition of two
collinear oscillations having (1) equal frequencies and(2) different frequencies (Beats).
Superposition of N collinear Harmonic Oscillationswith (1) equal phase differences and (2) equal frequency
differences.
Superposition of two perpendicular Harmonic Oscillations: Graphical and AnalyticalMethods.
Lissajous Figures with equal an unequal frequency and their uses.
Unit-II : Geometrical Optics: Fermat's principle, reflection and refraction at plane surface, Matrix formulation of
optics, cardinal points, application to thin &thick lens, Ramsden's and Huygens's eyepiece, Brief idea
about aberration, seidel aberration (spherical aberration) ,chromatic aberration, achromatism, total
internal reflection, mirage and looming, Idea of dispersion, primary and secondary rainbow.
Unit-III : Wave Optics: Electromagnetic nature of light.Definition and properties of wave
front.HuygensPrinciple.Temporal and Spatial Coherence.
Interference: Division of amplitude and wavefront. Young's double slit experiment.Lloyd's Mirror and Fresnel's
Biprism. Phase change on reflection: Stokes' treatment.lnterference in Thin Films: parallel and wedge-shaped
films. Fringes of equal inclination(Haidinger Fringes); Fringes of equal thickness (Fizeau Fringes). Newton's
Rings:Measurement of wavelength and refractive index.
Interferometer: Michelson Interferometer-(1) Idea ofform of fringes (No theoryrequired), (2) Determination of
Wavelength, (3) Wavelength Difference, (4) Refractivelndex, and (5) Visibility of Fringes. Fabry-Perot
interferometer.
Unit-IV: Fresnel Diffraction: Fresnel's Assumptions. Fresnel's Half-Period Zones for Plane Wave. Explanation of
Rectilinear Propagation of Light. Theory of a Zone Plate: Multiple Foci of a Zone Plate. Fresnel's
integral, Fresnel diffraction pattern of a straight edge, a slit and a wire.
Fraunhoffer diffraction: Circular aperture, Single slit, double slit, N-slit, . Diffraction grating. Resolving power
of grating and telescope.
l.Waves: Berkeley Physics Course, vol. 3, Francis Crawford, 2007, Tata McGraw-HilI.
2.Fundamentals of Optics, F.A. Jenkins and H.E. White, 1981, McGraw-Hill
3.Principles of Optics, Max Born and Emil Wolf, 7'hEdn., 1999, Pergamon Press.
4.0ptics, AjoyGhatak, 2008, Tata McGraw Hill
5.The Physics ofYibrations and Waves, H. J. Pain, 2013, John Wiley and Sons.
6.The Physics of Waves and Oscillations, N.K. Bajaj, 1998, Tata McGraw Hill.
7.Fundamental of Optics, A. Kumar, H.R. Gulati and D.R. Khanna, 2011, R. Chand Publications.
8. Optics, E. Hecht, Pearson.
9. A Text Book Of Optics, M.N. Avadhanulu and Brij LaJ, S Chand.
PRACTICAL
1. To determine the frequency of tuning fork by Melde's experiment and verify,,? - T law.
2. To study Lissajous Figures.
3. Familiarization with: Schuster's focusing; determination of angle of prism.
4. To determine refractive index of the Material of a prism using sodium source.
5. To determine Cauchy constants of the material of a prism using mercury source.
6. To determine the wavelength of sodium source using Michelson's interferometer.
7. To determine wavelength of sodium light using Fresnel Biprism.
8. To determine wavelength of sodium light using Newton's Rings.
9. To determine wavelength of (1) Na source and (2) spectral lines of Hg source using plane diffraction grating.
10.To determine dispersive power and resolving power of a plane diffraction grating.
Reference Books
Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L. Flint and H.T. Worsnop, 1971, Asia Publishing House
A Text Book of Practical Physics, I. Prakash & Ramakrishna, IIth Ed., 2011, Kitab Mahal
Advanced level Physics Practicals, Michael Nelson and Jon M. Ogborn, 4th Edition, reprinted 1985, Heinemann
A Laboratory Manual of Physics for undergraduate classes, D.P.Khandelwal, 1985, Vani Pub.
112
2nd Year
Semester III
Core Course (C.C.) V
MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS-II
Unit--I
Fourier Series: Periodic functions. Orthogonality of sine and cosine functions, Dirichlet Conditions. Expansion of
periodic functions in a series of sine andcosine functions and determination of Fourier coefficients.Complex
representation of Fourier series Even and odd functions and their Fourier expansions. Application: Summing of
Infinite Series. Parseval Identity.
Unit-II
Some Special Integrals: Beta and Gamma Functions and Relation between them. Expression of Integrals in term
of Gamma Functions.
Partial Differential Equations: Solutions to partial differential equation. using separation or variables: Laplace's
Equation in problems of rectangular, cylindrical and spherical symmetry
Unit-III
Frobenius Method and Special Functions: Singular Points of Second Order Linear Differential Equations.
Frobenius method and its applications to differential equations. Legendre. Bes el. Hermite and Laguerre
Differential Equations.Properties of Legendre Polynomials: Rodrigues Formula. Generating Function, Orthogonal
ity. Simple recurrence relations. Expansion of function in a series of Legendre Polynomials.
Unit-IV
Application of Partial Differential Equations to Waves: Wave equation and its solution for vibrational modes
ofa stretched string. Velocity of Transverse Vibrations of Stretched Strings. Clocity of Longitudinal Waves in a
Fluid in a Pipe. ewton's Formula for Velocity of Sound.l.aplaces Correction.Standing (Stationary) Waves in a
String: Fixed and Free Ends.Energy of" Vibratingtring.Transfer of Energy.Normal Modes or Stretched Strings.
Longitudinal Standing Waves and orrnal Modes. Plucked and Struck Strings.
I.Mathematical Methods for Physicists: Arfken, Weber, 2005. Harris. Elsevier.
2.Fourier Analy is by M.R. Spiegel. 2004. Tata McGraw-HilI.
3.Mathematics for Physicists. Susan M. Lea. 2004. Thorn on Brooks/Cole.
4. Differential Equations. George F. Simmons. 2006. Tata Mcfiraw-Hi!l.
5.Partial Differential Equations for Scientists & Engineers, S.J. Farlow. 1993, Dover Pub.
6.Engineering Mathematics, S.Pal and S.c. Bhunia, 2015, Oxford University Press
7.Mathematicalmethods for Scientists & Engineers, D.A. McQuarrie, 2003, Viva Bo
8.The Physics of Vibrations and Waves, H. J. Pain, 2013, John Wiley and Sons.
9.The Physics of Waves and Oscillations, N.K. Bajaj. 1998, Tata McGraw Hill.
PHYSICS LAB-C V LAB

20 Lectures 125 Marksl
Introduction to Numerical computation software Scilab
Introduction to Scilab, , Command window. Figure window, Edit window, Variables and arrays, Initialising
variables, Multidimensional arrays, Subarray,Special values, Displaying output data, data file, Scalar and array
operations, Hierarchy of operations, Built in Scilab functions, Introduction to plotting, 20 and 3D plotting, Plotting
algebraic and trigonometric functions, plotting data from files. Branching Statements and program design,
Relational & logical operators, the while loop, for loop. details of loop operations. Break & continue statements.
nested loops. logical arrays and vectorization User defined functions Variable passing in Scilab, optional
arguments, Complex and Character data, string function. Scilab file processing, tile opening and closing, Binary I/o
functions. comparing binary and formatted functions,
Curve fitting, Least square fit, Goodness of tit, standard deviation
Ohms law to calculate R, Hooke's law to calculate spring constant
Solution of Linear system of equations by Gauss elimination method and Gauss Seidal method.
Diagonalization of matrices, Inverse of a matrix, Eigen vectors, eigen values problems
Solution of mesh equations of electric circuits (3 meshes) Solution of coupled spring mass systems (3 masses)
Reference Books:
I.Mathematical Methods for Physics and Engineers, K.F Riley. M.P. Hobson and S. J. Bence ..3rd ed., 2006,
Cambridge University Press
2.Computational Physics, D.Walker, 1st Edn., 2015, Scientific International Pvt. Ltd.
113
3.Simulation ofODE/PDE Models with MATLAB, aCTA VE and SCILAB: Scientific and Engineering
Applications: A.V. Wouwer, P. Saucez, C.V. Fernandez. 2014 Springer
4.Scilab by example: M. Affouf2012,
5.Scilab (A free software to Matlab): H.Ramchandran. A.S. air. 2011 S.Chand & Company
6.Scilab Image Processing: Lambert M. Surhone. 20 I0 Betascript Publishing
7.www.scilab. in/textbook _companion/generate _ book/29I II
114
Semester III
Core Course (C.C.) VI
THERMAL PHYSICS
Unit-I
Introduction to Thermodynamics:
Recapitulation of Zeroth and First law of thermodynamics.
Second Law of Thermodynamics: Reversible and Irreversible process .Conversion of Work into Heat
and Heat into Work. Heat Engines. Carnot's Cycle, Carnot engine & efficiency. Refrigerator & coefficient of
performance, Second Law of Thermodynamics: Kelvin-Planck and Clausius Statements and their Equivalence.
Carner's Theorem. Applications of Second Law of Thermodynamics: Thermodynamic Scale of Temperature and
its Equivalence to Perfect Gas Scale.
Entropy: Concept of Entropy, Clausius Theorem. Clausius Inequality. Entropy ofa perfect gas. Principle of
Increase of Entropy. Entropy Changes in Reversible and irreversible processes. Entropy of the Universe.
Temperature-Entropy diagrams for Carnot's Cycle. Third Law of Thermodynamics. Unattainabilityof Absolute
Zero.
Unit-II
Thermodynamic Potentials: Thermodynamic Potentials: Internal Energy, Enthalpy, Helmholtz Free Energy,
Gibb's Free Energy. Definitions, Properties and applications. Magnetic Work, Cooling due to adiabatic
demagnetization, First and second order Phase Transitions with examples, Clausius-Clapeyron Equation and
Ehrenfest equations.
Maxwell's Thermodynamic Relations: Derivations and applications of Maxwell's Relations:(I) Clausius-
Clapeyron equation, (2) Specific heats of Gases ,Values ofCp-Cv,(3) TdS Equations, (4) Joule- Kelvin coefficient
for Ideal and Van der Waal Gases, (5)Energy equations, (6) Change of Temperature during Adiabatic Process.
Unit-III
Kinetic Theory of Gases: Degrees of Freedom. Law of Equipartition of Energy
Distribution of Velocities: Maxwell-Boltzmann Law of Distribution of Velocities in an Ideal Gas and its
Experimental Verification. Doppler Broadening of Spectral Lines and Stern's Experiment. Mean, RMS and Most
Probable Speeds.
Molecular Collisions: Mean Free Path. Collision Probability. Mean Free Path. Transport Phenomenon in Ideal
Gases: (1) Viscosity, (2) Thermal Conductivity and (3) Diffusion. Einstein's theory of Brownian Motion and its
Significance.
Unit-IV
Real Gases: Behaviour of Real Gases: Deviations from the Ideal Gas Equation. TheVirial Equation Andrew's
Experiments on CO2 Gas. Critical points and their relations. Boyle's Temperature. Van der Waal's Equation of
State for Real Gases. Values of Critical Constants. Law of Corresponding States. Comparison with Experimental
Curves. P-V Diagrams. Joule's Experiment. Adiabatic Expansion of a Perfect Gas. Joule-Thomson Porous Plug
Experiment. Joule-Thomson Effect for Real and Van der Waal Gases. Temperature of Inversion. Joule-Thomson
Cooling.
I. Heat and Thermodynamics, M. W. Zemansky, Richard Dittman, 198 I. McGraw-HilI.
2. A Treatise on Heat, MeghnadSaha, and B. .Srivastava, 1958, Indian Press
3. Thermal Physics, S. Garg, R. Bansal and Ghosh, 2ndEdition, 1993, Tata McGraw-Hili
4. Modern Thermodynamics with Statistical Mechanics, Carl S. Helrich, 2009, Springer.
5. Thermodynamics, Kinetic Theory & Statistical Thermodynamics, Sears & Salinger. 1988, arosa.
6. Concepts in Thermal Physics, S.J. Blundell and K.M. Blundell, 2nd Ed .. 2012, Oxford University Press
PHYSICS LAB- C VI LAB

20 Lectures [25 marks)
I. To determine Mechanical Equivalent of Heat, J, by radiation correction method.
2. To determine the Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity of Cu by Searle's Apparatus.
3. To determine the Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity ofCu by Angstrom's Method.
5. To study the variation of Thermo-Emf of a Thermocouple with Difference of Temperature of its Two Junctions.
6.To determine the specific heat of unknown liquid by cooling method.
7. To determine the Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity ofa bad conductor by Lee and Charlton's disc method.
8. To determine the latent heat of fusion of ice.
9.To determine latent heat of vaporization of water.
10.to determine the water equivalent of a calorimeter by the method of mixtures.
115
Reference Books
l.Advanced Practical Physics for students, B. L. Flint and H.T. Worsnop, 1971, Asia Publishing House
2.A Text Book of Practical Physics. I.Prakash & Ramakrishna, II th Ed., 20 II, Kitab Mahal
3.Advanced level Physics Practicals, Michael Nelson and Jon M. Ogborn, 4th Edition. reprinted 1985, Heinemann
4.A Laboratory Manual of Physics for undergraduate classes,D.P.Khandelwal, 1985, Vani Pub.
116
Semester III
Core Course (C.C.) VII
ANALOG SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS
Unit-I
Semiconductor Diodes: P and N type semiconductors. Energy Level Diagram. Conductivity and Mobility, Drift
velocity. PN Junction Fabrication. Barrier Formation in PN Junction Diode. Static and Dynamic Resistance.
Current Flow Mechanism in Forward and Reverse Biased Diode. Principleand structure of (I) LEDs, (2)
Photodiode and (3) Solar Cell.
Two-terminal Devices and their Applications: (I) Rectifier Diode: Half-wave Rectifiers. Centretapped and
Bridge Full-wave Rectifiers, Calculation of Ripple Factor and Rectification Efficiency, C-filter and L-filter (2)
Zener Diode and Voltage Regulation
Unit-II
Bipolar Junction transistors: n-p-n and p-n-p Transistors. Characteristics ofCB, CEand CC Configurations.
Current gains a and ~ relations between a and B. Load line analysis of transistors. DC Load line and Q-point.
Physical Mechanism of Current Flow. Active, Cutoff and Saturation Regions.
Amplifiers: Transistor Biasing and Stabilization Circuits. Fixed Bias and Voltage Divider Bias. Transistor as 2-port
network. h-parameter equivalent circuit. Classification of Class A, B & C Amplifiers.Analysis ofa single-stage CE
amplifier using Hybrid Model. Input and Output Impedance. Current, Voltage and Power Gains.
Unit-III
Coupled Amplifier: Two stage RC-coupled amplifier and its frequency response. gain, input and output
impedance.
Feedback in Amplifiers: Effects of Positive and Negative Feedback on Input Impedance, Output Impedance,
Gain, Stability, Distortion and Noise.
Sinusoidal Oscillators: Barkhausen's Criterion for self-sustained oscillations. RC Phase shift oscillator,
determination of Frequency. Hartley &Colpitts oscillators.
Unit-IV
Operational Amplifiers (Black Box approach): Characteristics of an Ideal andPractical Op-Arnp. (lC 741) Open-
loop and Closed-loop gain. Frequency response. CMRR. Slew Rate and concept of Virtual ground.
Applications of Op-Amps: (1) Inverting and non-inverting amplifiers, (2) Adder, (3)Subtractor. (4) Differentiator,
(5) Integrator, (6) Log amplifier, (7) Zero crossing detector (8) Wein bridge oscillator.
1. Integrated Electronics, J. Millman and c.c. Halkias, 1991, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
2. Electronics: Fundamentals and Applications, 1.D. Ryder, 2004, Prentice Hall.
3. Solid State Electronic Devices, B.G.Streetman&S.K.Banerjee, 6th Edn.,2009, PHI Learning
4. Electronic Devices & circuits, S.Salivahanan&N.S.Kumar, 3rd Ed., 2012, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
5. OP-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuit, R. A. Gayakwad, 4th edition, 2000, Prentice Hall
6. Microelectronic circuits, A.S. Sedra, K.C. Smith, A.N. Chandorkar, 2014, 6th Edn.
7. Oxford University Press.
8. Electronic circuits: Handbook of design & applications, U.Tietze, C.Schenk.2008, Springer
9. Semiconductor Devices: Physics and Technology. S.M. Sze. 2nd Ed .. 2002. Wiley India
10. Microelectronic Circuits. M.H. Rashid. 21ldEdition. Cengage Learning
11. Electronic Devices. 7/e Thomas L. Floyd. 2008. Pearson India
PHYSICS PRACTICAL-C VII LAB

20 Lectures [25 Marks]
1. To study V-I characteristics of PN junction diode, and Light emitting diode.
2. To study the V-I characteristics ofa Zener diode and its use as voltage regulator.
3. Study of V-I & power curves of solar cells, and find maxi mum power poi nt & efficiency.
4. To study the characteristics ofa Bipolar Junction Transistor in CE configuration.
5. To study the various biasing configurations of BJT for normal class A operation.
6. To design a CE transistor amplifier of a given gain (mid-gain) using voltage divider bias.
7. To study the frequency response of voltage gain ofa RC-coupled transistor amplifier.
8. To design a Wien bridge oscillator for given frequency using an op-arnp.
9. To design a phase shift oscillator of given specifications using BJT.
10. To study the Colpitts oscillator.
11. To design a digital to analog converter (DAC) of given specifications.
12. To study the analog to digital convertor (ADC) Ie.
117
13. To design an inverting amplifier using Op-arnp (741,351) for dc voltage of given gain
14. To design inverting amplifier using Op-amp (741,351) and study its frequency response
15. To design non-inverting amplifier using Op-arnp (741.351) & stud) its frequency response.
16. To add two de voltages using Op-arnp in inverting and non-inverting mode.
17. To investigate the use of an op-arnp as an Integrator. '
18. To investigate the use of an op-amp as a Differentiator.
Reference Books:
1. Basic Electronics: A text lab manual. P.B. Zbar. A.P. Malvino. M.A. Miller. 1994. Mc-Graw Hill.
2.OP-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuit, R. A. Gayakwad, 4th edition, 2000, Prentice Hall.
3. Electronic Principle, Albert Malvino, 2008, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
4. Electronic Devices & circuit Theory, R.L. Boylestad & L.D. ashelsky, 2009, Pearson
118
Semester IV
Core Course (C.C.) VIII
MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS-III
Unit-I
Complex Analysis: Brief Revision of Complex Numbers and their Graphical Representation. Euler's formula, De
Moivre's theorem, Roots of Complex numbers. Functions of Complex Variables. Analyticity and Cauchy-Riemann
Conditions. Examples of analytic functions. Singular functions: poles and branch points. order of singularity.
branch cuts. Integration of a function of a complex variable. Cauchy's Inequality. Cauchy's Integral formula.
Simple and multiple connected region. Laurent and Taylor's expansion. Residues and Residue Theorem.
Application in solving Definite Integrals.
Unit-II
Fourier Transforms: Fourier Integral theorem. Fourier Transform. Examples. Fouriertransform of trigonometric,
Gaussian, finite wave train & other functions. Representation of Dirac delta function as a Fourier Integral. Fourier
transform of derivatives, Inverse Fourier transform, Convolution theorem. Properties of Fouriertransforms
(translation, change of scale, complex conjugation, etc.).
Unit-III
Laplace Transforms: Laplace Transform (L T) of Elementary functions. Properties ofL Ts: Change of Scale
Theorem, Shifting Theorem. LTs of first and second order Derivatives and Integrals of Functions, Derivatives and
Integrals of LTs. LT of Unit Step function. Dirac Delta function. Periodic Functions. Convolution Theorem.
Inverse LT.
Unit-IV
Applications of Fourier and Laplace transforms: Three dimensional Fourier transforms with examples.
Application of Fourier Transforms to differential equations: One dimensional Wave and Diffusion/Heat Flow
Equations. Application of Laplace Transforms to second order Differential Equations: Damped Harmonic
Oscillator, Simple Electrical Circuits, Coupled differential equations of first order. Solution of heat flow along
infinite bar using Laplace transform.
1. Mathematical Methods for Physics and Engineers, K.F Riley, M.P. Hobson and S. LBence. 3 rd ed., 2006,
2. Mathematics for Physicists, P. Dennery and A.Krzywicki, 1967, Dover Publications
3. Complex Variables, A.S.Fokas&M.J.Ablowitz, 8th Ed., 20 II, Cambridge Univ. Press
4. Complex Variables, A.K. Kapoor, 2014, Cambridge Univ. Press
5. Complex Variables and Applications. J.W. Brown & R.V. Churchill. 7111 Ed. 2003. Tata McGraw-Hili
6. First course in complex analysis with applications, D.G. Zill and P.O. Shanahan.
7. Fourier series by M.R. Spiegel, 2004, Tata McGraw-Hili
8. Mathematical Methods for Physicists: Arfken, Weber, 2005, Harris, Elsevier.
PHYSICS PRACTICAL-C VIII LAB
20 Lectures [25 marks]
Scilab/C++ based simulations experiments based on Mathematical Physics problems like
l.Nurnerical differentiation (Forward an.9.-Backward difference formula) and Integration (Trapezoidal and
Simpson rules), Monte Carlo method.
Given Position with equidistant time data to calculate velocity and acceleration and vice versa.
Find the area of B-H Hysteresis loop
2. Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (ODE) First order Differential equation Euler. modified Euler and
Runge-Kutta (RK) second and fourth order methods.
First order differential equation
a) Radioactive decay
b) Current in RC, LC circuits with DC source
c) Newton's law of cooling
d) Classical equations of motion
3. Attempt following problems using RK 4 order method:
Solve the coupled differential equations
dy X3 dy
dx = X + y - 3'" ; dx = -x
for four initial conditions x(O) = O. y(O) = -I, -2, -3, -4.
Plot x vs y for each of the four initial conditions on the same screen for 0 ~ t ~ 15.
119
4. Solve differential equations:

i. dy/dx=exwithy=Oforx=O
II. dy/dx+e-Xy=x2
III. d2y/dt2+2dy/dt=-y
IV. d2y/dt2 + e-t dy f dt: = -y
3. Fourier Series:
Program to sum L~=1(0.2)n .
Evaluate the Fourier coefficients ofa given periodic function (square wave)
4. Compute the nth roots of unity for n = 2, 3, and 4.
5. Find the two square roots of-5+12j.
Reference Books:
l.Mathematical Methods for Physics and Engineers, K.F Riley, M.P. Hobson and S. J. Bence, 3rd ed., 2006,
2.Mathematics for Physicists, P. Dennery and A. Krzywicki, 1967, Dover Publications
3.Simulation ofODE/PDE Models with MATLAB, OCTAVE and SCILAB: Scientific and Engineering
Applications: A. Vande Wouwer, P. Saucez, C. V. Fernandez. 2014 Springer ISBN: 978-3319067896
4.A Guide to MATLAB, B.R. Hunt, R.L. Lipsman, J.M. Rosenberg, 2014, 3rd Edn., Cambridge University Press
5.Scilab by example: M. Affouf, 2012. ISBN: 978-1479203444
6.Scilab (A free software to Matlab): l-l.Ramchandran, A.S.Nair. 2011 S.Chand & Company
7.Scilab Image Processing: Lambert M. Surhone. 2010 Betascript Publishing
120
Semester IV
Core Course (C.C.) IX
ELEMENTS OF MODERN PHYSICS
Unit-I
Wave-particle duality:
Inadequacy of classical mechanics, Quantum theory of Light: Planck's quantum theory; Blackbody radiation;
Photo-electric effect and Compton effect ,dual nature of radiation, wave nature of particles, De Broglie hypothesis,
Davisson-Germer experiment., wave-particle duality, complementarity. Group and Phase velocities and relation
between them.
Unit-II
Uncertainty principle and its applications:
Position measurement- gamma ray microscope thought experiment; Heisenberg uncertainty principle (Uncertainty
relations involving Canonical pair of variables), Estimating minimum energy of a confined particle using
uncertainty principle; absence of electrons inside nucleus. Two slit interference experiment with photons, atoms
and particles; linear superposition principle as a consequence
Unit-III
Atomic models and spectra:
Atomic spectra, line spectra of H atom, Ritz-Rydberg combination principle, a particle scattering, Rutherford
scattering formula, Rutherford model of atom and its limitations, Bohr's model of H atom, explanation of atomic
spectra, correction for finite mass of the nucleus, Bohr correspondence principle, limitations of Bohr's model,
discrete energy exchange by atom, Frank-Hertz experiment, Sommerfeld's modification of Bohr's theory.
Unit-IV
Nuclear Physics:
Size and structure of atomic nucleus and its relation with atomic weight; ature of nuclear force, N-Z graph, Liquid
Drop model, semi-empirical mass formula and Binding energy.
Radioactivity: stability of the nucleus; Law of radioactive decay; Mean life and half-life; Alpha decay; Beta decay;
Gamma ray emission, energy-momentum conservation: electron-positron pair creation by gamma photons in the
vicinity ofa nucleus. Fission and fusion- mass deficit, relativity and generation of energy; Fission - nature of
fragments and emission of neutrons. Nuclear reactor: slow neutrons interacting with Uranium 235; Fusion and
thermonuclear reactions driving stellar energy (briefqualitative discussions).
I. Concepts of Modern Physics, Arthur Beiser, 2002, McGraw-Hill.
2. Introduction to Modern Physics, Rich Meyer, Kennard, Coop, 2002, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, David J. Griffith, 2005, Pearson Education.
4. Physics for scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics, Jewett and Serway. 20 J O. Cengage Learning.
5. Modern Physics, G.Kaur and G.R. Pickrell. 2014, McGraw Hill
6 Modern Physics, J.R. Taylor. C.D. Zafiratos, M.A. Dubson, 2004, PHI Learning.
7 Theory and Problems of Modern Physics, Schaum's outline, R. Gautreau and W.
Savin, 2nd Edn, Tata McGraw-Hili Publishing Co. Ltd.
8 Quantum Physics, Berkeley Physics, VoI.4.E.H.Wichman, 1971, Tata McGraw-Hili Co.
9 Basic ideas and concepts in Nuclear Physics, K.Heyde, 3rd Edn., Institute of Physics Pub.
10 Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Particle Behave like Waves, T.A.Moore, 2003, McGraw Hill
PHYSICS PRACTICAL-C IX LAB

20 Lectures [25 Marks)
I. Measurement of Planck's constant using black body radiation and photo-detector
2. Photo-electric effect: photo current versus intensity and wavelength of light; maxi mum energy of photo-
electrons versus frequency of light
3. To determine work function of material of filament of directly heated vacuum diode.
4. To determine the Planck's constant using LEOs of at least 4 different colours.
5. To determine the wavelength of H-alpha emission line of Hydrogen atom.
6. To determine the ionization potential of mercury.
7. To determine the absorption lines in the rotational spectrum of Iodine vapour.
8. To determine the value of elm by (a) Magnetic focusing or (b) Bar magnet.
9. To setup the Millikan oil drop apparatus and determine the charge of an electron.
10. To show the tunneling effect in tunnel diode using 1-V characteristics.
121
II. To determine the wavelength of laser source using diffraction of single slit.
12. To determine the wavelength of laser source using di ffraction of double sl its.
13. To determine (I) wavelength and (2) angular spread of He- e laser using plane
diffraction grating
Reference Books
I.Advanced Practical Physics for students, B. L. FIint and H.T. Worsnop, 1971. Asia Publishing House
2.Advanced level Physics Practicals, Michael elson and Jon M. Ogborn. 4th Edition. reprinted 1985, Heinemann
3.A Text Book of Practical Physics, I.Prakash & Ramakrishna, 11th Edn, 2011 ,Kitab Mahal
122
Semester IV
Core Course (C.C.) X:
DIGITAL SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS
Unit-I
Digital Circuits: Difference between analog and Digital Circuits, Binary numbers, Decimal to Binary and Binary to
Decimal Conversion. BCD, Octal and Hexa -decirnal numbers. AND, OR and NOT Gates (realization using
Diodes and Transistor). NAND and NOR Gates as Universal Gates. XOR and XNOR Gates and application as
Parity Checkers.
Boolean algebra: De Morgan's Theorems. Boolean Laws. Simplification of Logic Circuit using Boolean Algebra.
Fundamental products. Idea of Min terms and Max terms. Conversion of a Truth table into Equivalent Logic
Circuit by (I) Sum of Products Method and (2) Karnaugh Map.
Unit-II
Integrated Circuits Active & Passive components. Discrete components, Wafer, Chip. Advantages and
drawbacks of ICs. Scale of integration: SSI, MSI, LSI and VLSI (basic idea and definitions only). Classification of
ICs. Examples of Linear and Digital ICs.
Arithmetic Circuits: Binary Addition. Binary Subtraction using 2's Complement. Half and Full Adders.
Half & Full Subtractors, 4-bit binary Adder/Subtractor.
Unit-III
Introduction to CRO: Block Diagram ofCRO. Electron Gun, Deflection System and Time Base.
Deflection Sensitivity. Applications ofCRO: (I) Study of Waveform, (2) Measurement of Voltage.
Current, Frequency, and Phase Difference.
Data processing circuits: Basic idea of Multiplexers, De-multiplexers, Decoders, Encoders.
Timers: IC 555: block diagram and applications: Astable-multi vibrator and Monostable multi vibrator.
Unit-IV
Computer Organization: Input/Output Devices. Data storage (Idea of RAM and ROM).Computer memory.
Memory organization & addressing. Memory Interfacing. Memory Map.
Shift registers: Serial-in-Serial-out, Serial-in-Parallel-out, Parallel-in-Serial-out and Parallel-in-Parallelout
Shift Registers (only up to 4 bits).
I. Digital Principles and Applications, A.P. Malvino, D.P.Leach and Saha, 7th Ed., 20 I I, Tata McGraw
2. Fundamentals of Digital Circuits, Anand Kumar, 2ndEdn, 2009, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Digital Circuits and systems, Venugopal, 20 II, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Digital Electronics G K Kharate ,20 I0, Oxford University Press
5. Digital Systems: Principles & Applications, R.J.Tocci, N.s. Widmer, 200 I, PHI Learning
6. Logic circuit design, Shimon P. Vingron, 2012, Springer.
7. Digital Electronics, SubrataGhoshal, 2012. Cengage Learning.
8. Digital Electronics, S.K. Mandai, 2010, 1st edition, McGraw Hill
9. Microprocessor Architecture Programming & applications with 8085. 2002, R.S. Goankar, Prentice Hall.
PHYSICS PRACTICAL-C X LAB

20 Lectures [25 Marksl
1. To measure (a) Voltage, and (b) Time period of a periodic waveform using CRO.
2. To test a Diode and Transistor using a Multimeter.
3. To design a switch (NOT gate) using a transistor.
4. To verify and design A D, OR, NOT and XOR gates using NA D gates.
5. To design a combinational logic system for a specified Truth Table.
6. To convert a Boolean expression into logic circuit and design it using logic gate ICs.
7. To minimize a given logic circuit.
8. Half Adder, Full Adder and 4-bit binary Adder.
9. HalfSubtractor, Full Subtractor, Adder-Subtractor using Full Adder I.C.
10. To build Flip-Flop (RS, Clocked RS, D-type and JK) circuits using NAND gates.
11. To build JK Master-slave flip-flop using Flip-Flop ICs
12. To build a 4-bit Counter using D-type/JK Flip-Flop ICs and study timing diagram.
13. To make a 4-bit Shift Register (serial and parallel) using D-type/JK Flip-Flop lCs.
14. To design an astable multi vibrator of given specifications using 555 Timer.
15. To design a monostable rnultivibrator of given specifications using 555 Timer.
16. Write thefollowing programs using 8085 Microprocessor
123
a) Addition and subtraction of numbers using direct addressing mode

b) Addition and subtraction of numbers usi ng indi rect addressing mode
c) Multiplication by repeated addition.
d) Division by repeated subtraction.
e) Handling of 16-bit Numbers.
f) Use of CALL and RETURN Instruction.
Reference Books:
1.Modern Digital Electronics, R.P. Jain, 4th Edition, 20 I0, Tata McGraw Hill.
2.Basic Electronics: A text lab manual, P.B. Zbar, A.P. Malvino, M.A. Miller, Mc-Graw Hill.
3.Microprocessor Architecture Programming and applications with 8085, R.S. Goankar. 2002. Prentice Hall.
4.Microprocessor 8085:Architecture. Programming and interfacing. A. Wadhwa. PH I Learning.
124
3rd Year
Semester V
Core Course (C.C.) XI:
QUANTUM MECHANICS AND APPLICATIONS
(Credits: Theory-04, Practicals-02)
Theory: 50 Lectures
Unit-I
Time dependent Schrodinger equation &Operators: Time dependent Schrodinger equation and dynamical
evolution of a quantum state; Properties of Wave Function. Interpretation of Wave Function Probability and
probability current densities in three dimensions; Conditions for Physical Acceptability of Wave Functions.
Normalization .Linearity and Superposition Principles. Eigenvalues and Eigen functions. Position, momentum and
Energy operators; commutator of position and momentum operators; Expectation values of position and
momentum. Wave Function of a Free Particle.
Unit-II
Time independent Schrodinger equation-Hamiltonian, stationary states and energy eigenvalues; expansion of an
arbitrary wave function as a linear combination of energy eigen functions; General solution of the time dependent
Schrodinger equation in terms oflinear combinations. of stationary states; Application to spread of Gaussian wave-
packet for a free particle in one dimension; wave packets, Fourier transforms and rnomenturnspace wavefunction;
Position-momentum uncertainty principle.
Unit-III
General discussion of bound states in an arbitrary potential- continuity of wave function. Boundary condition
and emergence of discrete energy levels; application to one-dimensional problem-square well potential; Quantum
mechanics of simple harmonic oscillator-energy levels and energy eigen functions, ground state, zero point energy
& uncertainty principle.
Unit-IV
Atoms in Electric & Magnetic Fields: Electron angular momentum. Space quantization. Electron Spin and Spin
Angular Momentum. Larmor's Theorem. Spin Magnetic Moment. Stern-Gerlach Experiment. Electron Magnetic
Moment and Magnetic Energy, Gyrornagnetic Ratio and Bohr Magneton.
Atoms in External Magnetic Fields:- Normal and Anomalous Zeeman Effect. Paschen Back and Stark Effect
(Qualitative Discussion only).
1. A Text book of Quantum Mechanics, P.M.Mathews and K.Venkatesan, 2nd Ed.
2. 20 I0, McGraw Hill
3. Quantum Mechanics, Robert Eisberg and Robert Resnick. 2nd Edn., 2002, Wiley.
4. Quantum Mechanics, Leonard r. Schiff, 3rt! Edn. 2010, Tata McGraw Hill.
5. Quantum Mechanics. G. Aruldhas, 2nd Edn. 2002, PHI Learning of India.
6. Quantum Mechanics, Bruce Cameron Reed. 2008. Jones and Bartlett Learning.
7. Quantum Mechanics: Foundations & Applications. Arno Bohm. 3rd Edn .. 1993. Springer
8. Quantum Mechanics for Scientists & Engineers, D.A.B. Miller, 2008. Cambridge
9. University Press
I. Quantum Mechanics, EugenMerzbacher. 2004, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
2. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, D.J. Griffith, 2nd Ed. 2005. Pearson Education
3. Quantum Mechanics, Walter Greiner, 4111Edn., 2001, Springer
PHYSICS PRACTICAL-C XI LAB

Use C/C++/Sci/ab for solving the following problems based on Quantum Mechanics like
1. Solve the s-wave Schrodinger equation for the ground state and the first excited state of the hydrogen atom:
2
= ( ) ( ), ( ) = [ ( ) ] ( )=

Here, m is the reduced mass of the electron. Obtain the energy eigenvalues and plot the
corresponding wavefunctions. Remember that the ground state energy of the hydrogen atom
is 13.6 eV. Take e = 3.795 (eVA)1/2, hc = 1973 (eVA) and m = 0.511x106 eV/c2
2. Solve the s-wave radial Schrodinger equation for an atom:
2
= ( ) ( ), ( ) = [ ( ) ]

125
where m is the reduced mass of the system (which can be chosen to be the mass of an electron).
for the screened coulomb potential
( )= /
Find the energy (in eV) of the ground state of the atom to an accuracy of three significant digits. Also, plot the
corresponding wavefunction. Take e = 3.795 (eV A)' 2, m = 0.511x106 eV/c2 , and
a = 3 A, 5 A. 7 A. In these units he = 1973 (eV A). The ground state energy is expected to be
above -12 eV in all three cases.
3. Solve the s-wave radial Schrodinger equation for a particle of mass m:
2
= ( ) ( ), ( ) = [ ( ) ]

For the anharmonic oscillator potential
1 1
( )= +
2 3
for the ground state energy (i n Me V) of particle to an accuracy of three sign ificant digits. Plot the corresponding
wave function. Choose m=940 MeV/c2 , k=100 MeV fm-2,b = 0,10,30 MeV frn-3 In these units, ch = 197.3 MeV
fm. The ground state energy I expected to lie between 90 and 110 MeV for all three cases.
Laboratory based experiments:
4. Study of Electron spin resonance- determine magnetic field as a function of the resonance frequency
5. Study of Zeeman effect: with external magnetic field; H~/.perfine splitting
6. To show the tunneling effect in tunnel diode using 1-V ~racteristics.
"
Reference Books:
1.Schaum's outline of Programming with C++. J.Hubbard, 2000,McGraw-Hill Publication
2.Numerical Recipes in C: The Art of Scientific Computing, W.H. Pressetal., Cambridge University Press.
3.An introduction to computational Physics. T.Pang. 2nd Edn ..2006. Cambridge Univ. Press
4.Scilab (A Free Software to Matlab): H. Ramchandran. AS Nair. 20 II S. Chand & Co. Cambridge University
Press
5. Scilab Image Processing: L.M.Surhone.20 I0 Betascript Publishing
PHYSICS PRACTICAL-C XII LAB

20 Lectures [25 Marks)
1. Measurement ofsusceptibility of paramagnetic solution (Quincks Tube Method).
2. To measure the Magnetic susceptibility of Solids.
3. To determine the Coupling Coefficient of a Piezoelectric crystal.
4. To measure the Dielectric Constant of a dielectric Materials with frequency
5. To determine the complex dielectric' constant and plasma frequency of metal using Surface Plasmon resonance
(SPR)
6. To determine the refractive index of a dielectric layer using SPR
7. To study the PE Hysteresis loop of a Ferroelectric Crystal.
8. To draw the BH curve of Fe using Solenoid & determine energy loss from Hysteresis.
9. To measure the resistivity ofa semiconductor (Ge) with temperature by four-probe method (room temperature to
150 oC) and to determine its band gap.
10. To determine the Hall coefficient of a semiconductor sample.
Reference Books
I.Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L. Flint and H.T. Worsnop. 1971, Asia Publishing House.
2. Advanced level Physics Practicals, Michael Nelson and Jon M. Ogborn. 4th Edition, reprinted 1985, Heinemann
Educational Publishers.
3.A Text Book of Practical Physics, I.Prakash & Ramakrishna, II th Ed., 20 I I, Kitab Mahal
4.Elements of Solid State Physics, J.P. Srivastava, 2nd Ed., 2006, Prentice-Hall of India.
126
Semester V
Core Course (C.C.) XII
SOLID STATE PHYSICS
Unit-I
Crystal Structure: Solids: Amorphous and Crystalline Materials. Lattice Translation Vectors. Lattice with a Basis
- Central and Non-Central Elements. Unit Cell. Miller Indices. Reciprocal Lattice. Types of Lattices .Brillouin
Zones. Diffraction of X-rays by Crystals. Bragg's Law. Atomic and Geometrical Factor.
Unit-II
Elementary band theory: Free electron model, nearly free electron model. Kronig- Penny model. Band
Gap.Conductor, Semiconductor(P and N type) and insulator. Conductivity of Semiconductor, mobility, Hall Effect
and Hall coefficient.
Lasers: spontaneous and stimulated Einstein's A and B coefficients, metastable states, optical pumping
and population inversion, three-level .four-level lasers, ruby laser, He- e laser.
Unit-III
Elementary Lattice Dynamics: Lattice Vibrations and Phonons: Linear Mono atomic and Diatomic Chains.
Acoustical and Optical Phonons. Qualitative Description of the Phonon Spectrum in Solids.
Dulong and Petit's Law, Einstein and Debye theories of specific heat of sol ids. T 3Iaw .
Superconductivity: Experimental Results. Critical Temperature. Critical magnetic field. Meissm;r effect. Type I
and type II Superconductors, London's Equation and Penetration Depth. Isotope effect. Idea of BCS theory (No
derivation).
Unit-IV
Magnetic Properties of Matter: Dia-. Para-, Ferri- and Ferromagnetic Materials. Classical Langevin Theory of
dia and Paramagnetic substances. Quantum mechanical treatment of Paramagnetism. Curie's law, Weiss's Theory
of Ferromagnetism and Ferromagnetic Domains. Discussion of B-H Curve. Hysteresis and Energy Loss.
Dielectric Properties of Materials: Polarization. Local Electric Field at an Atom. Depolarization Field. Electric
Susceptibility. Polarizability. Clausius-Mosotti Equation. Classical Theory of Electric Polarizability.
I. Introduction to Solid State Physics, Charles Kittel, 811, Edition, 2004. Wiley IndiaPvt. Ltd.
2. Elements of Solid State Physics, J.P. Srivastava. 4th Edition, 2015. Prentice-Hall otlndia
3. Introduction to Solids, Leonid V. Azaroff. 2004, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
4. Solid State Physics, N. W Ashcroft and N.D. Merrnin. 1976, Cengage Learning
5. Solid-state Physics, H. Ibach and H. Luth, 2009, Springer
6. Solid State Physics, Rita John, 2014, McGraw Hill
7. Elementary Solid State Physics, IIe M. Ali Omar. 1999, Pearson India
8. Solid State Physics, M.A. Wahab, 20 II, Narosa Publications
127
Semester VI
Core Course (C.C.) XIII
ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY
Unit-I
Maxwell Equations: Review of Maxwell's equations. Displacement Current. Vector and Scalar Potentials. Gauge
Transformations: Lorentz and Coulomb Gauge. Boundary Conditions at Interface between Different Media. Wave
Equations. Plane Waves in Dielectric Media. Poynting Theorem and Poynting Vector. Electromagnetic Energy
Density. Physical Concept of Electromagnetic Field Momentum Density and Angular Momentum Density.
Unit-II
EM Wave Propagation in Unbounded Media: Plane EM waves through vacuum and isotropic dielectric
medium, transverse nature of plane EM waves, refractive index and dielectric constant, wave impedance.
Propagation through conducting media, relaxation time, skin depth. Electrical conductivity of ionized gases,
plasma frequency, refractive index, skin depth, application to propagation through ionosphere.
Unit-III
Polarization of Electromagnetic Waves: Description of Linear, Circular and Elliptical Polarization. Propagation
of E.lVI. Waves in Anisotropic Media. Symmetric Nature of Dielectric Tensor. Fresnel's Formula. Uniaxial and
Biaxial Crystals. Light Propagation in Uniaxial Crystal. Double Refraction. Polarization by Double Refraction.
Nicol Prism. Ordinary & extraordinary refractive indices. Pr?duction & detection of Plane, Circularly and
Elliptically Polarized Light. Phase Retardation Plates: Quarter-Wave and Half-Wave Plates. Babinet-Compensator
and its Uses. Analysis of Polarized Light .Rotatorx Polarization: Optical Rotation. Specific rotation. Laurent's half-
shade polarimeter.
Unit-IV
EM Wave in Bounded Media: Reflection & Refraction of plane waves at plane interface between two dielectric
media. Laws of Reflection & Refraction. Fresnel's Formulae for perpendicular &;. Parallel polarization cases,
Brewster's law. Reflection & Transmission coefficients. Total internal reflection. evanescent waves. Metallic
reflection (normal Incidence).
I. Introduction to Electrodynamics. D.J. Griffiths. 3rd Ed .. 1998. Benjamin Cummings.
2. Elements of Electro magnetics, M.N.O. Sadiku, 2001, Oxford University Press.
3. Introduction to Electromagnetic Theory, T.L. Chow, 2006, Jones & Bartlett Learning
4. Fundamentals of Electromagnetics, M.A.W. Miah, 1982, Tata McGraw Hill
5. Electromagnetic field Theory, R.S. Kshetrirnayun, 2012, Cengage Learning
6. Engineering Electromagnetic, Willian H. Hayt, 8IIl Edition, 2012, McGraw Hill.
7. Electromagnetic Field Theory for Engineers & Physicists, G. Lehner, 20 I 0, Springer
1. Electromagnetic Fields & Waves, P.Lorrain&D.Corson, 1970, W.H.Freeman& Co.
2. Electromagnetics, J.A. Edminster, Schaum Series, 2006, Tata McGraw Hill
PHYSICS PRACTICAL-C XIII LAB

60 Lectures
1. To verify the law of Malus for plane polarized light.
2. To determine the specific rotation of sugar solution using Polarimeter.
3. To analyze elliptically polarized Light by using a Babinet's compensator.
4. To study dependence of radiation on angle for a simple Dipole antenna.
5. To determine the wavelength and velocity of ultrasonic waves in a liquid (Kerosene Oil, Xylene, etc.) by
studying the diffraction through ultrasonic grating.
6. To study the reflection, refraction of microwaves
7. To study Polarization and double slit interference in microwaves/light.
8. To determine the refractive index of liquid by total internal retlection using Wollaston's air-film.
9. To determine the refractive Index of( I) glass and (2) a liquid by total internal reflection using a Gaussian
eyepiece.
10. To study the polarization of light by reflection and determine the polarizing angle for air-glass interface.
11. To verify the Stefan's law of radiation and to determine Stefan's constant.
12. To determine the Boltzmann constant using V-I characteristics of PN junction diode.
Reference Books
I.Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L. Flint and H.T. Worsnop, 1971, Asia Publishing House.
128
2.Advanced level Physics Practicals, Michael Nelson and Jon M. Ogborn, 4th Edition, reprinted 1985, Heinemann
3.A Text Book of Practical Physics, I.Prakash & Ramakrishna, 11th Ed.. 2011. Kitab Mahal
4.Electromagnetic Field Theory for Engineers & Physicists, G. Lehner, 2010, Springer.
129
Semester VI
Core Course (C.C.) XIV
STATISTICAL MECHANICS
Unit-I
Classical Statistics: Macrostate & Microstate, Elementary Concept of Ensemble, Micro canonical, canonical and
grand canonical ensemble, phase space, Entropy and Thermodynamic Probability, Law of Equipartition of
Energy(with proof) - Applications to Specific Heat and its Limitations
Unit-II
Thermodynamic Functions of an Ideal Gas, Classical Entropy Expression, Gibbs Paradox, Sackur- Tetrode
equation, Thermodynamic Functions of a Two-Energy Levels System, egative Temperature. Maxwell-Boltzmann
Distribution Law, Partition Function,
Unit-III
Classical Theory of Radiation: Properties of Thermal Radiation. Blackbody Radiation. Pure temperature
dependence. Kirchhoffs law. Stefan-Boltzmann law: Thermodynamic proof. Radiation Pressure. Wiens
Displacement law. wiens Distribution Law. Rayleigh-Jean's Law. Ultraviolet
Catastrophe.
Quantum Theory of Radiation: Spectral Distribution of Black Body Radiation. Planck's Quantum Postulates.
Planck's Law of Blackbody Radiation: Experimental Verification. Deduction of (I) Wiens Distribution Law, (2)
Rayleigh-Jeans Law. (3)Stefan-Boltzmann Law, (4) Wiens Displacement law from Planck's law.
Unit-IV
Quantum statistics: Identical particles, Fermions and Bosons, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac distribution
function, Bose Einstein condensation, Bose derivation of Planck's law. Degenerate Fermi Gas, Fermi Energy,
Electron gas in a Metal, Specific Heat of Metals, effect of temperature on F-D distribution.
1. Statistical Mechanics. R.K. Pathria. Butterworth Heinemann: 2nd Ed .. 1996. Oxford University Press.
2. Statistical Physics, Berkeley Physics Course, F. Reif 2008. Tata McGraw-Hili
3. Statistical and Thermal Physics, S. Lokanathan and R.S. Gambhir. 1991, Prentice Hall
4. Thermodynamics, Kinetic Theory and Statistical Thermodynamics, Francis W. Sears and Gerhard L. Sal inger,
1986, Narosa.
5. Modern Thermodynamics with Statistical Mechanics, Carl S. Helrich. 2009, Springer
6. An Introduction to Statistical Mechanics & Thermodynamics, R.H. Swendsen, 2012, Oxford Univ. Press
PHYSICS PRACTICAL-C XIV LAB

Use C/C++/Scilab/other numerical simulations for solving the problems based on Statistical Mechanics like
1. Computational analysis of the behavior ofa collection of particles in a box that satisfy Newtonian mechanics and
interact via the Lennard-Jones potential, varying the total number of particles N and the initial conditions:
a) Study of local number density in the equilibrium state (i) average; (i i ) fluctuations
b) Study of transient behavior of the system (approach to equilibrium)
c) Relationship of large N and the arrow of time
d) Computation of the velocity distribution of particles for the system and comparison with the Maxwell velocity
distribution
e) Computation and study of mean molecular speed and its dependence on particle mass
f) Computation of fraction of molecules in an ideal gas having speed near the most probable speed
2. Computation of the partition function Z( ) for examples of systems with a finite number of single particle levels
(e.g., 2 level, 3 level, etc.) and a finite number of noninteracting particles N under Maxwell-Boltzmann, Fermi-
Dirac and Bose-Einstein statistics:
a) Study of how Z( ), average energy < >, energy fluctuation t.E, specific heat at constant volume C, depend
upon the temperature, total number of particles N and the spectrum of single particle states.
b) Ratios of occupation numbers of various states for the systems considered above.
c) Computation of physical quantities at large and small temperature T and
d) comparison of various statistics at large and small temperature T.
3. Plot Planck's law for Black Body radiation and compare it with Raleigh-Jeans Law at high temperature and low
temperature.
4. Plot Specific Heat of Solids (a) Dulong-Petit law, (b) Einstein distribution function, (c) Debye distribution
function for high temperature and low temperature and compare them for these two cases.
130
5. Plot the following functions with energy at different temperatures

a) Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution
b) Fermi-Dirac distribution
c) Bose-Einstein distribution
Reference Books:
I.Elementary Numerical Analysis, K.E.Atkinson, 3 r d Edn. 2007, Wiley India Edition
2.Statistical Mechanics, R.K. Pathria, Butterworth Heinemann: 2nd Ed .. 1996. Oxford
3.lntroduction to Modern Statistical Mechanics. D. Chandler. Oxford University Press. 1987
4.Thermodynamics, Kinetic Theory and Statistical Thermodynamics, Francis W. Sears and Gerhard L. Salinger.
1986. Narosa.
5.Modern Thermodynamics with Statistical Mechanics, Carl S. Helrich, 2009. Springer
6.Statistical and Thermal Physics with computer applications, Harvey Gould and Jan
Tobochnik, Princeton University Press, 20 IO.
7.Scilab by example: M. Affouf, 2012. ISBN: 978-1479203444
8.Scilab Image Processing: L.M.Surhone. 2010, Betascript Pub
131
2nd Year
Semester III
SEC-I
APPLIED OPTICS
(Credits: 02).
Unit-I
Lasers, Spontaneous and stimulated emissions, Theory of laser action, Einstein's coefficients, Light amplification,
Characterization of laser beam, He-Ne laser, Semiconductor lasers.
Unit-II
Fourier Optics
Concept of .Spatial frequency filtering, Fourier,transforming property of a thin lens. Optical image
addition/subtraction, Optical image differentiation
Unit-III
Holography
Basic principle and theory: coherence, resolution, Types of holograms, white light reflection hologram, application
of holography in microscopy, interferometry, and character recognition, Recording and reconstructing holograms,
White light Hologram.
Unit-IV
Photonics: Fibre Optics
Optical fibres and their properties, Principal of light propagation through a fibre, The numerical aperture,
Attenuation in optical fibre and attenuation limit, Single mode and multimode fibres, Fibre optic sensors: Fibre
Bragg Grating.
Fundamental of optics, F. A. Jenkins & H. E. White, 1981, Tata McGraw hill.
LASERS: Fundamental & applications, KThyagrajan & A.KGhatak, 2010, Tata McGraw Hill
Fibre optics through experiments, M.R.Shenoy, S.KKhijwania, et.al. 2009, Viva Books
Nonlinear Optics, Robert W. Boyd, (Chapter-I), 2008, Elsevier.
Optics, Karl Dieter Moller, Learning by computing with model examples, 2007, Springer.
Optical Systems and Processes, Joseph Shamir, 2009, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
Optical Physics, A.Lipson, S.G.Lipson, H.Lipson, 4th Edn., 1996, Cambridge Univ. Press
132
Semester IV
PHYSICS
SEC-II
BASIC INSTRUMENTATION SKILLS
Unit-I
Basic of Measurement: Instruments accuracy, precision, sensitivity, resolution range etc. Errors in measurements
and loading effects. Multimeter: Principles of measurement of dc voltage and dc current, ac voltage, ac current and
resistance. Specifications of a multi meter and their significance.
Electronic Voltmeter: Advantage over conventional multi meter for voltage measurement with respect to input
impedance and sensitivity. Principles of voltage, measurement (block diagram only). Specifications of an
electronic Voltmeter/ Multimeter and their significance
Unit-II
Cathode Ray Oscilloscope: Block diagram of basic CRO.Construction of CRT,Electron gun, electrostatic
focusing and acceleration (Explanation only- no mathematical treatment), brief discussion on screen phosphor,
visual persistence & chemical composition. Time base operation, synchronization. Front panel controls.
Specifications of a CROand their significance. Use of CROfor the measurement of voltage (dc and ac frequency,
time period. Special features of dual trace, introduction to digital oscilloscope, probes. Digital storage
Oscilloscope: Block diagram and principle of working.
Unit-II
Signal Generators and Analysis Instruments: Block diagram, explanation and specifications of low frequency
signal generators. pulse generator, and function generator. Brief idea for testing, specifications. Distortion factor
meter, wave analysis.
Impedance Bridges & Q-Meters: Block diagram of bridge. working principles of basic (balancing type)RLCbridge.
Specifications of RLCbridge. Block diagram & working principles of a Q- Meter. Digital LCR bridges.
UNIT -IV
Digital Instruments: Principle and working of digital meters. Comparison of analog & digital instruments.
Characteristics of a digital meter. Working principles of digital voltmeter.
Digital Multimeter: Block diagram and working of a digital multimeter. Working principle of time interval,
frequency and period measurement using universal counter/ frequency counter, time- base stability, accuracy and
resolution.
THE TEST OF LAB SKILLS WILL BE OF THE FOLLOWING TEST ITEMS:

1. Use of an oscilloscope.
2. CRO as a versatile measuring device.
3. Circuit tracing of Laboratory electronic equipment,
4. Use of Digital multi-meter/VTVM for measuring voltages
5. Circuit tracing of Laboratory electronic equipment,
6. Winding a coil I transformer.
7. Balancing of bridges
Laboratory Exercises:
1. To observe the loading effect of a multimeter while measuring voltage across a low resistance and high
resistance.
2. To observe the limitations of a multimeter for measuring high frequency voltage and currents.
3. To measure Q of a coil and its dependence on frequency, using a Q- meter.
4. Measurement of voltage, frequency, time period and phase angle using CRO
6. Measurement of rise, fall and delay times using a CRO
1. A text book in Electrical Technology - B L Theraja - S Chand and Co.
2. Performance and design of AC machines - M G Say ELBS Edn.
3 Digital Circuits and systems, Venugopal, 2011, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Logic circuit design, Shimon P. Vingron, 2012, Springer.
Sill.Digital Electronics, Subrata Ghoshal, 2012, Cengage Learning.
6. Electronic Devices and circuits, S. Salivahanan & N. S.Kumar, 3rd Ed., 2012, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
7. Electronic circuits: Handbook of design and applications, U.Tietze, Ch.Schenk, 2008, Springer
8.Electronic Devices, 7[e Thomas L. Floyd, 2008, Pearson India
133
3rd Year
Semester V
PHYSICS
PHYSICS-DSE- I
CLASSICAL DYNAMICS
(Credits: Theory-05, Tutorials-Ol)
Theory: 75 Lectures
Unit-I
Classical Mechanics of Point Particles: Review of Newtonian Mechanics; Application to the motion of a charge
particle in external electric and magnetic fields- motion in uniform electric field, magnetic field- gyroradius and
gyrofrequency, motion in crossed electric and magnetic fields.
Unit-II
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics:
Generalized coordinates and velocities, Hamilton's principle, Lagrangian and the Euler- Lagrange equations, one-
dimensional examples of the Euler-Lagrange equations- onedimensional Simple Harmonic Oscillations and falling
body in uniform gravity; applications to simple systems such as coupled oscillators Canonical momenta &
Hamiltonian. Hamilton's equations of motion. Applications: Hamiltonian for a harmonic oscillator, solution of
Hamilton's equation for Simple Harmonic Oscillations; particle in a central force field- conservation of angular
momentum and energy.
Unit-III
Small Amplitude Oscillations: Minima of potential energy and points of stableequilibrium, expansion of the
potential energy around a minimum, small amplitudeoscillations about the minimum, normal modes of oscillations
example of N identical masses connected in a linear fashion to (N -1) - identical springs.
Unit-IV
Special Theory of Relativity:
Minkowski space. The invariant interval, light cone and world lines. Space-time diagrams. TimeFour-
vectors:space-like, time-like and light-like. Four-velocity and acceleration. Metric and alternating tensors. Four-
momentum and energy-momentum relation. Doppler effect from a four-vector perspective. Concept of four- force.
Conservation of four-momentum. Relativistic kinematics. Application to two-body decay of an unstable particle.
PHYSICS-DSE- I [CLASSICAL DYNAMICS]

(Credits: Theory-05, Tutorials-Ol)
Theory: 75 Lectures
Unit-I
Classical Mechanics of Point Particles: Review of Newtonian Mechanics; Application to the motion of a charge
particle in external electric and magnetic fields- motion in uniform electric field, magnetic field- gyroradius and
gyrofrequency, motion in crossed electric and magnetic fields.
Unit-II
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics:
Generalized coordinates and velocities, Hamilton's principle, Lagrangian and the Euler- Lagrange equations, one-
dimensional examples of the Euler-Lagrange equations- onedimensional Simple Harmonic Oscillations and falling
body in uniform gravity; applications to simple systems such as coupled oscillators Canonical momenta &
Hamiltonian. Hamilton's equations of motion. Applications: Hamiltonian for a harmonic oscillator, solution of
Hamilton's equation for Simple Harmonic Oscillations; particle in a central force field- conservation of angular
momentum and energy.
Unit-III
Small Amplitude Oscillations: Minima of potential energy and points of stableequilibrium, expansion of the
potential energy around a minimum, small amplitudeoscillations about the minimum, normal modes of oscillations
example of N identical masses connected in a linear fashion to (N -1) - identical springs.
Unit-IV
Special Theory of Relativity:
Minkowski space. The invariant interval, light cone and world lines.Space-time diagrams. TimeFour-
vectors:space-like, time-like and light-like. Four-velocity and acceleration. Metric and alternating tensors. Four-
momentum and energy-momentum relation. Doppler effect from a four-vector perspective. Concept of four-force.
Conservation of four-momentum. Relativistic kinematics. Application to two-body decay of an unstable particle.
1. Classical Mechanics, H.Goldstein, C.P. Poole, J.L. Safko, 3 rd Edn. 2002,Pearson Education.
2. Mechanics, L. D. Landau and E. M. Lifshitz, 1976, Pergamon.
134
3. Classical Electrodynamics, J.D. Jackson, 3 rd Edn., 1998, Wiley.

4. The Classical Theory of Fields, L.D Landau, E.M Lifshitz, 4 th Edn., 2003, Elsevier.
5. Introduction to Electrodynamics, DJ. Griffiths, 2012, Pearson Education.
6. Classical Mechanics, P.S. Joag, N.C. Rana, 1 st Edn., McGraw Hall.
7. Classical Mechanics, R. Douglas Gregory, 2015, Cambridge University Press.
8. Classical Mechanics: An introduction, Dieter Strauch, 2009, Springer.
9. Solved Problems in classical Mechanics, O.L. Delange and J. Pierrus, 2010, Oxford Press
135
Semester V
PHYSICS-DSE-II:
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS
(Credits: Theory-OS, Tutorials-Ol)
Unit-I
General Properties of Nuclei: Constituents of nucleus and their Intrinsic properties, quantitative facts about mass,
radii, charge density (matter density), binding energy, average binding energy and its variation with mass number,
main features of binding energy versus mass number curve, N/A plot, angular momentum, parity, magnetic
moment, electric moments, nuclear exciteds states.
Nuclear Models: Liquid drop model approach, semi empirical mass formula and significance of its various terms,
condition of nuclear stability, two nucleon separation energies, Fermi gas model (degenerate fermion gas, nuclear
symmetry potential in Fermi gas), evidence for nuclear shell structure, nuclear magic numbers, basic assumption of
shell model.
Unit-II
Radioactivity decay:(a) Alpha decay: basics of a-decay processes, theory of a-emission, Gamow factor, Geiger
Nuttallaw, a-decay spectroscopy. (b) p-decay: energy kinematics for pdecay, positron emission, electron capture,
neutrino hypothesis. (c)Gamma decay: Gamma rays emission & kinematics, internal conversion.
Nuclear Reactions: Types of Reactions, Conservation Laws, kinematics of reactions, Q-value, reaction rate,
reaction cross section, Concept of compound and direct Reaction, resonance reaction, Coulomb scattering
(Rutherford scattering). Energy loss due to ionization (Bethe-Block formula), energy loss of electrons, Cerenkov
radiation.
Unit-III
Detector for Nuclear Radiations:
Gas detectors: estimation of electric field, mobility of particle, for ionization chamber and GM Counter. Basic
principle of Scintillation Detectors and construction of photo-multiplier tube (PMT). Semiconductor Detectors (Si
and Ge) for charge particle and photon detection (concept of charge carrier and mobility), neutron detector.
Particle Accelerators: Van-de Graaff generator (Tandem accelerator), Linear accelerator, Cyclotron,
Synchrotrons.
Unit-IV
Particle physics: Particle interactions; basic features, types of particles and its families. Symmetries and
Conservation Laws: energy and momentum, angular momentum, parity, baryon number, Lepton number, Isospin,
Strangeness and charm, concept of quark model, color quantum number and gluons.
1. Introductory nuclear Physics by Kenneth S. Krane (Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2008).
2. Concepts of nuclear physics by Bernard L. Cohen. (Tata Mcgraw Hill, 1998).
3. Introduction to the physics of nuclei & particles, R.A. Dunlap. (Thomson Asia, 2004).
4. Introduction to High Energy Physics, D.H. Perkins, Cambridge Univ. Press
5. Introduction to Elementary Particles, D. Griffith, John Wiley & Sons
6. Quarks and Leptons, F. Halzen and A.D. Martin, Wiley India, New Delhi
7. Basic ideas and concepts in Nuclear Physics - An Introductory Approach by K. Heyde (IOPInstitute of Physics
Publishing, 2004).
8. Radiation detection and measurement, G.F. Knoll (John Wiley & Sons, 2000).
9. Physics and Engineering of Radiation Detection, Syed Naeem Ahmed (Academic Press, Elsevier, 2007).
10. Theoretical Nuclear Physics, J.M. Blatt & V.F.Weisskopf (Dover Pub.lnc. 1991)
136
Semester VI
PHYSICS-DSE-III:
NANO MATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS
(Credits: Theory-05, Tutorials-01)
Unit-I
NANOSCALE SYSTEMS: Length scales in physics, Nanostructures: 10, 20 and 3D nanostructures (nanodots,
thin films, nanowires, nanorods), Band structure and density of states of materials at nanoscale, Size Effects in
nano systems, Quantum confinement: Applications of Schrodinger equation- Infinite potential well, potential step,
potential box, quantum confinement of carriers in 3D, 2D, ID nanostructures and its consequences.
Unit-II
SYNTHESIS OF NANOSTRUCTURE MATERIALS: Top down and Bottom up approach, Photolithography.
Ball milling. Gas phase condensation. Vacuum deposition. Physical vapor deposition (PVD): Thermal evaporation,
E-beam evaporation, Pulsed Laser deposition. Chemical vapor deposition (CVD). Sol-Gel. Electro deposition.
Spray pyrolysis. Hydrothermal synthesis. Preparation through colloidal methods. MBE growth of quantum dots.
CHARACTERIZATION: X-Ray Diffraction. Optical Microscopy. Scanning Electron Microscopy. Transmission
Electron Microscopy. Atomic Force Microscopy. Scanning Tunneling Microscopy.
Unit-III
OPTICAL PROPERTIES: Coulomb interaction in nanostructures. Concept of dielectric constant for
nanostructures and charging of nanostructure. Quasi-particles and excitons. Excitons in direct and indirect band
gap semiconductor nanocrystals. Quantitative treatment of quasiparticles and excitons, charging effects. Radiative
processes: General formalization-absorption, emission and luminescence. Optical properties of heterostrctures and
nanostructures.
ELECTRON TRANSPORT: Carrier transport in nanostrcutures. Coulomb blockade effect, thermionic emission,
tunneling and hoping conductivity. Defects and impurities: Deep level and surface defects.
Unit-IV
APPLICATIONS: Applications of nanoparticles, quantum dots, nanowires and thinfilms for photonic devices
(LED, solar cells). Single electron transfer devices (no derivation). CNT based transistors. Nanomaterial Devices:
Quantum dots heterostructure lasers, optical switching and optical data storage. Magnetic quantum well; magnetic
dots - magnetic data storage. Micro Electromechanical Systems (MEMS), Nano Electromechanical Systems
(NEMS).
1. C.P. Poole, Jr. Frank J. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology (Wiley India Pvt.Ltd.).
2. S.K. Kulkarni, Nanotechnology: Principles & Practices (Capital Publishing Company)
3. K.K. Chattopadhyay and A. N. Banerjee, Introduction to Nanoscience and Technology (PHI Learning Private
Limited).
4. Richard Booker, Earl Boysen, Nanotechnology (John Wiley and Sons).
5. M. Hosokawa, K. Nogi, M. Naita, T. Yokoyama, Nanoparticle Technology Handbook (Elsevier, 2007).
6. Introduction to Nanoelectronics, V.V. Mitin, V.A. Kochelap and M.A. Stroscio, 2011, Cambridge University
Press.
7. Bharat Bhushan, Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2004).
Semester VI
PHYSICS
DSE- IV
Viva 20 Marks
137
ZOOLOGY COURSE STRUCTURE

Exam
First Year
1st sem. C.C. I NON-CHORDATES I : PROTISTS TO 75 3
PSEUDOCOELOMATES
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. II PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGY 75 3
PRACTICAL 75 3
2nd Sem. C.C. III NON-CHORDATES : COELOMATES 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. IV CELL BIOLOGY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
Second Year
3rd Sem. C.C. V DIVERSITY OF CHORDATES 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. VI PHYSIOLOGY : CONTROLLING AND 75 3
COORDIANATING SYSTEMS
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. VII FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOCHEMISTRY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
4th Sem. C.C. VIII COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF 75 3
VERTEBRATES
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. IX PHYSIOLOGY : LIFE SUSTAINING 75 3
SYSTEMS
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. X BIOCHEMISTRY OF METABOLIC 75 3
PROCESSES
PRACTICAL 25 3
Third Year
5th Sem. C.C. XI MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 75 3
PRACTIVAL 25 3
C.C. XII PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
6th Sem. C.C. XIII DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
C.C. XIV EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
2nd Year
3rd Sem. SEC I APICULTURE 50 3
4th Sem. SEC II MEDICAL DIAGNOSTICS 50 3
3rd Year
5th Sem. DSE I IMMUNOLOGY 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
DSE II FISH AND FISHERIES 75 3
PRACTICAL 25 3
6th Sem. DSE III WILDLIFE CONSERVATIONAND 75 3
MANAGEMENT
PRACTICAL 25 3
138
1st Year
Semester I
Core Course : ZOOLOGY
NON-CHORDATES I: PROTISTS TO PSEUDOCOELOMATES
Unit I: Protista, Parazoa and Metazoa
General characteristics and Classification up to classes, Study of Euglena,
Amoeba and Paramecium, Life cycle and pathogenicity of Plasmodium vivax and Entamoeba histolytica,
Locomotion and Reproduction in Protista, Evolution of symmetry and segmentation of Metazoa
Unit II: Porifera
General characteristics and Classification up to classes, Canal system and spicules in sponges
Unit III: Cnidaria and Ctenophora
General characteristics and Classification up to classes, Obelia, Polymorphism in Cnidaria, Corals and coral reefs,
General characteristics and Evolutionary signficance of Ctenophora.
Unit IV: Platyhelminthes and Nemathelminthes
General characteristics and Classification up to classes, Life cycle and pathogenici ty of Fasciola hepatica and
Taenia solium, General characteristics and Classification up to classes, Life cycle, and pathogenicity of Ascaris
lumbricoides and Wuchereria bancrofti,Parasi tic adaptations in helminthes,
Note : Clasification to be followed from "Ruppert and Barnes (2006) Invertebrate Zoology, 8th edition, Holt
Saunders International Edition."
Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders International Edition.
Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P.l.W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, 1.I. (2002). The Invertebrates: A New
Synthesis, III Edition, Blackwell Science
Barrington, E.l. W. (1979). Invertebrate Structure and Functions. II Edition, E.L.B.S. and Nelson
PRACTICALS
1. Study of whole mount of Euglena, Amoeba and Paramecium, Binary fission and Conjugation in Paramecium
2. Examination of pond water collected from different places for di versi ty in protista
3. Study of Sycon (T. S. and L.S.), Hyalonema, Euplectella, Spongi/la
4. Study of Obelia, Physalia, Millepora, Aurelia, Tubipora, Corallium, Alcyonium,Gorgonia, Metridium,
Pennatula, Fungia, Meandrina, Madrepora
5. One specimen/slide of any ctenophore
6. Study of adult Fasciola hepatica, Taenia solium and their life cycles (Slides/microphotographs)
7. Study of adult Ascaris lumbricoides and its life stages (Slides/microphotographs)
8. To submit a Project Report on any related topic on life cycles/coral/ coral reefs.
139
Semester I
PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGY
Unit I: Introduction to Ecology
History of ecology, Autecology and synecology, Levels of organization, Laws of limiting factors, Study of
physical factors
Unit II: Population
Uni tary and Modular populations, Unique and group attributes of population: Density, natality, mortality, life
tables, fecundity tables, survivorship curves, age ratio, sex ratio, dispersal and dispersion, Exponential and logistic
growth, equation and patterns, r and K strategies, Population regulation density-dependent and independent factors,
Population interactions, Gause' s Principle with laboratory and field examples, Lotka- Volterra equation for
competition and Predation, functional and numerical responses.
Unit III: Community
Community characteristics : species richness, dominance, diversity, abundance, vertical stratification, Ecotone and
edge effect; Ecological succession with one example Theories pertaining to climax community.
Unit IV: Ecosystem and Applied Ecology
Types of ecosystems with one example in detai1, Food chain: Detritus and grazing, food chains, Linear and Yr
shaped food chains, Food web, Energy flow through the ecosystem, Ecological pyramids and Ecological
efficiencies, Nutrient and biogeochemical cycle with one example of Nitrogen cycle, Human modified ecosystem,
Ecology in Wildlife Conservation and Management
PRACTICALS
1. Study of life tables and plotting of survivorship curves of different types from the hypothetical/real data
provided
2. Determination of population density in a natural/hypothetical community by quadrate method and calculation of
Shannon-Weiner diversity index for the same community
3. Study of an aquatic ecosystem: Phytoplankton and zooplankton, Measurement of area, temperature,
turbidity/penetration of'light, determination of pH, and Dissolved Oxygen content (Winkler' s method), Chemical
Oxygen Demand and free CO2
4. Report on a visit to National Park/Biodiversity Park/Wildlife sanctuary
Colinvaux, P. A. (1993). Ecology. II Edition. Wiley, John and Sons, Inc.
Krebs, C. ]. (2001). Ecology. VI Edition. Benjamin Cummings .
Odum, E.P., (2008). Fundamentals of Ecology. Indian Edition. Brooks/Cole
Robert Leo Smith Ecology and field biology Harper and Row publisher
Ricklefs, R.E., (2000). Ecology. V Edition. Chiron Pres
140
Semester II
NON-CHORDATES II: COELOMATES
Unit I: Introduction to Coelomates and Annelida
Evolution of coelom and metamerism, General characteristics and Classification up to classes of Annelida,
Excretion in Annelida
Unit II: Arthropoda and Onychophora
General characteristics and Classification up to classes, vision Respiration in Arthropoda, Metamorphosis in
Insects, Social life in bees and termites, General characteristics and Evolutionary significance of Onychophora.
Unit III: Mollusca
General characteristics and Classification up to classes, Respiration in Mollusca, Torsion and detorsion in
Gastropoda, Pearl formation in bivalves, Evolutionary significance of trochophore larva.
Unit IV: Echinodermata
General characteristics and Classification up to classes, Water-vascular system in Asteroidea, Larval forms in
Echinodermata, Affinities with Chordates
Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders International Edition
Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P. ]. W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, 1. (2002). The Invertebrates: A New
Synthesis, III Edition, Blackwell Science
Barrington, E.].W. (1979). Invertebrate Structure and Functions. II Edition, E.L.B.S. and Nelson
PRACTICAL
1. Study of following specimens:
Annelids -Aphrodite, Nereis, Heteronereis, Sabella, Serpula, Chaetopterus, Pheretima, Hirudinaria
Arthropods - Limulus, Palamnaeus, Palaemon, Daphnia, Balanus, Sacculina, Cancer, Eupagurus, Scolopendra,
Julus, Bombyx, Periplaneta, termites and honey bees
Onychophora - Peripatus
Molluscs - Chiton, Dentalium, Pila, Doris, Helix, Unio, Ostrea, Pinctada, Sepia,Octopus, Nautilus
Echinodermates - Pentaceros/ Asterias, Ophiura, Clypeaster, Echinus, Cucumaria and Antedon
2. Study of digestive system, septal nephridia and pharyngeal nephridia of earthworm
3. T.S. through pharynx, gizzard, and typhlosolar intestine of earthworm
4. Mount of mouth parts and dissection of digestive system and nervous system of Periplaneta*
5. To submit a Project Report on any related topic to larval forms (crustacean, mollusc and echinoderm)
141
Semester II
CELL BIOLOGY
Unit I: Overview of Cells and Plasma Membrane
Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cells, Virus, Viroids, Mycoplasma, Prions, Various models of plasma membrane
structure, Transport across membranes: Active and Passive transport, Facilitated transport, Cell junctions: Tight
junctions, Desmosomes, Gap junctions
Unit II: Endomembrane System and Mitochondria and Peroxisomes
Structure and Functions: Endoplasmic Reticulum, Golgi Apparatus, Lyscsomes, Mitochondria: Structure, Semi-
autonomous nature, Endosymbiotic hypothesis, Mitochondrial Respiratory Chain, Chemi-osmotic hypothesis,
Peroxisomes
Unit III: Cytoskeleton and Nucleus
Structure and Functions: Microtubules, Microfilaments, and Intermediate filaments, Structure of Nucleus: Nuclear
envelope, Nuclear pore complex, Nucleolus, Chromatin: Euchromatin Hetrochromatin and packaging and (nuc
leosome)
Unit IV: Cell Division and Cell Signaling
Mitosis, Meiosis, Cell cycle and its regulation, GPCR and Role of second
messenger (cAMP)
Karp, G. (2010). Cell and Molecular Biology: Concepts and Experiments. VI Edition. John Wiley and Sons. Inc.
De Robertis, E.D.P. and De Robertis, E.M.F. (2006). Cell and Molecular Biology. VIII Edition. Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia.
Cooper, G.M. and Hausman, R.E., (2009). The Cell: A Molecular Approach. V Edition. ASM Press and Sunder
land, Washington, D.C. ; Sinauer Associates, MA.
Becker, W.M., Kleinsmith, L.J., Hardin. ]. and Bertoni, G. P. (2009). The World of the Cell. VII Edition. Pearson
Benjamin Cummings Publishing, San Francisco.
Bruce Albert, Bray Dennis, Levis Julian, Raff Martin, Roberts Keith and Watson James (2008). Molecular
Biology of the Cell, V Edition, Garland publishing Inc., New York and London.
PRACTICAL
1. Preparation of temporary stained squash of onion root tip to study various stages of mitosis
2. Study of various stages of meiosis.
3. Preparation of permanent slide to show the presence of Barr body in human female blood cells/cheek cells.
4. Preparation of permanent slide to demonstrate:
i DNA by Feulgen reaction
ii DNA and RNA by MGP
iii Mucopolysaccharides by PAS reaction
iv Proteins by Mercurobromophenol blue/Fast Green
142
2nd Year
Semester III
CORE COURSE (C.C.) - V
DIVERSITY OF CHORDATA
Unit - I
Introduction to Chordates 2
General characteristics and outline classification
Protochordata 8
General characteristics of Hemichordata, Urochordata and Cephalochordata; Study of larval forms in
protochordates; Retrogressive metamorphosis in Urochordata
Origin of Chordata
Dipleurula concept and the Echinoderm theory of origin of chordates Advanced features of vertebrates over
Protochordata
Unit - II
Agnatha 2
General characteristics and classification of cyclostomes up to class
Pisces 8
General characteristics of Chondrichthyes and Osteichthyes, classification up to order Migration, Osmoregulation
and Parental care in fishes
Amphibia
Origin of Tetrapoda (Evolution of terrestrial ectotherms); General characteristics and classification up to order;
Parental care in Amphibians 6
Unit III
Reptilia 7
General characteristics and classification up to order; Affinities of
Sphenodon; Poison apparatus and Biting mechanism in snakes
Aves 8
General characteristics and classification up to order Archaeopteryxa connecting link; Principles and
aerodynamics of flight, Flight adaptations and Migration in birds
Mammals 8
General characters and classification up to order; Affinities of Prototheria; Adaptive radiation with reference to
locomotory appendages
Unit - IV
Zoogeography 8
Zoogeographical realms, Theories pertaining to distribution of animals, Plate tectonic and Continental drift theory,
distribution of vertebrates in different realms
143
Semester III
CORE COURSE (C.C.) - VI
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY: CONTROLLING AND COORDINATING SYSTEMS
Unit I:
Tissues 6
Structure, location, classification and functions of epithelial tissue, connective tissue, muscular tissue and nervous
tissue
Bone and Cartilage 4
Structure and types of bones and cartilages, Ossification, bone growth and resorption
Unit II:
Nervous System
Structure of neuron, resting membrane potential, Origin of action potential and its propagation across the
myelinated and unmyelinated nerve fibers; Types of synapse, Synaptic transmission and, Neuromuscular junction;
Reflex action and its types - reflex arc; Physiology of hearing and vision.
Muscle
Histology of different types of muscle; Ultra structure of skeletal muscle; Molecular and chemical basis of muscle
contraction; Characteristics of muscle twitch; Motor unit, summation and tetanus
Unit III:
Reproductive System
Histology of testis and ovary; Physiology of male and female reproduction; Puberty, Methods of contraception in
male and female
Unit IV:
Endocrine System
Histology of endocrine glands - pineal, pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, pancreas, adrenal; hormones secreted by
them and their mechanism of action; Classification of hormones; Regulation of their secretion; Mode of hormone
action, Signal transduction pathways for steroidal and non-steroidal hormones; Hypothalamus (neuroendocrine
gland) - principal nuclei involved in neuroendocrine control of anterior pituitary and endocrine system; Placental
hormones
144
Semester III
CORE COURSE (C.C.) - VII
FUNDAMENT ALS OF BIOCHEMISTRY
Unit I: Carbohydrates
Structure and Biological importance: Monosaccharides, Disaccharides, Polysaccharides and Glycoconjugates
Lipids
Structure and Significance: Physiologically important saturated and unsaturated fatty acids, Tri-acylglycerols,
Phospholipids, Glycolipids, Steroids
Unit II: Proteins
Amino acids: Structure, Classification and General properties of a-amino acids; Physiological importance of
essential and non-essential a-amino acids
Proteins: Bonds stabilizing protein structure; Levels of organization In proteins; Denaturation; Introduction to
simple and conjugate proteins
Immunoglobulins: Basic Structure, Classes and Function, Antigenic Determinants
Unit III: Nucleic Acids
Structure: Purines and pyrimidines, Nucleosides, Nucleotides, Nucleic acids Cot Curves: Base pairing,
Denaturation and Renaturation of DNA Types of DNA and RNA, Complementarity of DNA, Hpyo-
Hyperchromaticity of DNA
Unit IV: Enzymes
Nomenclature and classification; Cofactors; Specificity of enzyme action; Isozymes; Mechanism of enzyme action;
Enzyme kinetics; Factors affecting rate of enzyme-catalyzed reactions; Derivation of Michaelis-Menten equation,
Concept of Km and Vmax, Lineweaver-Burk plot; Multi-substrate reactions; Enzyme inhibition; Allosteric
enzymes and their kinetics; Regulation of enzymeaction
(CREDITS 4)
145
Semester IV
CORE COURSE (C.C.) - VIII
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES
Unit I: Integumentary System
Structure, functions and derivatives of integument
Skeletal System
Overview of axial and appendicular skeleton, Jaw suspensorium, Visceral arches
Unit II: Digestive System
Alimentary canal and associated glands, dentition
Respiratory System
Skin, gills, lungs and air sacs; Accessory respiratory organs
Unit III: Circulatory System
General plan of circulation, evolution of heart and aortic arches
Urinogenital System
Succession of kidney, Evolution of urinogenital ducts, Types of mammalian uteri
Unit IV: Nervous System
Comparative account of brain
Autonomic nervous system, Spinal cord, Cranial nerves in mammals
Sense Organs
Classification of receptors
Brief account of visual and auditory receptors in man
(CREDITS 4)
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OFVERTEBRATES

PRACTICAL (CREDITS 2)
1. Study of placoid, cycloid and ctenoid scales through permanent sl ides/photographs
2. Disarticulated skeleton of Frog, Varanus, Fowl, Rabbit
3. Carapace and plastron of turtle /tortoise
4. Mammalian skulls: One herbivorous and one carnivorous animal
5. Dissection of rat to study arterial and urinogenital system(subject to permission)
6. Study of structure of any two organs (heart, lung, kidney, eye and ear) from video recording (may be included if
dissection not permitted)
7. Project on skeletal modifications in vertebrates (may be included if dissection not permitted)
Kardong, K.V. (2005) Vertebrates' Comparative Anatomy, Function and Evolution. IV Edition. McGraw-Hill
Higher Education
Kent, G.c. and Carr R.K. (2000). Comparative Anatomy 0/ the Vertebrates. IX Edition. The McGraw-Hill
Companies
Hilderbrand, M and Gaslow G.E. Analysis a/Vertebrate Structure, John Wiley and Sons
Walter, H.E. and Sayles, L.P; Biology 0/ Vertebrates, Khosla Publishing House
146
Semester IV
CORE COURSE (C.C.) - IX
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY: LIFE SUSTAINING SYSTEMS
Unit I: Physiology of Digestion
Structural organization and functions of gastrointestinal tract and associated glands; Mechanical and chemical
digestion of food; Absorptions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, water, minerals and vitamins; Hormonal control
of secretion of enzymes in Gastrointestinal tract.
Unit II: Physiology of Respiration
Histology of trachea and lung; Mechanism of respiration, Pulmonary ventilation; Respiratory volumes and
capacities; Transport of oxygen and carbon dioxide in blood; Respiratory pigments, Dissociation curves and the
factors influencing it; Carbon monoxide poisoning; Control of respiration
Renal Physiology
Structure of kidney and its functional unit; Mechanism of urine formation; Regulation of water balance; Regulation
of acid-base balance
Unit III: Blood
Components of blood and their functions; Structure and functions of haemoglobin
Haemostasis: Blood clotting system, Kallikrein-Kinninogen system, Complement system& Fibrinolytic system,
Haemopoiesis Blood groups: Rh factor, ABO and MN
Unit IV: Physiology of Heart
Structure of mammalian heart; Coronary circulation; Structure and working of conducting myocardial fibers.
Origin and conduction of cardiac impulses Cardiac cycle; Cardiac output and its regulation, Frank-Starling Law of
the heart, nervous and chemical regulation of heart rate. Electrocardiogram, Blood pressure and its regulation
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY: LIFE SUSTAINING SYSTEMS

PRACTICALS (CREDITS 2)
I. Determination of ABO Blood group
2. Enumeration of red blood cells and white blood cells using haemocytometer
3. Estimation of haemoglobin using Sahli's haemoglobinometer
4. Preparation of haemin and haernochromogen crystals
5. Recording of frog's heart beat under in situ and perfused conditions*
6. Recording of blood pressure using a sphygmomanometer
7. Examination of sections of mammalian oesophagus, stomach, duodenum, ileum, rectum liver, trachea, lung,
kidney (*Subject to UGC guidelines)
Guyton, A.C. & Hall, J.E. (2006). Textbook of Medical Physiology. XI Edition. Hercourt Asia PTE Ltd. W.B.
Saunders Company.
Tortora, G.J. & Grabowski, S. (2006). Principles of Anatomy & Physiology. XI Edition John Wiley & sons,
Victor P. Eroschenko. (2008). diFiore's Atlas of Histology with Functional
correlations. XII Edition. Lippincott W. & Wilkins.
Vander A, Shennan.l. and Luciano D. (2014). Vander's Human Physiology: The Mechanism of Body Function.
XIII Edition, McGraw Hills
147
Semester IV
CORE COURSE (C.C.) - X
BIOCHEMISTRY OF METABOLIC PROCESSES
Unit I: Overview of Metabolism
Catabolism vs Anabolism, Stages of catabolism, Compartmentalization of metabolic pathways, Shuttle systems
and membrane transporters; ATP as "Energy Currency of cell"; coupled reactions; Use of reducing equivalents
and cofactors; Intermediary metabolism and regulatory mechanisms
Unit II: Carbohydrate Metabolism
Sequence of reactions and regulation of glycolysis, Citric acid cycle, Phosphate pentose pathway,
Gluconeogenesis, Glycogenolysis and Glycogenesis
Unit III: Lipid Metabolism
-oxidation and omega -oxidation of saturated fatty acids with even and odd number of carbon atoms;
Biosynthesis of palmitic acid; Ketogenesis
Protein Metabolism
Catabolism of amino acids: Transamination, Deamina.tion, Urea cycle; Fate ofC-skeleton of Glucogenic and
Ketogenic amino acids
Unit IV: Oxidative Phosphorylation
Redox systems; Review of mitochondrial respiratory chain, Inhibitors and un-couplers of Electron Transport
System
BIOCHEMISTRY OF METABOLIC PROCESS

I. Estimation of total protein in given solutions by Lowry's method.
2. Detection of SGOT and SGPT or GST and GSH in serum/ tissue
3. To study the enzymatic activity of Trypsin and Lipase.
4. Study of biological oxidation (SOH) [goat liver]
5. To perform the Acid and Alkaline phosphatase assay from serum/ tissue.
6. Dry Lab: To trace the labelled C atoms of Acetyl-CoA till they evolve as C02in the TCA cycle
Cox, M.M and Nelson, D.L. (2008). Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, V Edition, W.H. Freeman and Co.,
New York.
Berg, J.M., Tymoczko, J.L. and Stryer, L. (2007). Biochemistry, VI Edition, W.H. Freeman and Co., New York.
Murray, R.K., Bender, D.A., Botham, K.M., Kennelly, P.J., Rodwell, V.W. and Well, P.A. (2009). Harper's
Illustrated Biochemistry, XXVIII Edition, International Edition, The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc.
Hames, B.D. and Hooper, N.M. (2000). Instant Notes in Biochemistry, II Edition, BIOS Scientific Publishers
Ltd., U.K.
148
3rd Year
Semester V
CORE COURSE (C.C.) - XI
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
Unit I: Nucleic Acids
Salient features of DNA and RNA
Watson and Crick model of DNA
DNA Replication
DNA Replication in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, mechanism of DNA replication, Semi-conservative, bidirectional
and semi-discontinuous replication, RNA priming, Replication of circular and linear ds-DNA,repl ication of
telomeres
Unit II: Transcription
RNA polymerase and transcription Unit, mechanism of transcription in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, synthesis of
rRNA and mRNA, transcription factors
Translation
Genetic code, Degeneracy ofthe genetic code and Wobble Hypothesis; Process of protein synthesis in prokaryotes:
Ribosome structure and assembly in prokaryotes, fidelity of protein synthesis, aminoacyl tRNA synthetases and
charging of tRNA; Proteins involved in initiation, elongation and termination of polypeptide chain; Inhibitors of
protein synthesis; Difference between prokaryotic and eukaryotic translation
Unit III: Post Transcriptional Modifications and Processing of Eukaryotic RNA
Structure of globin mRNA; Split genes: concept of introns and exons, splicing mechanism, alternative splicing,
exon shuffling, and RNA. editing, Processing of RNA
Gene Regulation
Transcription regulation in prokaryotes: Principles of transcriptional regulation with examples from lac operon and
trp operon; Transcription regulation in eukaryotes: Activators, repressors, enhancers, silencer elements; Gene
silencing, Genetic imprinting
Unit IV: DNA Repair Mechanisms
Pyrimidine dimerization and mismatch repair
Regulatory RNAs
Ribo-switches, RNA interference, miRNA, siRNA
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY PRACTICAL (CREDITS 2)

1. Study of Polytene chromosomes from Chironomous / Drosophila larvae
2. Preparation of liquid culture medium (LB) and raise culture of E. coli
3. Estimation of the growth kinetics of E. coli by turbidity method
4. Preparation of solid culture medium (LB) and growth of E. coli by spreading and streaking
5. Demonstration of antibiotic sensitivity/resistance of E. coli to antibiotic pressure and interpretation of results
6. Quantitative estimation of salmon sperm/calf thymus DNA using colorimeter
(Dipheny.lamine reagent) or spectrophotometer (A260 measurement)
7. Quantitative estimation of RNA using Orcinol reaction
8. Study and interpretation of electron micrographs/ photograph showing
(a) DNA replication
(b) Transcri ption
(c) Split genes
Becker, W.M., Kleinsmith, L.J., Hardin. J. and Bertoni, G. P. (2009). The World of the Cell. VII Edition. Pearson
Benjamin Cummings Publishing, San Francisco.
Bruce Alberts, Alexander Johnson, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, Peter Walter: Molecular Biology of
the Cell, IV Edition.
Cooper G. M. and Robert E. Hausman R. E. The Cell: A Molecular Approach, V Edition, ASM Press and Sinauer
Associates.
De Robertis, E.D.P. and De Robertis, E.M.F. (2006). Cell and Molecular Biology. VlIl Edition. Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia.
Karp, G. (2010) Cell and Molecular Biology: Concepts and Experiments. VI Edition. John Wiley and Sons. Inc.
Lewin B. (2008). Gene XI, Jones and Bartlett
McLennan A., Bates A., Turner, P. and White M. (20 IS). Molecular Biology IV Edition. GS, Taylor and Francis
Group, New York and London.
149
Semester V
CORE COURSE (C.C.) - XII
PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS
Unit I: Mendelian Genetics and its Extension
Principles of inheritance, Incomplete dominance and co-dominance, Multiple alleles, Lethal alleles, Epistasis,
Pleiotropy, Sex-linked, sexinfluenced and sex-limited characters inheritance.
Unit II: Linkage, Crossing Over and Chromosomal Mapping
Linkage and crossing over, Cytological basis of crossing over, Molecular mechanisms of crossing over including
models of recombination, Recombination frequency as a measure of linkage intensity, Two factor and three factor
crosses, Interference and coincidence, Somatic cell hybridization.
Unit III: Mutations
Types of gene mutations (Classification), Types of chromosomal aberrations (Classification, figures and with one
suitable example of each), Molecular basis of mutations in relation to UV light and chemical mutagens; Detection
of mutations: CLB method, attached X method.
Sex Determination
Chromosomal mechanisms of sex determination in Drosophila and Man
Extra-chromosomal Inheritance
Criteria for extra-chromosomal inheritance, Antibiotic resistance in Chlamydomonas, Mitochondrial mutations in
Saccharomyces, Infective heredity in Paramecium and Maternal effects
Unit IV: Polygenic Inheritance
Polygenic inheritance with suitable examples; simple numericals based on it.
Recombination in Bacteria and Viruses
Conjugation, Transformation, Transduction, Complementation test in Bacteriophage
Transposable Genetic Elements
Transposons in bacteria, Ac-Ds elements in maize and P elements in Drosophila, Transposons in humans
PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS
I. To study the Mendelian laws and gene interactions.
2. Chi-square analyses using seeds/beads/Drosophila.
3. Linkage maps based on data from conjugation, transformation and transduction.
4. Linkage maps based on data from Drosophila crosses,
5. Study of human karyotype (normal and abnormal).
6. Pedigree analysis of some human inherited traits.
Gardner, E.1., Simmons, M.1., Snustad, D.P. (2008). Principles of Genetics. VIII Edition. Wiley India
Snustad, D.P., Simmons, M.J. (2009). Principles of Genetics. V Edition. John Wiley and Sons Inc
Klug, W.S., Cummings, M.R., Spencer, C.A. (2012). Concepts of Genetics. X Edition. Benjamin Cummings
Russell, P. J. (2009). Genetics- A Molecular Approach.III Edition. Benjamin Cummings
Griffiths, A.J.F., Wessler, S.R., Lewontin, R.C. and CaITolI, S.B. Introduction to Genetic Analysis. IX Edition.
W. H. Freeman and Co
Fletcher H. and Hickey 1. (2015). Genetics. IV Edition. GS, Taylor and Francis Group, New York and London.
150
Semester VI
CORE COURSE (C.C.) - XIII
DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
Unit I: Introduction
Historical perspective and basic concepts: Phases of development, Cell-Cell interaction, Pattern formation,
Differentiation and growth, Differential gene expression, Cytoplasmic determinants and asymmetric cell division
Unit II: Early Embryonic Development
Gametogenesis, Spermatogenesis, Oogenesis; Types of eggs, Egg membranes; Fertilization (External and Internal):
Changes in gametes, Blocks to polyspermy; Planes and patterns of cleavage; Types of Blastula; Fate maps
(including Techniques); Early development of frog and chick up to gastrulation; Embryonic induction and
organizers
Unit III: Late Embryonic Development
Fate of Germ Layers; Extra-embryonic membranes in birds; Implantation of embryo in humans, Placenta
(Structure, types and functions of placenta)
Post Embryonic Development
Metamorphosis: Changes, hormonal regulations in amphibians and insects; Regeneration: Modes of regeneration,
epimorphosis, morphallaxis and compensatory regeneration (with one example each); Ageing: Concepts and
Theories
Unit IV: Implications of Developmental Biology
Teratogenesis: Teratogenic agents and their effects on embryonic development; In vitro fertilization, Stem cell
(ESC), Amniocentesis
DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
PRACTlCALS (CREDITS 2)
1. Study of whole mounts and sections of developmental stages of frog through permanent slides: Cleavage stages,
blastula, gastrula, neurula, tail-bud stage, tadpole (external and internal gill stages)
2. Study of whole mounts of developmental stages of chick through permanent slides: Primitive streak (13 and 18
hours), 21, 24, 28, 33, 36, 48, 72, and 96 hours of incubation (Hamilton a.nd Hamburger stages)
3. Study of the developmental stages and life cycle of Drosophila from stock culture
4. Study of different sections of placenta (photomicropgraphl slides)
5. Project report on Drosophila culture/chick embryo development
Gilbert, S. F. (2010). Developmental Biology, IX Edition, Sinauer Associates, Inc., Publishers, Sunderland,
Massachusetts, USA
Balinsky B. I. and Fabian B. C. (1981). An Introduction to Embryology, V Edition, International Thompson
Computer Press
Carlson, R. F. Patten's Foundations of Embryology.
Kalthoff (2008). Analysis of Biological Development, II Edition, McGraw-Hill Publishers
Lewis Wolpert (2002). Principles of Development. II Edition, Oxford University Press
151
Semester VI
CORE COURSE (C.C.) - XIV
EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY
Unit: I
Life's Beginnings: Chemogeny, RNA world, Biogeny, Origin of photosynthesis, Evolution of eukaryotes
Historical review of evolutionary concept: Lamarckism, Darwinism, Neo-Darwinism
Evidences of Evolution: Fossil record (types of fossils, transitional forms, geological time scale, ev.olution of
horse, Molecular (universality of genetic code and protein synthesising machinery, three domains of life, neutral
theory of molecular evolution, molecular clock ,example of globin gene family, rRNA/cyt c.
Unit II
Sources of variations: Heritable variations and their role in evolution. Population genetics: Hardy-Weinberg Law
(statement and derivation of equation, application of law to human Population); Evolutionary forces upsetting H-W
equilibrium; Natural selection (concept of fitness, selection coefficient, derivation of one unit of selection for a
dominant allele, genetic load, mechanism of working, types of
selection, density-dependent selection, heterozygous superiority, kin selection, adaptive resemblances, sexual
selection. Genetic Drift (mechanism, founder's effect, bottleneck phenomenon; Role of Migration and Mutation in
changing allele frequencies
Unit III
Product of evolution: Micro evolutionary changes (inter-population variations, clines, races, Species concept,
Isolating mechanisms, modes of speciation-allopatric, sympatric, Adaptive radiation / macroevolution (exemplified
by Galapagos finches. Extinctions, Back ground and mass extinctions (causes and effects), detailed example of K-
T extinction
Unit IV
Origin and evolution of man, Unique hominin characteristics contrasted with primate characteristics, primate
phylogeny from Dryopithecus leading to Homo sapiens, molecular analysis of human origin. Phylogenetic trees,
Multiple sequence alignment, construction of phylogenetic trees, interpretation of trees
152
2nd Year
Semester III
ZOOLOGY
SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSES
SEC 1
APICULTURE
(CREDITS 2)
Unit I: Biology of Bees (4)
History, Classification and Biology of Honey Bees
Social Organization of Bee Colony
Unit II: Rearing of Bees (10)
Artificial Bee rearing (Apiary), Beehives - Newton and Langstroth
Bee Pasturage
Selection of Bee Species for Apiculture
Bee Keeping Equipment
Methods of Extraction of Honey (Indigenous and Modern)
Unit III: Diseases and Enemies (5)
Bee Diseases and Enemies
Control and Preventive measures
Unit IV: Bee Economy (2)
Products of Apiculture Industry and its Uses (Honey, Bees Wax, Propolis), Pollen etc
Entrepreneurship in Apiculture (4)
Bee Keeping Industry - Recent Efforts, Modern Methods in employing artificial
Beehives for cross pollination in horticultural gardens
Prost, P. J. (1962). Apiculture. Oxford and IBH, New Delhi.
Bisht D.S., Apiculture, ICAR Publication.
Singh S., Beekeeping in India, Indian council of Agricultural Research, NewDelhi.
153
Semester IV
SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSES
SEC2
MEDICAL DIAGNOSTICS
THEORY (Credits 2)
Unit I: Introduction to Medical Diagnostics and its Importance 2
Unit II: Diagnostics Methods Used for Analysis of Blood 10
Blood composition, Preparation of blood smear and Differential Leucocyte Count (D.L.C) using Leishman's stain,
Platelet count using haemocytometer, Erythrocyte Sedimentary Rate (E.S.R), Packed CelJ Volume (P.C.V.)
Unit III: Diagnostic Methods Used for Urine Analysis 6
Urine Analysis: Physical characteristics; Abnormal constituents
Non-infectious Diseases 6
Causes, types, symptoms, complications, diagnosis and prevention of Diabetes (Type I and Type II), Hypertension
(Primary and secondary), Testing of blood glucose using Glucometer/Kit
Unit IV: Infectious Diseases
Causes, types, symptoms, diagnosis and prevention of Tuberculosis and Hepatitis
Tumours
Types (Benign/Malignant), Detection and metastasis; Medical imaging: X-Ray of Bone fracture, PET, MRI and
CT Scan (using photographs).
Park, K. (2007), Preventive and Social Medicine, B.B. Publishers
Godkar P.B. and Godkar D.P. Textbook of Medical Laboratory Technology, 11 Edition, Bhalani Publishing
House
Cheesbrough M., A Laboratory Manual for Rural Tropical Hospitals, A Basis for Training Courses
Guyton A.C. and HalJ J.E. Textbook of Medical Physiology, Saunders
Robbins and Cortan, Pathologic Basis of Disease, VIIIEdition, Saunders
Prakash, G. (2012), Lab Manual on Blood Analysis and Medical Diagnostics, S. Chand and Co. Ltd.
154
3rd Year
Semester V
DSE I
IMMUNOLOGY
THEORY
(Credits 4)
Unit I: Overview of lmmune System

Historical perspective of Immunology, Early theories of Immunology, Cells and organs of the Immune system
Innate and Adaptive Immunity
Anatomical barriers, Inflammation, Cell and molecules involved in innate immunity, Adaptive immunity (Cell
mediated and humoral), Passive: Artificial and natura:l Immunity, Active: Artificial and natural Immunity,
Immune dysfunctions (brief account of autoimmunity with reference to Rheumatoid Arthritis and tolerance,
AIDS).
Unit II: Antigens
Antigenicity and immunogenicity, Immunogens, Adjuvants and haptens, Factors influencing immunogenicity, B
and T-Cell epitopes
Immunoglobulins
Structure and functions of different classes of immunoglobulins, Antigenantibody interactions, Immunoassays
(ELISA and RIA), Polyclonal sera, Hybridoma technology: Monoclonal antibodies in therapeutics and diagnosis
Unit III: Major Histocompatibility Complex
Structure and functions of MHC molecules. Endogenous and exogenous pathways of antigen processing and
presentation
Cytokines
Properties and functions of cytokines, Therapeutics Cytokines
Complement System
Components and pathways of complement activation.
Unit IV: Hypersensitivity
Gell and Coombs' classification and brief description of various types of hypersensitivities
Vaccines
Various types of vaccines.
IMMUNOLOGY
Practical
Credit 2
1*. Demonstration of lymphoid organs.
2. Histological study of spleen, thymus and lymph nodes through slidesl photographs
3. Preparation of stained blood film to study various types of blood cells.
4. Ouchterlony's double immuno-diffusion method.
5. ABa blood group determination.
6". Cell counting and viability test from splenocytes of farm bred animalslcell lines.
7. Demonstration of:
a. ELISA
b. Immunoelectrophoresis
* The experiments can be performed depending upon usage of animals in UG courses.
Kindt, T. J., Goldsby, R.A., Osborne, B. A. and Kuby, J (2006). Immunology, VI Edition. W.H. Freeman and
Company.
David, M., Jonathan, 8., David, R. B. and Ivan R. (2006). Immunology, VII Edition, Mosby, Elsevier Publication.
Abbas, K. Abul and Lechtrnan H. Andrew (2003.) Cellular and Molecular Immunology. V Edition. Saunders
Publication.
155
Semester V
DSE II
FISH AND FISHERIES
THEORY
(Credits 4)
UNIT I: Introduction and Classification:
General description of fish; Account of systematic classification of fishes (upto classes); Classification based on
feeding habit, habitat and manner of reproduction.
UNIT II: Morphology and Physiology:
Types of fins and their modifications; Locomotion in fishes; Hydrodynamics; Types of Scales, Use of scales in
Classification and determination of age of fish; Gills and gas exchange; Swim Bladder: Types and role in
Respiration, buoyancy; Osmoregulation in Elasmobranchs; Reproductive strategies (special reference to Indian
fishes); Electric organs; Bioluminiscience; Mechanoreceptors; Schooling; Parental care; Migration.
UNIT III: Fisheries
Inland Fisheries; Marine Fisheries; Environmental factors influencing the seasonal variations in fish catches in the
Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal; Fishing crafts and Gears; Depletion of fisheries resources; Application of
remote sensing and GIS in fisheries; Fisheries law and regulations
Unit IV: Aquaculture
Sustainable Aquaculture; Extensive, semi-intensive and intensive culture of fish; Pen and cage culture;
Polyculture; Composite fish culture; Brood stock management; Induced breeding of fish; Management of finfish
hatcheries; Preparation and maintenance of fish aquarium; Preparation of compound diets for fish; Role of water
quality in aquaculture; Fish diseases: Bacterial, viral and parasitic; Preservation and processing of harvested fish,
Fishery by-products
Fish in research
Transgenic fish, Zebrafish as a model organism in research.
FISH AND FISHERIES

PRACTICAL (Credits 2)
1. Morphometric and meristic characters of fishes
2. Study of Petromyzon, Myxine, Pristis, Chimaera. Exocoetus, Hippocampus, Gambusia, Labeo, Heteropneustes.
Anabas
3. Study of different types of scales (through permanent slides! photographs).
4. Study of crafts and gears used in Fisheries
5. Water quality criteria for Aquaculture: Assessment of pH, conductivity, Total solids, Total dissolved solids
6. Study of air breathing organs in Channa. Heteropneustes, Anabas and Clarias
8. Demonstration of parental care in fishes (video)
9. Project Report on a visit to any fish farm! pisciculture unit/Zebrafish rearing Lab.
7. Demonstration of induced breeding in Fishes (video)
Q Bone and R Moore, Biology of Fishes, Talyor and Francis Group, CRC Press, U.K.
D. H. Evans and J. D. Claiborne, The Physiology of Fishes, Taylor and Francis Group, CRC Press, UK yon der
Emde, RJ. Mogdans and B.G. Kapoor.The Senses of Fish: Adaptations for the Reception of Natural Stimuli,
Springer, Netherlands
C.B.L. Srivastava, Fish Biology, Narendra Publishing House
J .R. Norman, A history of Fishes, Hill and Wang Publishers
S.S. Khanna and H.R. Singh, A text book of Fish Biology and Fisheries, Narendra Publishing House
156
Semester VI
DSE III
WILD LIFE CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit I: Introduction to Wild Life
Values of wild life - positive and negative; Conservation ethics; Importance of conservation; Causes of depletion;
World conservation strategies.
Evaluation and management of wild life
Habitat analysis, Physical parameters: Topography, Geology, Soil and water; Biological Parameters: food, cover,
forage, browse and cover estimation; Standard evaluation procedures: remote sensing and GIS.
Unit II: Management of habitats.
Setting back succession; Grazing logging; Mechanical treatment; Advancing the successional process; Cover
construction; Preservation of general genetic diversity; Restoration of degraded habitats
Population estimation
Population density, Natality, Birth rate, Mortality, fertility schedules and sex ratio computation; Faecal analysis of
ungulates and carnivores: Faecal samples, slide preparation, Hair identification, Pug marks and census method.
Unit III: Management planning of wild life in protected areas
Estimation of carrying capacity; Eco tourism / wild life tourism in forests; Concept of climax persistence; Ecology
of perturbence.
Management of excess population
Bio- telemetry; Care of injured and diseased animal; Quarantine; Common diseases of wild animal
Unit IV: Protected areas
National parks & sanctuaries, Community reserve; Important features of protected areas in India; Tiger
conservation - Tiger reserves in India; Management challenges in Tiger reserve
WILD LIFE CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT

PRACTICAL (Credits 2)
1. Identification of flora, mammalian fauna, avian fauna, herpeto-fauna
2. Demonstration of basic equipment needed in wildlife studies use, care and maintenance (Compass, Binoculars,
Spotting scope, Range Finders, Global Positioning System, Various types of Cameras and lenses)
3. Familiarization and study of animal evidences in the field; Identification of animals through pug marks, hoof
marks, scats, pellet groups, nest, antlers etc.
4. Demonstration of different field techniques for flora and fauna
5. PCQ, Ten tree method, Circular, Square & rectangular plots, Parker's 2 Step and other methods for ground cover
assessment, Tree canopy cover assessment, Shrub cover assessment.
6. Trail / transect monitoring for abundance and diversity estimation of mammals and bird (direct and indirect
evidences)
Caughley, G., and Sinclair, A.R.E. (1994). Wildlife Ecology and Management. Blackwell Science.
Woodroffe R., Thirgood, S. and Rabinowitz, A. (2005). People and Wildlife, Conflict or Co-existence?
Cambridge University.
Bookhout, T.A. (1996). Research and Management Techniques for Wildlife and Habitats,S th edition. The
Wildlife Society, Allen Press.
Sutherland, W.J. (2000). The Conservation Handbook: Research, Management and Policy. Blackwell Sciences
Hunter M.L., Gibbs, lB. and Sterling, E.J. (2008). Problem-Solving in Conservation Biology and Wildlife
Management: Exercises for Class, Field, and Laboratory. Blackwell Publishing.
DSE- IV
Viva 20 Marks
157
GENERIC ELECTIVE
158
BOTANY
GENERIC ELECTIVE I & II PAPER I
1st & 3rd Semester
BIODIVERSITY (MICROBES, ALGAE, FUNGI AND ARCHEGONIATE)
Unit - I
Microbiology: Viruses - Discovery, general structure, replication (general account), DNA virus (T-phage); Lytic
and lysogenic cycle, RNA virus (TMV); Economic importance; Bacteria - Discovery, General characteristics and
cell structure; Reproduction - vegetative, asexual and recombination (conjugation, transformation and
transduction); Economic importance.
Unit - II
Fungi, Lichens and Mycorrhiza: Introduction- General characteristics, ecology and significance, range of thallus
organization, cell wall composition , nutrition, reproduction and classification; True Fungi- General characteristics,
ecology and significance, life cycle of Rhizopus (Zygomycota) Penicillium,Alternaria (Ascomycota), Puccinia,
Agaricus (Basidiomycota);
Symbiotic Associations-Lichens: General account, reproduction and significance; Mycorrhiza: ectomycorrhiza
and endomycorrhiza and their significance.
Unit - II
Algae and Bryophytes
General characteristics; Ecology and distribution; Range of thallus organization and reproduction; Classification of
algae; Morphology and life cycles of the following: Nostoc,Chlamydomonas, Oedogonium, Vaucheria, Fucus,
Polysiphonia. Economic importance of algae.
General characteristics, adaptations to land habit, Classification, Range of thallus organization.Classification (up to
family), morphology, anatomy and reproduction of Marchantia and Funaria.(Developmental details not to be
included).Ecology and economic importance of bryophytes with special mention of Sphagnum.
Unit - III
Pteridophyta and Gymnosperm
General characteristics; classification, Early land plants (Cooksonia and Rhynia). Classification (up to family),
morphology, anatomy and reproduction of Selaginella, Equisetum and Pteris.(Developmental details not to be
included).Heterospory and seed habit, stellar evolution.Ecological and economical importance of Pteridophytes.
General characteristics; classification. Classification (up to family), morphology, anatomy and reproduction of
Cycas and Pinus. (Developmental details not to be included).Ecological and economical importance.
PRACTICAL
1. EMs/Models of viruses - T-Phage and TMV, Line drawing/Photograph of Lytic and Lysogenic Cycle.
2. Types of Bacteria from temporary/permanent slides/photographs; EM bacterium; Binary Fission; Conjugation;
Structure of root nodule.
3. Gram staining
4. Study of vegetative and reproductive structures of Nostoc, Chlamydomonas (electron micrographs),
Oedogonium, Vaucheria, Fucus* and Polysiphonia through temporary preparations and permanent slides. (* Fucus
- Specimen and permanent slides)
5. Rhizopus and Penicillium: Asexual stage from temporary mounts and sexual structure sthrough permanent
slides.
6. Alternaria: Specimens/photographs and tease mounts.
7. Puccinia: Herbarium specimens of Black Stem Rust of Wheat and infected Barberry leaves; section/tease
mounts of spores on Wheat and permanent slides of both the hosts.
8. Agaricus: Specimens of button stage and full grown mushroom; Sectioning of gills of Agaricus.
9. Lichens: Study of growth forms of lichens (crustose, foliose and fruticose)
10. Mycorrhiza: Ecto mycorrhiza and Endo mycorrhiza (Photographs)
11. Marchantia- morphology of thallus, w.m. rhizoids and scales, v.s. thallus through gemma cup, w.m. gemmae
(all temporary slides), v.s. antheridiophore, archegoniophore, l.s. sporophyte (all permanent slides).
12. Funaria- Morphology, w.m. leaf, rhizoids, operculum, peristome, annulus, spores(temporary slides); permanent
slides showing antheridial and archegonial heads, l.s. capsule and protonema.
13. Selaginella- Morphology, w.m. leaf with ligule, t.s. stem, w.m. strobilus, w.m.microsporophyll and
megasporophyll (temporary slides), l.s. strobilus (permanent slide).
14. Equisetum- Morphology, t.s. internode, l.s. strobilus, t.s. strobilus, w.m. sporangiophore,w.m. spores (wet and
dry)(temporary slides); t.s rhizome (permanent slide).
15. Pteris- Morphology, t.s. rachis, v.s. sporophyll, w.m. sporangium, w.m. spores(temporary slides), t.s. rhizome,
w.m. prothallus with sex organs and young sporophyte (permanent slide).
16. Cycas- Morphology (coralloid roots, bulbil, leaf), t.s. coralloid root, t.s. rachis, v.s. leaflet,v.s. microsporophyll,
w.m. spores (temporary slides), l.s. ovule, t.s. root (permanent slide).
159
17. Pinus- Morphology (long and dwarf shoots, w.m. dwarf shoot, male and female), w.m.dwarf shoot, t.s. needle,
t.s. stem, , l.s./t.s. male cone, w.m. microsporophyll, w.m. microspores (temporary slides), l.s. female cone, t.l.s. &
r.l.s. stem (permanent slide).
1. Kumar, H.D. (1999). Introductory Phycology. Affiliated East-West. Press Pvt. Ltd. Delhi. 2nd edition.
2. Tortora, G.J., Funke, B.R., Case, C.L. (2010). Microbiology: An Introduction, Pearson Benjamin Cummings,
U.S.A. 10th edition.
3. Sethi, I.K. and Walia, S.K. (2011). Text book of Fungi & Their Allies, MacMillan Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Delhi.
4. Alexopoulos, C.J., Mims, C.W., Blackwell, M. (1996). Introductory Mycology, John Wiley and Sons (Asia),
Singapore. 4th edition.
5. Raven, P.H., Johnson, G.B., Losos, J.B., Singer, S.R., (2005). Biology. Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi, India.
6. Vashishta, P.C., Sinha, A.K., Kumar, A., (2010). Pteridophyta, S. Chand. Delhi, India.
7. Bhatnagar, S.P. and Moitra, A. (1996). Gymnosperms. New Age International (P) Ltd Publishers, New Delhi,
India.
8. Parihar, N.S. (1991). An introduction to Embryophyta. Vol. I. Bryophyta. Central Book Depot, Allahabad.
160
BOTANY
GENERIC ELECTIVE I & II PAPER II
2nd & 4th Semester
PLANT PHYSIOLOGY AND METABOLISM
(Credits: Theory-4, Practical-2)
THEORY
Unit I:Water and Minerals: Plant-water relations
Importance of water, water potential and its components; Transpiration and its significance; Factors affecting
transpiration; Root pressure and guttation.
Mineral nutrition
Essential elements, macro and micronutrients; Criteria of essentiality of elements; Role of essential elements;
Transport of ions across cell membrane, active and passive transport, carriers, channels and pumps.
Unit II:. Metabolism I: Photosynthesis
Photosynthetic Pigments (Chl a, b, xanthophylls, carotene); Photosystem I and II, reaction center, antenna
molecules; Electron transport and mechanism of ATP synthesis; C3, C4 and CAM pathways of carbon fixation;
Photorespiration.
Translocation in phloem.
Composition of phloem sap, girdling experiment; Pressure flow model; Phloem loading and unloading
Unit III:Metabolism II
Enzymes
Structure and properties; Mechanism of enzyme catalysis and enzyme inhibition.
Respiration
Glycolysis, anaerobic respiration, TCA cycle; Oxidative phosphorylation, Glyoxylate, Oxidative Pentose
Phosphate Pathway.
Nitrogen metabolism
Biological nitrogen fixation; Nitrate and ammonia assimilation
Unit IV::Plant Anatomy Meristematic and permanent tissues
Root and shoot apical meristems; Simple and complex tissues
Organs
Structure of dicot and monocot root stem and leaf.
Secondary Growth
Vascular cambium structure and function, seasonal activity. Secondary growth in root and stem, Wood
(heartwood and sapwood)
Adaptive and protective systems
Epidermis, cuticle, stomata; General account of adaptations in xerophytes and hydrophytes.
PRACTICAL
1. Determination of osmotic potential of plant cell sap by plasmolytic method.
2. To study the effect of two environmental factors (light and wind) on transpiration by excised twig.
3. Calculation of stomatal index and stomatal frequency of a mesophyte and a xerophyte.
4. Demonstration of Hill reaction.
5. Demonstrate the activity of catalase and study the effect of pH and enzyme concentration.
6. To study the effect of light intensity and bicarbonate concentration on O2 evolution in photosynthesis.
7. Separation of amino acids by paper chromatography.
8. Study of meristems through permanent slides and photographs.
9. Tissues (parenchyma, collenchyma and sclerenchyma); Macerated xylary elements,Phloem (Permanent slides,
photographs)
10. Stem: Monocot: Zea mays; Dicot: Helianthus; Secondary: Helianthus (only Permanent lides).
11. Root: Monocot: Zea mays; Dicot: Helianthus; Secondary: Helianthus (only Permanent slides).
12. Leaf: Dicot and Monocot leaf (only Permanent slides).
13. Adaptive anatomy: Xerophyte (Nerium leaf); Hydrophyte (Hydrilla stem).
161
1. Taiz, L., Zeiger, E., Mller, I.M. and Murphy, A (2015). Plant Physiology and Development. Sinauer Associates
2. Hopkins, W.G., Huner, N.P., (2009). Introduction to Plant Physiology. John Wiley & Sons, U.S.A. 4th Edition.
3. Bajracharya, D., (1999). Experiments in Plant Physiology- A Laboratory Manual. Narosa Publishing House, New
Delhi.
4. Publication House Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. 5th edition. Mauseth, J.D. (1988). Plant Anatomy. The
Benjamin/Cummings Publisher, USA.
5. Eames and Mc Daniels, Plant Anatomy Pandey B.P. (2012) Plant Anatomy.S.Chand Publications, New Delhi,
India
162
CHEMISTRY
1st & 3rd Semester
CHEMISTRY I
Unit - I (A)
Atomic Structure: Bohr's Theory, Sommerfelds Model of atom, de-broglie's concept of matter wave. Helsenbergs
uncertainity principle. Concept of orbital. Shape of S,P,D & F orbital. Quantam number and its significance.
Rules for filling electron in different orbitals electronic configuration of atoms. Stability of half filled and fully
filled subshell. Concept of exchange energy. Relative energy of atomic.
Unit - I (B)
Modern perodic table: Classification of elements into S,P,D & F blocks. Atomic Size (Covalent radii, ionic radii
and vander waals radii) lonisation enthalpy, elecron affinity and electronegativity as periodic properties.
(15 Lecturers)
Unit - II (A)
Ionic bonding, energy consideration, lattice energy and solvation energy. Born Haber cycle and estimation of
lattice energy. Valence bond approach, Hybridisation of atomic orbitals SP, SP2 & SP3 hybridisation. VSEPR
theory to predict shape of cavalent molecules.
Molecular orbital theory, Bonding and antibonding MO's application to simple diatomic molecules of H,O,N & F.
Unit - II (B)
Co-ordination chemistry : Isomerism, EAN Rule, Werner's theory, Valence bond approach and crystal field theory
for octahedral and tetrahedral complex. (15 Lecturers)
Unit - III (A)

Kinetic theory of gases, expression for pressure, Derivation of gas laws (Boy)'s law. Charl's law, Avogadro's law,
Dalton's law of partial pressure and grahm's of diffusion).
Maxwell Boltzman distribution of molecular speed root mean square speed and most probable speed semple
calculations.
Unit - III (B)
First law of thermodynamics enthalpy and enthalpy change, laws of thermochemistry, semple calculations second
law of thermodynamics and entropy. Concept of free energy, Gibbs Helmholtz equation and its significance.
(15 Lecturers)
Unit - IV (A)
Reversible reaction, chemical equilibrium. Equilibrium constant, Le-chatliers principle & its applications in haber's
method of synthesis of ammonia. Ionic equilibrium. Theories of acid and base, pH scale, common ion effect.
solubility product. Buffer solution, Hydrolysis of salt.
Unit - IV (B)
Phase equilibra : Phase, degrees of freedom and components. Phase rule. Phase diagram of water and sulphur
system.
Distribution law, Nernst's distribution law and application to solvent extraction.
Dilute solution and colligative properties. Lawering of vapaur pressure, Elevation of boiling point, Depression of
freezing point and osmotic pressure as colligative properties. Abnormal Colligative properties and vant Hoff factor.
(15 Lecturers)
PRACTICAL
Generic Elective - I
1. Estimation of sodium corbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate present in a mixture.
2. Estimation of oxalic acid by titrating with KmnO4
3. Estimation of fe(II) ions by titrating with K2Cr2O7
4. Estimation of Cu(II)ion iodometrically using Na2S2O3
163
CHEMISTRY
2nd & 4th Semester
CHEMISTRY-II
Unit-I
Structure and Bonding in Organic molecules: Concept of hybridization and application to explain structure and
bonding in organic molecules. Distribution of electrons in organic molecules, Inductive Effect, Resonance and
Hyper conjugation.
Organic Reaction Mechanism. Homolysis and heterolysis. Generation ,Structure, Stability and Reactions of
Carbocation, Carbanion, and Carbon free radicals. Attacking agents: Electrophile, Nucleophile and Free radicals.
SN1, SN2,E1,E2AdE and, Ad N reactions with suitable examples. (15 Lecturers)
Unit-II
Aliphatic hydrocarbons: Preperation of alkanes, alkenes and alkynes.Saytzeff and Hoffman elimination.
Maronokoffs addition. Cis- trans isomerism in alkenes, Acidic properties of acetylene. Cycloalkanes. Preperation
and Properties. Relative stability of cycloalkanes and Bayers strain theory. Preperation of Cycloalkenes.
Aromaticity. Structure and bonding in benzene. Electrophilic substitution reaction in benzene.
(15 Lecturers)
Unit-III
Alkylhalides ,preparation and properties .Chlorination of Benzene.lnertness of halogen atom of Chlorobenzene
towards SNreaction. Preperation and properties of alcohol. Distinction between primery secondary and tertiary
alcohol. Preperation of Phenol and acidic character. Reimer Tiemann Reaction. Preperation and properties of
aliphatic and aromatic carbonyl compounds. Benzoin condensation, Aldol condensation, and Cannizzaro reaction.
(15 Lecturers)
Unit-IV
Carboxylic acid: Preparation and properties(Aliphatic and Aromatic) .Benzoic acid . Effect of substitution on acid
strength. Active methylene compounds. Preperation and synthetic applications of Aceto acetic ester. Amines.
Preperation and properties (Aliphatic and aromatic ). Basic properties of different types of amines. Seperation of
Primery , secondary and tertiary amines. Diazonium salt . Preparation and synthetic applications.
(15 Lecturers)
GENERICELECTIVECHEMISTRY-II(LAB)
Qualitative analysis of organic compounds: Test for Unsaturation, Aromatic character, Element Detection and
functional group and determination of melting point / boiling point.
Garland, C. W.; Nibler, J. W. & Shoemaker, D. P. Experiments in Physical Chemistry 8th Ed.; McGraw-Hill:
New York (2003).
Halpern, A. M. & McBane, G. C. Experimental Physical Chemistry 3rd Ed.; W.H. Freeman & Co.: New York
(2003).
164
MATHEMATICS
1st & 3rd Semester
CALCULUS AND ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Unit-I
Curvature, Asymptotes, Tracing of Curves (Cartenary, Cycloid, Folium of Descartes, Astroid, Limacon, Cissoid
& loops), Rectification, Quardrature, Volume and Surface area of solids of revolution.
Unit-II
Explicit and Implicit functions, Limit and Continuity of functions of several variables, Partial derivatives, Partial
derivatives of higher orders, Homogeneous functions, Change of variables, Mean value theorem, Taylors theorem
and Maclaurins theorem for functions of two variables. Maxima and Minima of functions of two and three
variables, Implicit functions, Lagranges multipliers. Multiple integrals.
Unit-III
Ordinary Differential Equations of Ist order and Ist degree (Variables separable, homogenous, exact and linear).
Equations of 1st order but higher degree.
Unit-IV
Second order linear equations with constant coefficients, homogeneous forms, Second order equations with ariable
coefficients, Variation of parameters. Laplace transforms and its applications to solutions of differential equations.
1. Shantinarayan-Text Book of Calculus, Part-II, S. Chand and Co., Chapter-8 (Art. 24,25,26)
2. Shantinarayan-Text Book of Calculus, Part-III, S. Chand and Co., Chapter-l (Art 1,2),3, 4(Art. 10 to 12
ommitting Simpsons Rule), 5(Art-13) and 6(Art-15).
3. Santosh K. Sengar-Advanced Calculus, Chapters: 2,4,5,6, 7, II,12,13.
4. J. Sinharoy and S. Padhy-A Course of Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, Kalyani Publishers.
Chapters: 2(2.1 to 2.7).3,4(4.1 to 4.7),5,9 (9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.10, 9.11, 9.13).
1. Shanti Narayan and P.K. Mittal-Analytical Solid Geometry, S. Chand & Company Pvt Ltd., New Delhi.
2. David V. Weider-Advanced Calculus, Dover Publications.
3. Martin Braun-Differential Equations and their Applications-Martin Braun, Springer International.
4. M.D. Raisinghania-Advanced Differential Equations, S. Chand & Company ltd., New Delhi
G. Dennis Zill-A First Course In Differential Equations with Modelling Applications, Cengage Learning India
Pvt. Ltd.
165
MATHEMATICS
2nd & 4th Semester
LINEAR ALGEBRA AND ADVANCED ALGEBRA
Unit-I
Vector space, Subspace, Span of a set, Linear dependence and Independence, Dimensions and Basis. Near
transformations, Range, Kernel, Rank, Nullity, Inverse of a linear map, Rank-Nullity theorem.
Unit-II
Matrices and linear maps, Rank and Nullity of a matrix, Transpose of a matrix, Types of matrices. Elementary row
operations, System of linear equations, Matrix inversion using row operations, Determinant .d Rank of matrices,
Eigen values, Eigen vectors, Quadratic forms.
Unit-III
Group Theory: Definition and examples, Subgroups, Normal subgroups, Cyclic groups, Cosets, Quotient groups,
Permutation groups, Homomorphism.
Unit-IV
Ring Theory: Definition and examples, Some special classes of Rings, Ideals, Quotient rings, Ring
homomorphism. Isomorphism theorems. Zero divisions integral domain.
1. V Krishnarnurty, V I) Maima, J L Arora-An introduction to Linear Algebra, Affiliated East-West Pless Pvt. Ltd,
New Delhi, Chapters: 3, 4(41 to 47), 5(except 53).6(61,62,6.5,66,68), 7(74 only)
2. I.N. Henstrain-Topics in Algebra. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi. Chapters 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,
19,20
Books for Rofercnces:
1 S Kumaresan-Linear Algebra: A Geometric Approach, Prentice Hall of India.
2 Rao and Bhimasankaran-Linear Algebra, Hindustan Publishing House.
3. S Singh-Linear Algebra, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
4. Gilbert Strang-Linear Algebra & its Applications, Cengage Learning lndia Pvt. Ltd
5 I.N. Herstein-Topics in Algebra. Wiley Eastern Pvt Ltd
6 Gallian-Conteruporary Abstract Algebra, Narosa publishing House
7. Artill-Algebra. Prentice Hall of India.
8 V.K. Khanna and 5 K. Bhambri-A Course in Abstract Algebra, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
166
PHYSICS
1st & 3rd Semester
MECHANICS AND ELECTROMAGNETISM
UNIT-I: Gravitation, Rotational motion and Oscillation
Rotational Motion: Angular velocity and angular momentum. Torque.Conservationof angular momentum.
Gravitation: Newton's Law of Gravitation. Motion of a particle in a central forcefield (motion is in a plane, angular
momentum is conserved, areal velocity isconstant). Kepler's Laws (statement only).Satellite in circular orbit and
applications. Geosynchronous orbits. Basic idea of global positioning system (GPS).Weightlessness.Oscillations:
Simple harmonic motion. Differential equation of SHM and itssolutions. Kinetic and Potential Energy, Total
Energy and their time averages.
UNIT-II: Elasticity and Special Theory of Relativity
Elasticity: Hooke's law - Stress-strain diagram, Elastic moduli, Relation between elastic constants - Poisson's
Ratio-Expression for Poisson's ratio in terms of elastic constants - Work done in stretching and work done in
twisting a wire, Twisting couple on a cylinder ,Determination of Rigidity modulus by static torsion, Torsional
pendulum ,Determination of Rigidity modulus and moment of inertia by Searle's method.
Special Theory of Relativity: Constancy of speed of light. Postulates of Special Theory of Relativity. Lorentz
Transformation, Length contraction .Time dilation.
UNIT-III: Vector analysis and Electrostatics
Vector Analysis: Review of vector algebra (Scalar and Vector product), gradient,divergence, Curl and their
significance, ector Integration, Line, surface and volumeintegrals of Vector fields, Gauss-divergence theorem and
Stoke's theorem of vectors(statement only).Electrostatics: Electrostatic Field, electric flux, Gauss's theorem of
electrostatics.Applications of Gauss theorem- Electric field due to point charge, infinite line ofcharge, plane
charged sheet,charged conductor.
Electric potential as line integral of electric field, potential due t~a point charge, electric dipole, uniformly charged
spherical shell and solid sphere. Calculation of electric field from potential.Capacitance of an isolateds
sphericalconductor. Parallel plate, spherical and cylindrical condenser with and without dielectric. Energy per unit
volumejn electrostatic field. Dielectric medium, Polarisation, Displacement vector.Gauss'stheorem in dielectrics.
UNIT-IV: Magnetism and Electromagnetic Induction:
Biot-Savart's law and its applications- straight conductor, circularcoil, solenoid carrying current. Divergence and
curl of magnetic field.Magneticvector potential.Ampere's circuital law. Application to straight wire and solenoids,
Magnetic properties of materials: Magnetic intensity, magnetic induction; Permeability, magnetic susceptibility
and relation between them. Electromagnetic Induction: Faraday's laws of electromagnetic induction, Lenz'slaw,
self and mutual inductance, L of single coil, M of two coils. Energy stored il!.ffiagnetic field.
1. University Physics. F.W. Sears, M.W. Zemansky and H.D. Young, 13/e, 1986.Addison-esley
2. Mechanics Berkeley Physics, v.1: Charles Kittel, et. al. 2007, Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. Physics - Resnick, Halliday& Walker 9/e, 2010, Wiley
4. Engineering Mechanics, Basudeb Bhattacharya, 2 ndedn., 2015, OxfordUniversity Press.
5. Electricity and Magnetism, Edward M. Purcell, 1986, McGraw-Hill Education
6.Electricity & Magnetism, J.H. Fewkes&J.Yarwood.Vol. 1,1991, Oxford Univ. Press
7.Electricity and Magnetism, D C Tayal, 1988, Himalaya Publishing House.
University Physics, Ronald Lane Reese, 2003, Thomson Brooks/Cole.
9.DJ .Griffiths, Introduction to Electrodynamics, 3rd Edn, 1998, Benjamin Cummings.
PRACTICAL
MECHANICS and ELECTROMAGNETISM
1. Measurements oflength (or diameter) using vernier caliper, screw gauge andtravelling microscope.
2. To determine the Height of a Building using a Sextant.
3. To determine the Elastic Constants of a Wire by Searle's method.
4. To determine g by Bar Pendulum.
5. To determine g by Kater's Pendulum
6.To use a Multimeter for measuring (a) Resistances, (b) AC and DC Voltages,(c) DC Current, and (d) checking
electrical fuses.7.To determine a Low Resistance by Carey Foster's Bridge.
Reference Books:
1. Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L. Flint and H.T. Worsnop, 1971,Asia Publishing House.
2. Advanced level Physics Practicals, Michael Nelson and Jon M. Ogborn, 4 thEdition, reprinted 1985, Heinemann Educational Publishers.
3.Engineering Practical Physics, S.Panigrahi& B.Mallick,201S, CengageLearning India Pvt. Ltd.
4. A Text Book of Practical Physics, InduPrakash and Ramakrishna, 11 thEdition, 2011, KitabMahal, ew Delhi.
167
PHYSICS
2nd & 4th Semester
MODERN PHYSICS AND OPTICS
(Credits: Theory-04, Practicals-02)
UNIT-I: Thermodynamics and thermodynamic potentials
Laws of Thermodynamics: Thermodynamic Description of system: Zeroth Law of thermodynamics and
temperature. First law and internal energy, conversion of heat into work, Various Thermo dynamical Processes,
Applications of First Law: General Relation between C, and Cv, Work Done during Isothermal and Adiabatic
Processes Compressibility and Expansion Coefficient, Reversible and irreversible processes, Second law and
Entropy, Carnot's cycle & theorem, Entropy changes in reversible & irreversible processes, Entropy-temperature
diagrams, Third law of thermodynamics,
Thermodynamical Potentials: Enthalpy, Gibbs, Helmholtz and Internal Energy functions, Maxwell's relations
and applications - Joule-Thompson Effect, Clausius- Clapeyron Equation, Expression for (C, - C v), C p ICv , TdS
equations.
UNIT-II: Wave optics, interference, diffraction and polarization
Wave Optics: Electromagnetic nature of light. Definition and Properties of wave front. Huygens Principle.
Interference: Division of amplitude and division of wavefront. Young's Double Slit experiment. Lloyd's Mirror and
Fresnel's Biprism.: Stokes' treatment Phase change on reflection. Interference in Thin Films: parallel and wedge-
shaped films. Fringes of equal inclination (Haidinger Fringes); Fringes of equal thickness (Fizeau Fringes).
Newton's Rings: measurement of wavelength and refractive index
Diffraction: Fraunhofer diffraction- Single slit; Double Slit. Multiple slits and Diffraction grating. Fresnel
Diffraction: Half-period zones. Zone plate. Fresnel Diffraction pattern of a straight edge, a single slit and a wire
using half-period zone analysis.
Polarization: Transverse nature oflight waves. Plane polarized light - production and analysis. Circular and
elliptical polarization.
UNIT-III: Modern physics
Planck's quantum theory, Planck's constant and light as a collection of photons; Photo- electric effect and Compton
scattering. De Broglie wavelength and matter waves; Davisson-Germer experiment. Problems with Rutherford
model- instability of atoms and observation of discrete atomic spectra; Bohr's quantization rule and atomic
stability; calculation of energy levels for hydrogen like atoms and their spectra. Wave-particle duality, Heisenberg
uncertainty principlegamma ray microscope; Estimating minimum energy of a confined particle using uncertainty
principle; Energy-time uncertainty principle. Two slit interference experiment with photons, atoms & particles;
linear superposition principle as a consequence; Matter waves and wave amplitude.
UNIT-IV: Solid state physics
Crystal Structure of Solids: Amorphous and Crystalline Materials. Lattice Translation Vectors. Lattice with a Basis
- Central and Non-Central Elements. Unit Cell. Miller Indices. Reciprocal Lattice. Types of Lattices. Brillouin
Zones. Diffraction of X-rays by Crystals. Bragg's Law. Elementary band theory:Band Gaps. Conductors,
Semiconductors and insulators. P and N type Semiconductors. Conductivity of Semiconductors, mobility, Hall
Effect, Hall coefficient.
LAB -II: MODERN PHYSICS and OPTICS
(Credits: Practicals-02)
1. To determine the Frequency of an Electrically Maintained Tuning Fork byMelde's Experiment
2. To determine the Refractive Index of the Material ofa Prism using Sodium Light.
3. To determine Dispersive Power of the Material of a Prism using Mercury Light.
4. To determine the value of Cauchy Constants.
5. To determine the Resolving Power of a Prism.
6. To determine wavelength of sodium light using Fresnel Biprism.
7. To determine wavelength of sodium light using Newton's Rings.
8. To determine Mechanical Equivalent of Heat.
1. Thermal Physics, S. Garg, R. Bansal and C. Ghosh, 1993, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Heat and Thermodynamics, M.W.Zemasky and R. Dittman, 1981, McGraw Hill.
3. Thermodynamics, Kinetic theory & Statistical thermodynamics, F.W.Sears and G.L. Salinger. 1988, Narosa.
4. Thermal Physics, A. Kumar and S.P. Taneja, 2014, R. chand Publications.
5.Fundamentals of Optics, F.A Jenkins and H.E White, 1976, McGraw-Hill
6. Principles of Optics, B.K. Mathur, 1995, Gopal Printing
7. Fundamentals of Optics, H.R. Gulati and D.R. Khanna, 1991, R. Chand Publications
168
8. University Physics. F.W. Sears, M.W. Zemansky and H.D. Young. 13/e, 1986.Addison-Wesley
9. Concepts of Modem Physics, Arthur Beiser, 2009, McGraw-Hill
10. Introduction to Solid State Physics, Charles Kittel, 8 th Ed., 2004, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
11. Elements of Solid State Physics, J.P. Srivastava, 2 nd Ed., 2006, Prentice-Hall oflndia
12.0ptics, B.S.Agarwal, Kedamath-Ramnath publications
169
GENERIC ELECTIVE
1st & 3rd Semester
ZOOLOGY
ANIMAL DIVERSITY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit I
Protista 4
General characters of Protozoa; Life cycle of Plasmodium
Porifera 3
General characters and canal system in Porifera
Radiata 3
General characters of Cnidarians and polymorphism
Unit II 3
Aceolomates
General characters of Helminthes; Life cycle of Taenia solium
Pseudocoelomates 3
General characters ofNemethehelminthes; Parasitic adaptations
Coelomate Protostomes 3
General characters of Annelida; Metamerism.
Unit III
Arthropoda 4
General characters. Social life in insects.
Mollusca 3
General characters of mollusca; Pearl Formation
Coelomate Deuterostomes 3
General characters of Echinodermata, Water Vascular system in Starfish.
Unit IV
Protochordata 2
Salient features
Pisces 4
Osmoregulation, Migration of Fishes
Amphibia 4
General characters, Adaptations for terrestrial life, Parental care in Amphibia. 5
Amniotes; Origin of reptiles. Terrestrial adaptations in Ieptiles.
Aves: 5
The origin of birds; FI ight adaptations
Mammalia 6
Early evolution of mammals; Primates; Dentition in mammals
170
GENERIC ELECTIVE
ZOOLOGY
2nd & 4th Semester
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit I: Digestion and Absorption of Food 12
Structure and function of digestive glands; Digestion and absorption of carbohydrates, fats and
proteins; Nervous and hormonal control of digestion (in brief)
Unit II: Functioning of Excitable Tissue (Nerve and Muscle) 10
Structure of neuron, Propagation of nerve impulse (myelinated and non-myelinated nerve fibre); Structure of
skeletal muscle, Mechanism of muscle contraction (Sliding filament theory), Neuromuscular junction
Unit III: Respiratory Physiology 6
Ventilation, External and internal Respiration, Transport of oxygen and carbon dioxide in blood, Factors affecting
transport of gases.
Renal Physiology 8
Functional anatomy of kidney, Meehan ism and regulation of urine formation,
Unit IV: Cardiovascular Physiology 10
Structure of heart, Coordination of heartbeat, Cardiac cycle, ECG
Endocrine and Reproductive Physiology 14
Structure and function of endocrine glands (pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, pancreas, adrenal, ovaries, and testes),
Brief account of spermatogenesis and oogenesis, Menstrual cycle
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
PRACTICAL (CREDITS 2)
1. Preparation of temporary mounts: Neurons and Blood film.
2. Preparation of haemin and haemochromogen c stals.
3. Estimation of haemoglobin using Sahli's haemoglobinometer.
4. Examination of permanent histological sections of mammalian oesophagus,
stomach, duodenum, rectum, lung, kidney, thyroid, pancreas, adrenal, testis, ovary.
Tortora, G.1. and Derrickson, B.H. (2009). Principles oj Anatomy and Physiology, XII Edition, John Wiley and
Sons, Inc.
Widmaier, E.P., Raff, H. and Strang, K.T. (2008). Vander's Human Physiology, XI Edition, McGraw Hill.
Guyton, A.C. and Hall, J.E. (2011). Textbook oj Medical Physiology, XII Edition, Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltdl W.B.
Saunders Company.
Marieb, E. (1998). Human Anatomy and Physiology, IV Edition, Addison-Wesley.
Kesar, S. and Vashisht, N. (2007). Experimental Physiology, Heritage Publishers.
Prakash, G. (2012). Lab Manual on Blood Analysis and Medical Diagnostics, S. Chand and Company Ltd.

Bachelor Degree Science: Vikram Deb Autonomous College

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bachelor Degree Science: Vikram Deb Autonomous College

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

VIKRAM DEB AUTONOMOUS COLLEGE

BACHELOR DEGREE SCIENCE

Three Year Degree Course

2nd Year 3rd Semester

3rd Year 5th Semester

Information to the students regarding Choice Based Credit System (C.B.C.S)

5. Repeat Examination (Back Paper Clearance):

6. Award of Bachelors Degree:

VIKRAM DEB AUTONOMOUS COLLEGE, JEYPORE

Core - 10 Mathematics 6 100 20 80

Total Credit = 140

Three Year Degree Course

AECC Skill Based (SEC)

Core Course : Botany 14

Discipline Specific Elective (DSE)

Generic Elective (GE) :

G.E. Botany 158

Combination for Honours

Core AECC Compulsory AECC Skill Based DSE GE

Physics Physics Chemistry

Combination for Honours

Core AECC Compulsory AECC Skill Based DSE GE

Botany Botany Zoology

BOTANY COURSE STRUCTURE

1. Meiosis through temporary squash preparation.

1. Determination of osmotic potential of plant cell sap by plasmolytic method.

Unit II: Genetic engineering

1. Chemical separation of photosynthetic pigments.

1) Calculation of mean, standard deviation and standard error

1. Principles and functioning of instruments in microbiology laboratory

CHEMISTRY COURSE STRUCTURE

o Physical Chemistry by Kundu & Jain.

o Kalsi, P. S. Stereochemistry Conformation and Mechanism; New Age International, 2005.

CHElVIISTRY LAB-C V LAB

CHEMISTRY LAB- C VI LAB

b. Acetanilide using green approach (Bromate-bromide method)

CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL-C VII LAB

III Distribution of acetic/benzoic acid between water and cyclohexane.

CHEMISTRY-C VIII LAB

CHElVIISTRY PRACTICAL-C IX LAB

CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL-C XI LAB

CHEMISTRY RACTICAL-C XIII LAB

CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL - LAB

7. Preparation of methyl orange.

COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSE STRUCTURE

COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-V): Operating Systems

2. Query to display unique Jobs from the Employee Table.

COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-VII): Discrete Structures Lab

COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-VII) - Discrete Structures Lab

COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-IX): Computer Networks

COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-X): Computer Graphics Lab

COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-XI): Internet Technologies

Suggested Readings : Software Engineering, Ian Sommerville, 9/e (Pearson Education)

COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-XIII): Artificial Intelligence Lab

COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (CC-XIV): Design and Analysis of Algorithms

Software Lab Based on SQL/PL-SQL (SEC II):

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC LAB (Paper I): Information Security Lab

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC LAB (Paper II): Digital Image Processing Lab

a. AND operation between two images

DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC LAB (Paper III): Cloud Computing Lab

5. Exploring microsoft cloud

MATHEMATICS COURSE STRUCTURE